Canada, 2004
Chapter 1 : Tariffs[1] |
|
|
Objective
APEC economies will achieve free and open trade in the Asia-Pacific region by:
a. progressive reduction of tariffs until the Bogor goals are fully achieved; and
b. ensuring the transparency of APEC economies’ respective tariff regimes.
|
|
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will:
a. take into account, in the process of achieving the above objective, intra-APEC trade trends, economic interests and sectors or products related to industries in which this process may have positive impact on trade and on economic growth in the Asia-Pacific region and developments in the new economy;
b.
ensure that the achievement of
the above objective is not undermined by the application of unjustifiable
measures;
c. consider extending, on a voluntary basis, to all APEC economies the benefits of tariff reductions and eliminations derived from sub-regional arrangements; and
d. implement and maintain standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards.
|
|
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will:
a. participate and ensure the expeditious supply and updates of the WTO Integrated Database and any other APEC databases;
b. arrange for seminars and/or workshops on industrial tariffs negotiations in consultation with international organisations, where appropriate, including WTO Secretariat on WTO Integrated Tariff Database;
c. study lessons from modalities for tariff reduction and elimination in regional arrangements; and
d. encourage the accession of all economies to the WTO Information Technology Agreement, including the adoption of ITA provisions by non-members of the WTO.
The current CAP relating to tariffs can be found in the Tariffs and Non-Tariff Measures Collective Action Plan
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Tariffs in 2004
The Government of Canada pursues a policy of tariff and trade liberalization to further advance Canada’s broad trade agenda, including the negotiation and implemention of multilateral, regional and bilateral trade agreements, and through unilateral tariff reduction initiatives. The Minister of Finance is responsible for import policy, aimed at securing and improving access to foreign markets for Canadian business while supporting an efficient and competitive domestic economy.
The key import policy instruments in Canada are as follows; information about these may be viewed on-line as indicated:
Customs Tariff (Most recent consolidated version, and details of previous amendments) http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/gen The Special Import Measures Act http://laws.justice.gc.ca/en/S http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/sim
The Canadian International Trade Tribunal Act http://laws.justice.gc.ca/en/C
Canada is commited to advancing free and open trade. Successive rounds of multilateral trade negotiations under the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) combined with regional and bilateral free-trade agreements have reduced tariffs to a point where they are less significant in many markets today. However, important tariff barriers remain in many economies. Consequently, Canada is actively engaged in the WTO Doha Round of multilateral negotiations, as well as in the Free Trade Area of the Americas regional negotiations, and in other negotiations with the four Central American countries of El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras and Nicaragua. In addition, Canada continues discussions to explore the scope of possible negotiations with the Andean Community of Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Venezuela, with the Caribbean Community and Common Market (CARICOM), and with the Dominican Republic.
Among APEC member
economies in the context of the Bogor goals concerning tariffs, Canada
celebrated it’s ten-year anniversary of the North American Free Trade
Agreement (NAFTA) with the United States and Mexico in 2004. Staged
tariff reductions under NAFTA are fully implemented; many ahead of
schedule. The Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement has been in force since
1997, and the last of staged tariff reductions
under this Agreement took place in January 2003. Bilateral
negotiations with Singapore are ongoing. (For further information
please visit: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
In addition, 15 APEC members are eligible for Canada’s General Preferential Tariff (GPT), which is provided on a unilateral basis.
Contact information: Diane Kelloway Government of Canada Department of Finance Kelloway.Diane@fin.gc.ca
|
|
Case Study of a Tariff Liberalisation Initiative
N/A |
|
Canada’s Approach to Tariffs in 2004 |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Tariff Arrangements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Bound Tariffs
|
|
99.7% of items in HS Chapters 1 - 97 of the Canadian Customs Tariff are WTO bound.
|
|
|
Applied Tariffs
|
Canada’s Uruguay Round WTO commitments to reduce MFN tariffs on products including textiles and clothing have been fully implemented as of January 2004.
Canada continues to eliminate "nuisance tariffs” from MFN and preferential tariffs when they fall below the 2% threshold.
Canada continues to unilaterally reduce applied tariffs on certain goods used in the production of other goods (manufacturing inputs) or in the provision of services.
|
In 2003, 89% of imports into Canada, by value of goods, entered duty-free under MFN, unilateral or negotiated preferential tariff treatments, and the import-weighted average applied tariff was less than 1%.
In general, Canada’s MFN tariffs are applied slightly below bound levels; the simple average bound and applied MFN tariff rates are currently 4.9 and 3.9 percent, respectively.
Current tariff rates are
available on-line through the APEC tariff database (http://www.apectariff.org/)
and on the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency’s website at: http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/gen
|
Canada will work together with APEC member economies towards a successful WTO Doha Round, that includes real and substantial improvements in market access, within a fair and equitable multilateral trading system.
|
|
Tariff Quotas
|
|
Only 2% of items in HS
Chapters 1 - 97 are subject to tariff rate quotas (TRQs), reflecting
sensitivities in Canada's agricultural sector. Information explaining
Canada’s TRQ system can be found on-line at: http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/E/p |
|
|
Tariff Preferences
|
|
Canada has 10 preferential tariff treatments, including the following negotiated agreements that contain staged tariff reductions:
- the Canada-United States Free Trade Agreement; - the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA); - the Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement; and
For information on the above Agreements please visit: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
Canada also maintains unilateral tariff preferences for developing and least-developed countries. Canada introduced its General Preferential Tariff (GPT) scheme for developing countries in 1974. 15 APEC members are eligible for the GPT, which ranges from “Free” to 2/3 of MFN rates. For more information, see Section 33 of the Customs Tariff.
Duty free entry was provided to all GPT-eligible products from the least-developed countries in 1983. The LDC product coverage has been expanded twice; in August 2000 and again in January 2003. All imports from LDCs (except for dairy products, poultry and eggs) now enter Canada duty and quota free.
|
In addition to working together with APEC member economies towards a successful WTO DohaRound,Canada is also engaged in negotiations with the four Central American countries of El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras and Nicaragua, the Free Trade of the Americas negotiations and negotiations with Singapore. Canada continues discussions to explore the scope of possible negotiations with the Andean Community of Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Venezuela, with the Caribbean Community and Common Market (CARICOM), and with the Dominican Republic.
|
|
Transparency of Tariff Regime, including Implementation of APEC Leaders’ TransparencyStandards on Market Access*
|
|
Canada provides annual updates of tariff and trade information to the WTO Integrated Database. Current tariff rates are available to the public in viewing or downloadable format through the APEC tariff database (http://www.apectariff.org/) and on the Canadian Border Services Agency’s website: http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/gen
See the tariff summary and dispersion tables at the end of this chapter, for more information.
|
|
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Tariff Measures since 1996 |
||
|
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
Bound Tariffs
|
|
99.7% of items in HS Chapters 1 - 97 of the Canadian Customs Tariff are WTO bound.
|
|
Applied Tariffs
|
Between 1996 and 2003 the percentage of imports, by value of goods, that enters Canada duty-free under MFN, unilateral or negotiated preferential tariff treatments, has risen from 78% to 89%. Canada’s import-weighted average tariff applied to all imports has decreased from 1.3% in 1996 to 0.9% in 2003.
|
On an annual basis commencing January 1, 1995, Canada has implemented its tariff reduction commitments as per the Uruguay Round agreement in the WTO, including the zero-for-zero initiatives. These reductions have been fully implemented as of January 1, 2004.
Canada removed tariffs on pharmaceutical products as a result of Pharma II (April 1997) and Pharm III (July 1999) commitments in the WTO.
Canada as a signatory to the Information Technology Agreement (ITA), reduced tariffs on all products subject to that agreement. Final reductions were implemented January 1, 2000.
Canada accelerated to 1998, the Uruguay Round tariff reductions for all products that were to have final cuts in 1999, including zero-for-zero initiatives in the medical equipment, agricultural equipment, construction equipment, and office furniture sectors.
Canada has eliminated “nuisances tariffs” from MFN and most preferential tariffs when they fall below the 2% threshold since January 1, 1998.
Canada unilaterally reduces applied tariffs on certain goods used in the production of other goods (manufacturing inputs) or in the provision of services.
|
|
Tariff Quotas
|
|
Only 2% of items in HS
Chapters 1 - 97 are subject to tariff rate quotas (TRQs), reflecting
sensitivities in Canada's agricultural sector. Information
explaining Canada’s TRQ system can be found on-line at: http://www.ccra-adrc.gc.ca/E/p
|
|
Tariff Preferences
|
By 1996, Canada had negotiated the following significant preferential trade agreements:
- the Canada-United States Free Trade Agreement; - the North American Free Trade Agreement; and - the Canada-Israel Free Trade Agreement.
Canada introduced its General Preferential Tariff (GPT) scheme for developing countries (including 15 APEC members) in 1974. Duty free entry was provided to all GPT-eligible products from the least-developed countries in 1983.
|
Canada celecbrated its ten-year anniversary of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) with the United States and Mexico in January 2004. Staged tariff reductions under NAFTA have been fully implemented; many ahead of schedule.
The Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement came into force on July 1997. Canadian tariffs on most goods from Chile were eliminated at that time, with the last of staged tariff reductions were implemented in January 2003. Duty-free benefits were extended to a number of additional agricultural products in November 2003.
The Canada-Costa Rica Free Trade Agreement came into force on November 1, 2002.
The LDC product coverage was expanded twice; in August 2000 and again in January 2003. All imports from LDCs (except for dairy products, poultry and eggs) may now enter Canada duty and quota free. Canada also liberalized the origin requirements that apply to LDC imports, in 2000.
In April 2004, Canada passed legislation which extended the General Preferential Tariff (GPT) and Least Developed Country Tariff (LDCT) programs for an additional 10 years to 2014.
|
|
Transparency of Tariff Regime, including Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Market Access*
|
In February of 1994, the Government of Canada launched a comprehensive review of Canada’s tariff regime aimed at making Canada’s tariff system simpler, more transparent and predictable. As a result, on January 1, 1998, Canada’s new simplified Customs Tariff came into effect, systematically modifying Canada’s tariff structure and reducing tariff levels.
|
The new Customs Tariff, which came into effect on January 1, 1998, introduced a number of liberalizing measures that are of benefit to international traders, including those from APEC economies.
Overall, the Canadian tariff system has become more simple, predictable, and transparent by replacing the existing seven tariff schedules with a single tariff schedule containing a simpler rate structure and significantly fewer provisions (about 8,000 compared to 11,000). The system was further simplified by eliminating or streamlining a significant number of legislative provisions and introducing a more flexible tariff schedule format (two tariff columns rather than five). Some of these measures have also broadened the scope of certain existing duty free provisions.
Canada provides annual updates of tariff and trade information to the WTO Integrated Database.
Current tariff
rates are available to the public in
viewing or downloadable format through the APEC
tariff database (http://www.apectariff.org/)
and on the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency’s website: http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/gen
See the tariff summary and dispersion tables at the end of this chapter, and in previous annual individual action plans, for more information.
|
|
APEC INDIVIDUAL ACTION PLAN: TARIFF SUMMARY REPORT FOR {Year} |
||||||||||||||
|
(PLEASE COMPLETE BOXES) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Goods |
Agriculture excluding Fish |
Fish and Fish Products |
Petroleum Oils |
Wood, Pulp, Paper and Furniture |
Textiles and Clothing |
Leather, Rubber, Footwear and Travel Goods |
Metals |
Chemical & Photographic Supplies |
Transport Equipment |
Non-Electric Machinery |
Electric Machinery |
Mineral Products, Precious Stones & Metals |
Manufactured Articles, n.e.s |
|
ITEM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bound tariff lines as a percentage of all lines |
99.7% |
100.0% |
100.0% |
64.7% |
100.0% |
100.0% |
100.0% |
100.0% |
100.0% |
95.0% |
100.0 |
100.0% |
98.2% |
99.9% |
|
Duty-free tariff lines as a percentage of all lines |
50% |
40% |
72% |
53% |
76% |
31% |
35% |
64% |
48% |
41% |
71% |
56% |
73% |
51% |
|
Preferential tariff lines as a percentage of all lines (GPT) |
81% |
65% |
90% |
100% |
99% |
49% |
89% |
76% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
98% |
99% |
|
Preferential tariff lines as a percentage of all lines (LDCT) |
99% |
93% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
100% |
|
Ratio of tariff lines with quotas to all lines |
183:8531 |
183:1393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Simple average bound tariff rate |
4.9% |
4.7% |
1.7% |
6.9% |
1.7% |
11.9% |
7.6% |
2.7% |
4.3% |
5.4% |
3.3% |
4.1% |
2.7% |
4.0% |
|
Simple average applied tariff rate |
3.9% |
4.0% |
1.4% |
3.1% |
1.6% |
9.0% |
5.6% |
1.9% |
2.9% |
5.2% |
1.7% |
2.4% |
2.0% |
3.1% |
|
Simple average applied preferential tariff rate - GPT |
1.3% |
1.5% |
0.7% |
0.0% |
0.6% |
3.4% |
1.9% |
1.0% |
1.2% |
3.9% |
0.2% |
0.7% |
0.5% |
1.0% |
|
Simple average applied preferential tariff rate - LDCT |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
Average applied tariff rate for all lines subject to duty |
8.3% |
8.7% |
5.1% |
6.5% |
7.2% |
13.1% |
8.6% |
5.2% |
5.6% |
8.9% |
5.7% |
5.4% |
7.2% |
6.4% |
|
Import-weighted average applied tariff rate FOB |
0.9% |
1.5% |
0.3% |
0.0% |
0.7% |
8.6% |
4.5% |
0.6% |
4.8% |
0.8% |
0.1% |
0.4% |
0.4% |
0.7% |
|
Import-weighted average bound tariff rate – FOB |
4.9% |
3.5% |
1.8% |
6.8% |
1.2% |
11.6% |
7.1% |
2.8% |
4.3% |
5.4% |
3.5% |
4.3% |
2.9% |
4.1% |
|
Notes: Based on 2003 imports and 2004 tariff information GPT – General Preferential Tariff treatment LDCT – Least Developed Country Tariff treatment
|
||||||||||||||
|
APEC INDIVIDUAL ACTION PLAN: TARIFF DISPERSION TABLE FOR {Year} |
||||||||||||||
|
(PLEASE COMPLETE BOXES) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Goods |
Agriculture excluding Fish |
Fish and Fish Products |
Petroleum Oils |
Wood, Pulp, Paper and Furniture |
Textiles and Clothing |
Leather, Rubber, Footwear and Travel Goods |
Metals |
Chemical & Photographic Supplies |
Transport Equipment |
Non-Electric Machinery |
Electric Machinery |
Mineral Products, Precious Stones & Metals |
Manufactured Articles, n.e.s |
|
NUMBER OF TARIFFS AT OR BETWEEN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0% |
4288 |
552 |
97 |
9 |
276 |
448 |
133 |
592 |
599 |
98 |
582 |
337 |
242 |
323 |
|
0%<X<=5% |
986 |
148 |
26 |
4 |
15 |
39 |
89 |
153 |
176 |
7 |
58 |
109 |
23 |
139 |
|
5%<X<=10% |
1909 |
217 |
10 |
4 |
60 |
240 |
81 |
174 |
483 |
105 |
181 |
156 |
59 |
139 |
|
10%<X<=15% |
532 |
75 |
1 |
0 |
2 |
382 |
26 |
10 |
0 |
12 |
0 |
1 |
3 |
20 |
|
15%<X<=20% |
400 |
9 |
0 |
0 |
3 |
307 |
55 |
0 |
1 |
5 |
0 |
0 |
6 |
14 |
|
>20% |
23 |
12 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
11 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
|
Specific |
393 |
380 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
13 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
|
TOTAL |
8531 |
1393 |
134 |
17 |
356 |
1429 |
384 |
929 |
1259 |
238 |
821 |
603 |
333 |
635 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: Based on 2004 Tariff information (September 2004) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Appendix – APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Market Access
On 27 October 2002, in Los Cabos, Mexico, APEC Leaders adopted the Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards (“Leaders’ Statement”), and directed that these tandards be implemented as soon as possible, and in no case later than January 2005.
In paragraph 8 of the Leaders’ Statement, APEC Leaders instructed that “APEC sub-fora that have not developed specific transparency provisions should do so,” and further instructed that such new transparency provisions should be presented to Leaders upon completion for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. Accordingly, the Market Access Group developed the following set of transparency standards on market access for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement.
These principles flow from the General Principles on Transparency agreed to by APEC Leaders at Los Cabos, and provide specific guidance for implementation within a market access context.
1. (a) In accordance with paragraph 1 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will promptly publish or otherwise make available to all interested parties, through readily accessible, widely available media (for example via the Internet), information on its laws, regulations, and progressively, procedures and administrative rulings relating to tariff and non-tariff measures.
(b) Such information could include publication of the following measures: (i) tariff schedules, with current applied tariff rates, on the Internet; (ii) details of preferential tariff programs; (iii) tariff rates applicable under Free Trade Agreements and Regional Trade Agreements; and (iv) NTMs maintained by member economies.
2. In accordance with paragraph 2 of the Leaders’ Statement, when possible each Economy will endeavourto publish in advance any tariff or non-tariff measure that it proposes to adopt, and provide interested persons a reasonable opportunity to comment on such proposed measures.
3. In accordance with paragraph 3 of the Leaders’ Statement, upon request from an interested person or another Economy, each Economy will endeavour to promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to any actual or proposed measures referred to in paragraph 1 above.
4. Each Economy will endeavour to ensure that non-tariff measures are administered in a transparent manner, so as to mitigate their effect on the trade and development of other Economies.
5. Each Economy that is a WTO Member will, where possible, provide information on non-tariff measures when requested by other WTO Members in the context of the WTO negotiations on market access and will participate actively in these negotiations as they move forward.
6. Each Economy that is a WTO Member will comply with notification procedures under the WTO Agreement on Import Licensing Procedures.
7. Each Economy that is a WTO Member will submit its updated tariff data (both bound, and, where possible, current applied) and trade data to the WTO Integrated Data Base on a timely basis. Economies in the process of acceding to the WTO will, where possible, submit current applied tariff and trade data to the WTO Integrated Data Base. Each economy will also submit current applied tariff data to the APEC tariff database in a timely manner.
8. Each Economy will provide to the APEC Secretariat for inclusion on the website of the Market Access Group (MAG) links to individual government websites, including, where possible, links to specific officials responsible for developing, administering, implementing and/or enforcing policies related to tariff and non-tariff measures. Each Economy further agrees to provide current information on import regulations for the MAG’s Import Regulation website. Each Economy will also provide as much information as possible on rules and procedures, and details of enquiry points, in its e-Individual Action Plan.
[1] “Tariffs” here refers to import/export tariffs as well as tariff quotas.
Explanatory Note to the Canadian Tariff Summary Report
Coverage
All Goods: Chapters 1-97
Agriculture excluding Fish: Chapters 1-2; 4-5 (except 0511.91.00); 6-14;
15 (except 1504); 16-23 (except 1604-1605; 2301);
24; 2905.43; 2905.44; 3301; 3302.10.11;
3302.10.12; 3302.10.90, 3501-3505; 3809.10;
3823; 3824.60; 4101-4103; 4301; 5001-5003;
5101-5103; 5201-5203; 5301-5302
Fish and Fish Products: Chapter 3 and: 0509.00.00; 1504; 1604-1605; 2301
Petroleum Oils: 2709-2710
Wood, Pulp, Paper, and Furniture: Chapters 44-45; 47-49; 94
Textiles and Clothing: Chapters 50-63 (except: 5001-5003; 5101-
5103; 5201-5203; 5301-5302)
Leather, Rubber, Footwear and Chapters 40-43 and 64 (except: 4101-4103;
Travel Goods: 4301)
Metals: Chapters 26 and 72-83
Chemical and Photographic Chapters 28-30 and 32-39 (except: 2905.43;
Supplies: 2905.44; 3301; 3302.10.11; 3302.10.12;
3302.10.90; 3501-3505; 3809.10; 3823; 3824.60)
Transport Equipment: Chapters 86-89
Non-Electric Machinery: Chapter 84
Electric Machinery: Chapter 85
Mineral Products, Precious Stones Chapters 25, 27, 31, and 69-71 (except: 2709;
and Metals: 2710)
Manufactured Articles, n.e.s.: Chapters 46, 65-68, 90-93, 95-97
Explanation of Tariff Summary Report Indicators:
For the purpose of calculating these tariff indicators, 2004 tariff rate and 2003 import data were used.
1. Bound MFN Tariff Lines (%)
This indicator shows the percentage of MFN tariff lines bound under the WTO. Only 26 of these lines are unbound.
2. Duty-free MFN Tariff Lines (%)
This indicator shows the percentage of MFN tariff lines that are duty-free. The domain of lines considered includes the 26 tariff lines that are unbound under the WTO. Of the total of 8,531 MFN tariff lines at the 8-digit level within Chapter 1-97 of the Canadian Customs Tariff 4,288 or 50% are duty free.
3. Preferential Tariff Lines as a percentage of all Lines (%)
Canada has ten preferential tariff treatments, consequently, it is impractical to calculate this indicator accurately. We have chosen to show two preferential tariff treatments – General Preferential Tariff (GPT) and Least Developed Country Tariff (LDCT).
4. Ratio of Tariff Lines with Quotas to all Tariff Lines (all lines)
Tariff rate quotas only exist in the Agricultural sector on 183 tariff lines of a total 1,393 agriculture tariff lines.
5. Simple Average Bound Tariff Rate (free and dutiable ad valorem lines)
This indicator is calculated by summing all ad valorem MFN bound rates for the year 2004 within the relevant sections of the Canadian Customs Tariff and dividing by the number of tariff lines within the relevant sections. Excluded from this calculation were all lines carrying non-ad valorem tariff rates (e.g. specific or compound rates of duty).
6. Simple Average MFN Applied Tariff Rates (free and dutiable ad valorem lines)
This indicator is calculated by summing all ad valorem MFN applied tariff rates for the year 2004 within the relevant sections of the Canadian Customs Tariff and dividing by the number of tariff lines within the relevant sections. Excluded from this calculation were all lines carrying non-ad valorem tariff rates (e.g. specific or compound rates of duty).
7. Simple Average Applied Preferential Tariff rate(s)
Canada has ten preferential tariff treatments, consequently it is impractical to calculate this indicator accurately. We have chosen to show two preferential tariff treatments – General Preferential Tariff (GPT) and Least Developed Country Tariff (LDCT).
8. Average applied tariff rate for all lines subject to duty (dutiable ad valorem lines only)
This indicator is calculated by summing all dutiable ad valorem MFN applied tariff rates for the year 2004 within the relevant sections of the Canadian Customs Tariff and dividing by the number of dutiable tariff lines within the relevant sections. Excluded from this calculation were all lines carrying non-ad valorem tariff rates (e.g. specific or compound rates of duty) and all lines carrying free rates of duty.
9. Import-weighted Average Applied Tariff Rates (all tariff lines)
This indicator is calculated by dividing the gross customs duties collections by the value of free and dutiable imports from all sources based on 2003 Import Data. This indicator reflects imports under all tariff lines (ad valorem and non-ad valorem) and all tariff treatments (MFN, GPT, UST, LDCT, etc.).
10. Import-weighted Average Bound Tariff Rates (all tariff lines)
This indicator is calculated by summing all 2004 bound rates (ad valorem only) within the relevant sections of the Canadian Customs Tariff and dividing by the number of tariff lines within the relevant sections. Where there were no imports on a particular tariff line, zero was substituted for the bound rate.
Chapter 2 : Non-Tariff Measures[1] |
|
Objective
APEC economies will achieve free and open trade in the Asia-Pacific region by:
a. progressively reducing NTMs to the maximum extent possible to minimize possible distortion to trade;
b. in respect to WTO members: · Elimination of any measures inconsistent with WTO agreements · Full compliance with WTO agreements in accordance to WTO commitments; and
c. ensuring the transparency of APEC economies’ respective non-tariff measures.
|
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will:
a. take into account, in the process of progressive reduction of non-tariff measures, intra-APEC trade trends, economic interests and sectors or products related to industries in which this process may have positive impact on trade and on economic growth in the Asia-Pacific region and developments in the new economy;
b. ensure that the progressive reduction of non-tariff measures is not undermined by the application of unjustifiable measures;
c. consider extending, on a voluntary basis, to all APEC economies the benefits of reductions and eliminations of non-tariff measures derived from sub-regional arrangements;
d. ensure that measures to promote the new economy and strengthening the functioning of markets are consistent with the objectives above; and
e. implement and maintain standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards.
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will:
a. pursue incorporation of information on non-tariff measures into a future version of the APEC tariff database and compile a list of measures recognized as non-tariff impediments and a list of products affected by these impediments;
b. identify industries in which the progressive reduction of non-tariff measures may have positive impact on trade and on economic growth in the Asia-Pacific region or for which there is regional industry support for early liberalization;
c. progressively reduce export subsidies with a view to abolishing them; and
d. abolish unjustifiable export prohibitions and restrictions and endeavor to refrain from taking any such new measures;
e. pursue a series of seminars/policy discussions on non-tariff measures (NTMs); and
f. undertake research to develop best practices to enhance transparency and progressively reduce NTMs
The current CAP relating to non-tariff measures can be found in the Tariffs and Non-Tariff Measures Collective Action Plan.
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Non-Tariff Measures in 2004
Canada continues to maintain WTO-consistent non-tariff measures required to protect health, safety, security, or environment, as well as to comply with our obligations under international agreements.
Import restrictions and import licensing requirements in Canada are consistent with Canada's obligations under the WTO and support action taken under relevant domestic legislation. Canada eliminated its quantitative import restrictions in the agricultural and food sectors when it implemented the Uruguay Round agreements. The Agreement on Agriculture also prohibits minimum import prices. Canada is committed to the procedures and timing for dismantling restrictions on textile and clothing imports by the end of 2004, as agreed in the WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing.
Canada's export restrictions and export licensing requirements are consistent with its WTO obligations and support action taken under domestic legislation. Canada does not maintain any WTO-inconsistent quantitative export restrictions. Voluntary export restraints are prohibited under the WTO Agreement on Safeguards. On industrial goods, export subsidies are prohibited under the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures. On agricultural products, the WTO Agreement on Agriculture contains disciplines and reduction commitments. On July 31, 1995, the Western Grain Transportation Act was eliminated. By this measure, Canada has eliminated all export subsidies on grains and oilseeds, exceeding its Uruguay Round commitments for export subsidy reductions.
The Export and Import Permits Act (EIPA) provides for the establishment of the Import Control List (ICL), the Export Control List (ECL) and the Area Control List (ACL). The Act sets out the purposes for including goods or countries on these lists. The ICL generally comprises a list of goods, some of which are only controlled for certain countries of origin; all goods contained in this list require an import permit. The ECL is a list of goods only; all goods contained on this list also require an export permit. The ACL is a list of countries for which export permits are required to export any and all goods.
ICL products: Textiles and Clothing; Agricultural Products; Steel Products; Weapons and Munitions. ECL products: Agricultural products: Refined Sugar, Sugar-containing Products and Peanut Butter; Textiles and Clothing; Military, Strategic Dual-use Goods; Nuclear Energy Materials and Technology; Missile, Chemical or Biological Goods of Non-proliferation Concern; Softwood Lumber, Unprocessed Logs and Certain Other Forest Products; Miscellaneous Goods including Goods of U.S.-origin, Roe Herring and Certain Items with Medical Value; and All Goods Destined for Countries on the Area Control List.
On 1 January 2003 Canada implemented the LDC market access initiative. This initiative provides duty free and quota free access to imports from 48 of the world's least developed countries (LDCs), with the exception of supply-managed agricultural products (dairy, poultry and eggs). Myanmar is not eligible from the Least Developed Countries Tariff (LDCT) and will not be eligible for the LDC initiative.
Export and Import Controls
Bureau: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~
For more information, please contact: Grace King International Trade Canada Grace.King@international.gc.ca
|
N/A
Canada’s Approach to Non-Tariff Measures in 2004 |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Non-Tariff Measures Applied |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Quantitative Import Restrictions/ Prohibitions
|
Textiles and Clothing
Endangered Species
Leaded Gasoline
Firearms and Weapons
Explosives
Hazardous Waste
Protection of the Ozone Layer
|
Canada is committed to the procedures and timing for dismantling restrictions on textile and clothing imports by the end of 2004, as agreed in the WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing (ATC).
The ATC requires that any Member who retains the right to use safeguards under Article 6 of the ATC must integrate at least 16% of the volume of its textile and apparel products covered by the ATC at the start of stage one. At least 17% more must be integrated during stage two, and 18% in stage three.
Canada has gone beyond its ATC obligations with regards to the percentage requirements for these two stages for a cumulative total of 53% of integration. Amongst the several products from which Canada removed import quotas included most men's and women's blouses and hirts either woven or knit in its second phase and third phase, which are interest to Canada's APEC partners.
To obtain more information, contact: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t Trade Controls Policy Division Export and Import Controls Bureau Telephone: 1-613-995-8104 Fax: 1-613-996-0612 Email: epm@international.gc.ca
Canada is a Party to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES). Because thousands of animal and plant species are regulated by this convention, the transportation of endangered species of animals, plants, and their products is restricted and may require the prior issuance of an import permit by Canada and/or an export permit by the country of export. This restriction also applies to certain animal skins, trophies, and mounted animals.
For further information contact: Administrator, Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species, Environment Canada, Canadian Wildlife Service, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K1A 0H3, Tel: (819) 994-1528.
Leaded gasoline containing more than 5 mg per litre of lead except for certain specific uses is prohibited for importation into Canada under the authority of the Gasoline Regulations pursuant to the Canadian Environmental Protection Act.
For information concerning the application of the Gasoline Regulations, inquiries may be directed to the Oil, Gas & Energy Branch, Environment Canada, 351 St. Joseph Blvd., Hull, Quebec, Canada, K1A 0H3, Tel: (819) 953-4673.
Not all firearms and weapons are allowed to enter Canada. Any queries about the importation of firearms and weapons should be directed to the regional Customs office where the firearms or weapons are to be imported.
For Canada Customs office locations: http://www.ccra-adrc.gc.ca/
The importation of explosives is governed by the Explosives Act and Regulations administered by the Department of Natural Resources. The legal definition of explosives includes blasting explosives, detonators, propellants, sporting and industrial cartridges, and all types of fireworks and pyrotechnic devices. Before an explosive may be imported it must be declared an authorized explosive by the Chief Inspector of Explosives appointed under the Explosives Act. The process of authorizing an explosive consists of the manufacturer submitting data on the nature and composition of the explosive and on its packaging and markings. Samples are usually required for laboratory examination. A standard testing fee of $771.00 for fireworks, $716.00 for ammunition and up to $2561.00 for blasting explosives and accessories applies. The criteria for authorization are based on the safety characteristics of the explosive substances or articles during handling, storage, transport and use, and used to confirm that the classification conforms with the recommendations of the Committee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods as adopted by the Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) of the United Nations.
Canada is a Party to the Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal, to the Council of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development concerning the Control of Transboundary Movements of Wastes Destined for Recovery Operations, as set out in Council Decision C(2001)107, and has signed the Canada-USA Agreement on the Transboundary Movement of Hazardous Waste. The exportation and importation of hazardous wastes destined for disposal or recycling in Canada are administered by Environment Canada under the Export and Import of Hazardous Wastes Regulations which require prior informed consent procedures, i.e. notification and consent of the country of import before any export permit is issued.
For further information on the controls imposed by the Export and Import of Hazardous Wastes Regulations, queries maybe directed to: Transboundary Movement Branch, Environment Canada, 6th Floor, 70 Cremazie, Gatineau, Ontario, Canada, K1A 0H3. Tel: (819) 997-3377.
Canada is a Party to the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, which seeks to limit the production and use of substances which deplete the ozone layer. Examples of the types of products prohibited from importation under the Ozone-depleting Substances Regulations 1998 are listed below: - bulk CFCs, Halons, carbon tetrachloride, methyl chloroform and HBFCs - bulk HCFCs and methyl bromide without a permit -10 kilograms or less of any CFC contained in pressurized containers
-any products that contains any CFC or is intended to contain any CFC, bromoflurocarbon (BFC), tetrachloromethane (carbon tetrachloride) or 1,1,1-trichloroethane (methyl chloroform); -plastic foam in which any CFC has been used as a foaming agent -product and bulk HCFC-141b for use as in industrial cleaning; -lubricant for use in mining and other such operations; -the production and the importation of CFC-based metered-dose inhalers (MDIs) containing salbutamol; -the sale of CFC-based MDIs containing salbutamol; - the production and importation of CFC-based MDIs containing cortico-steriods, effective January 1, 2004; - the production and importaion of any other CFC-based MDIs effective Janary 1, 2005; -pressurized containers that contain 2 kg or less of HCFC (some exemptions apply); and - plastic foam products in which any HCFC has been used as a foaming agent (except rigid foam).
For information concerning the application of the Ozone-depleting Substances Regulations, inquiries may be directed to the Chemical Controls Division, Environment Canada, 351 St. Joseph Blvd., Hulk, Quebec, Canada, K1A 0H3, Tel: (819)953-1665.
|
|
|
Quantitative Export Restrictions/ Prohibitions
|
Endangered Species |
Canada is a Party to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES). Because thousands of animal and plant species are regulated by this convention, the transportation of endangered species of animals, plants, and their products is restricted and may require the prior issuance of an import permit by Canada and/or an export permit by the country of export. This restriction also applies to certain animal skins, trophies, and mounted animals.
For further information contact: Administrator, Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species, Environment Canada, Canadian Wildlife Service, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K1A 0H3, Tel: (819) 997-1840.
|
|
|
Import Levies
|
|
Canada does not apply import levies that act as non-tariff measures. The GST/HST is a federal tax payable on goods and services bought in Canada, whether produced domesticall or imported, and does not discriminate between domestic and foreign suppliers. The goods and services tax (GST) is applied at a rate of 7%. Three provinces apply a harmonized sales tax (HST) that combines the GST plus an 8% provincial tax while six other provinces apply a rate between 6-10%.
|
|
|
Export Levies
|
Cigarettes |
Canada does not apply export levies that act as non-tariff measures. As part of a comprehensive strategy to improve the health of Canadians by reducing tobacco consumption, Canada introduced a tobacco tax structure in April 2001 to reduce the incentive to smuggle Canadian-produced tobacco products back into Canada from export markets - the main source of contraband in the past. The main element is a tax that does not discriminate between domestically manufactured and imported tobacco products. This measure is fully compliant with Canada's WTO commitments.
|
|
|
Discretionary Import Licensing
|
Agricultural and food products/ Plant and animal health certification
Dairy products; chicken, turkey, eggs and egg products, broiler hatching eggs and chicks; beef and veal; margarine; wheat, wheat products, barley, and barley products
Pork
Natural Gas and Ethane
|
Many agricultural products, including live animals and products of animal origin, meat and poultry, eggs and egg products, dairy products, fresh fruit and vegetables, processed fruit and vegetables, grains, seeds and nuts (for human consumption, propagation or animal feed), plants and plant products (including forest products), fertilizers, soil and growing media, pest control products and animal and plant biologics, are subject to Agriculture and Agri-food Canada legislated requirements. These measures are maintained in accordance with the WTO Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures.
Animals and Animal Products: All animals and animal products must be declared to customs at the first point of arrival in Canada. Health certificates are required to import most live animals and animal products. Plant Products: All plants and plant products must be declared to Customs at the first point of arrival in Canada. Phytosanitary certificates are required to import many plant products.
Inquiries should be directed to: Canadian Food Inspection Agency (Animal Products or Plant Health Directorate) 59 Camelot Drive Nepean, Ontario, K1A 0Y9 Tel: (613) 225-2342 Fax: (613) 228-6636
Effective January 1, 1995 (August 1, 1995 for wheat, wheat products, barley, barley products, butter, dry whey, and cream), in compliance with its GATT/WTO commitments, Canada converted its agricultural import controls to a system of tariff rate quotas (TRQs). Under these TRQs, imports within the TRQ level (i.e. within the access commitment), require a specific import permit issued through the Export and Import Controls Bureau (EICB) in order to benefit from the lower rate of duty, while imports over the quota level, subject to higher rates of duty, may enter under a General Import Permit. Exceptions to the requirement for a specific import permit are wheat, wheat products, barley, barley products, and fluid milk for personal consumption, which are administered on a first-come, first-served basis.
To obtain more information, contact: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~ Trade Controls Policy Division Export and Import Controls Bureau Telephone: 1-613-995-8104 Fax: 1-613-996-0612 Email: epm@International.gc.ca
Since August 1999 pork imported from the European Union in excess of 2,970 metric tonnes is subject to a 100% tariff, imposed in retaliation for the refusal of the European Union to implement WTO dispute settlement findings regarding its ban on Canadian exports of beef produced using growth hormones.
To obtain more information, contact: Trade Controls Policy Division Export and Import Controls Bureau Telephone: 1-613-995-8104 Fax: 1-613-996-0612 http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~ Email: epm@International.gc.ca
The National Energy Board Act, and the Part VI Regulations made thereunder, control imports of natural gas by pipeline, railway tank cars, and tank trucks or tankers. Imports are authorized by both licences and orders. Licences are issued for large volume and long-term imports while orders are used in the case of small volume and emergency and short-term imports. An application is made to the Board for import authorization. In the case of a licence, the application will be set down for a public hearing. No licence is effective until approved by the Governor-in-Council. The issuance of an import order requires the approval of the Board and does not require a public hearing.
|
|
|
Automatic Import Licensing
|
Steel |
Since 1986, most steel products in the range of Harmonized System items 7206-7317 from all countries require an import permit. The permits are available online from Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada in 15 minutes and do not restrain the quantity or price or other aspects of steel imported into Canada in any way. The purpose of Canada’s steel import monitoring program is to provide a source of timely and accurate statistics concerning steel imports. In particular, data and related reports concerning the type, quantity, price, and origin of steel imports are of ongoing interest to a wide range of interested parties, including the Canadian steel industry.
Steel products imported into Canada have been subject to automatically dispensed import permits for statisical monitoring purposes since 1986. Steel import data is available to all interested parties via the Internet and assists in identifying emerging import trends in terms of both volume and price. This information has been effective in alerting industry stakeholders to the possibility of potentially injurious imports, which may be unfairly traded through dumping and subsidization. The program is administered by International Trade Canada under the Export and Import Permits Act, was last renewed in 2002 for a three year period which expires on August 31, 2005.
For additional information, contact: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~ Trade Controls Policy Division Export and Import Controls Bureau Telephone: 1-613-995-8358 Fax: 1-613-996-0612
|
|
|
Discretionary Export Licensing
|
Sugar, sugar-containing products and peanut butter exports to the United States |
Sugar, sugar-containing products, and peanut butter were added to the Export Control List, pursuant to the Export and Import Permits Act (EIPA), in order to ensure the orderly export marketing of these products to the United States. These products are subject to tariff rate quotas established by the United States in 1995.
For additional information, contact: Trade Controls Policy Division Export and Import Controls Bureau Telephone: 1-613-995-8104 Fax: 1-613-996-0612 http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~ Email: epm@international.gc.ca
|
|
|
Voluntary Export Restraints
|
|
Canada has no measures to report. |
|
|
Export Subsidies
|
|
In keeping with its obligations under the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures, Canada does not maintain any export subsidies.
|
|
|
Minimum Import Prices
|
|
||
|
Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Market Access*
|
|
|
|
|
Measures Maintained
|
|
||
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Non-Tariff Measures since 1996 |
||
|
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
Position
|
Canada maintains WTO-consistent non-tariff measures required to protect health, safety, security, or environment, as well as to comply with our obligations under international agreements.
Import restrictions and import licensing requirements in Canada are consistent with Canada's obligations under the WTO and support action taken under relevant domestic legislation. Canada eliminated its quantitative import restrictions in the agricultural and food sectors when it implemented the Uruguay Round agreements. The Agreement on Agriculture also prohibits minimum import prices. Canada is committed to the procedures and timing for dismantling restrictions on textile and clothing imports by the end of 2004, as agreed in the WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing.
Canada's export restrictions and export licensing requirements are consistent with its WTO obligations and support action taken under domestic legislation. Canada does not maintain any WTO-inconsistent quantitative export restrictions. On July 31, 1995, the Western Grain Transportation Act was eliminated. By this measure, Canada has eliminated all export subsidies on grains and oilseeds, exceeding its Uruguay Round commitments for export subsidy reductions. Voluntary export restraints are prohibited under the WTO Agreement on Safeguards. With the exception of certain primary products, export subsidies are prohibited in the WTO. On agricultural products, the WTO Agreement on Agriculture contains disciplines and reduction commitments.
Export and Import Controls Bureau: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~
|
|
|
Quantitative Import Restrictions/ Prohibitions
|
Textiles and Clothing: Canada is committed to the procedures and timing for dismantling restrictions on textile and clothing imports by the end of 2004, as agreed in the WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing.
The ATC sets out specific obligations with regards to the implementation during the transition period from 1995 to 2005. The first specific obligation regarding implementation is integration. The second specific obligation is the application of growth rates to the quotas in place. The ATC specifically defines the coverage of the ATC in terms of products that are outside the GATT 1994 rules and that are to be integrated.
The ATC requires that any Member who retains the right to use safeguards under Article 6 of the ATC must integrate at least 16% of the volume of its textile and apparel products covered by the ATC at the start of stage one. At least 17% more must be integrated during stage two. Canada will meet the ATC’s third stage provisions by integrating a further 18% of its original volume. The final stage of liberalization will take effect on January 1, 2005, with the abolition of the remaining quotas.
To obtain more information, contact: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~ Trade Controls Policy Division Export and Import Controls Bureau Telephone: 1-613-995-8104 Fax: 1-613-996-0612 Email: epm@international.gc.ca
Endangered Species: Canada is a Party to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES). Because thousands of animal and plant species are regulated by this convention, the transportation of endangered species of animals, plants, and their products is restricted and may require the prior issuance of an import permit by Canada and/or an export permit by the country of export. This restriction also applies to certain animal skins, trophies, and mounted animals.
For further information contact: Administrator, Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species, Environment Canada, Canadian Wildlife Service, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K1A 0H3, Tel: (819) 994-1528.
Leaded Gasoline: Leaded gasoline containing more than 5 mg per litre of lead except for certain specific uses is prohibited for importation into Canada under the authority of the Gasoline Regulations pursuant to the Canadian Environmental Protection Act.
For information concerning the application of the Gasoline Regulations, inquiries may be directed to the Oil, Gas & Energy Branch, Environment Canada, 351 St. Joseph Blvd., Hull, Quebec, Canada, K1A 0H3, Tel: (819) 953-4673.
Firearms and Weapons: Not all firearms and weapons are allowed to enter Canada. Any queries about the importation of firearms and weapons should be directed to the regional Customs office where the firearms or weapons are to be imported.
For Canada Customs office locations:
Explosives: The importation of explosives is governed by the Explosives Act and Regulations administered by the Department of Natural Resources. The legal definition of explosives includes blasting explosives, detonators, propellants, sporting and industrial cartridges, and all types of fireworks and pyrotechnic devices. Before an explosive may be imported it must be declared an authorized explosive by the Chief Inspector of Explosives appointed under the Explosives Act. The process of authorizing an explosive consists of the manufacturer submitting data on the nature and composition of the explosive and on its packaging and markings. Samples are usually required for laboratory examination. A standard testing fee of $771.00 for fireworks, $716.00 for ammunition and up to $2561.00 for blasting explosives and accessories applies. The criteria for authorization are based on the safety characteristics of the explosive substances or articles during handling, storage, transport and use, and to confirm that the classification conforms with the recommendations of the Committee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods as adopted by the Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) of the United Nations.
Hazardous Waste: Canada is a Party to the Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal, to the Decision of the Council of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development concerning the Control of Transboundary Movements of Wastes Destined for Recovery Operations, and has signed the Canada-USA Agreement on the Transboundary Movement of Hazardous Waste. The exportation and importation of hazardous wastes destined for disposal or recycling in Canada are administered by Environment Canada under the Export and Import of Hazardous Wastes Regulations which require prior informed consent procedures, i.e. notification and consent of the country of import before any export permit is issued.
For further information on the controls imposed by the Export and Import of Hazardous Wastes Regulations, contact: Transboundary Movement Branch, Environment Canada, 6th Floor,70 Cremazie, Gatineau, Ontario, Canada, K1A 0H3. Tel: (819) 997-3377.
Protection of the Ozone Layer: Canada is a Party to the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, which seeks to limit the production and use of substances which deplete the ozone layer. Examples of the types of products prohibited from importation under the Ozone-depleting Substances Regulations No. 1 and Ozone Substances Regulations no. 3 are listed below: -bulk CFCs -10 kilograms or less of any CFC contained in pressurized containers -any products in a pressurized container that contains 10 kilograms or less of any CFC -plastic foam in which any CFC has been used as a foaming agent -release agent for molds used in the manufacture of plastic and elastomeric materials -lubricant for use in mining and other such operations.
|
Canada has significantly and meaningfully liberalized its restraint regime by removing quotas on products of direct interest to exporting countries. During the second phase, Canada removed from quota the following commercially-significant products: tailor collared shirts, rainwear, women & girls' ensembles, women/girls knitted blouses, children's blouses and baby outerwear. In addition, in 1998 we increased by 10% the restraint levels for winter outerwear, over and above what the required growth rates specified in ATC.
On January 1, 2002, Canada integrated a wide range of apparel products for the 3rd phase of the ATC, including women's/girl's/children's suits and ensembles, all knitted and woven shirts, blouses and tops, swimwear, all babywear, and thermal and standard overalls. Quotas were removed from apparel products, irrespective of the material they are made of. None of the partially liberalized quotas, and none of the combined quotas, were readjusted, which will result in a further de facto increase in access to our market.
Canada has integrated a cumulative total of 53% of the 1990 import volume of textiles and clothing.
On January 15, 2000, Canada amended its Wild Animal and Plant Trade Regulations made under the Wild Animal and Plant Protection and Regulation of International and Interprovicial Trade Act (WAPPRIITA) to exempt certain personal and household effects from the need to obtain permits under the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). These amendments are in line with the provisions of the Convention made under Article VII-3 concerning personal and household effects. |
|
Quantitative Export Restrictions/ Prohibitions
|
Endangered Species: Canada is a Party to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES). Because thousands of animal and plant species are regulated by this convention, the transportation of endangered species of animals, plants, and their products is restricted and may require the prior issuance of an import permit by Canada and/or an export permit by the country of export. This restriction also applies to certain animal skins, trophies, and mounted animals.
For further information contact: Administrator, Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species, Environment Canada, Canadian Wildlife Service, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K1A 0H3, Tel: (819) 997-1840.
|
On January 15, 2000, Canada amended its Wild Animal and Plant Trade Regulations made under the Wild Animal and Plant Protection and Regulation of International and Interprovincial Trade Act (WAPPRIITA) to exempt certain peronal and household effects from the need to obtain permits under the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). These amendments are in line with the provisions of the Convention made under Article VII-3 concerning personal and household effects. |
|
|
Canada does not apply import levies that act as non-tariff measures. The GST/HST is a federal tax payable on goods and services bought in Canada, whether produced domestically or imported, and does not discriminate between domestic and foreign suppliers. The goods and services tax (GST) is applied at a rate of 7%. Threeprovinces apply a harmonized sales tax (HST) that combines the GST plys an 8% provincial tax while six other provinces apply a rate between 6-10%.
|
|
|
|
Canada does not apply export levies that act as non-tariff measures. |
As part of a comprehensive strategy to improve the health of Canadians by reducing tobacco consumption, Canada introduced a tobacco tax structure in April 2001 to reduce the incentive to smuggle Canadian-produced tobacco products back into Canada from export markets - the main source of contraband in the past. The main element is a tax that does not discriminate between domestically manufactured and imported tobacco products. This measure is fully compliant with Canada's WTO commitments
|
|
Discretionary Import Licensing
|
Plant and animal health certification/Agricultural Products: Many agricultural products, including live animals and products of animal origin, meat and poultry, eggs and egg products, dairy products, fresh fruit and vegetables, processed fruit and vegetables, grains, seeds and nuts (for human consumption, propagation or animal feed), plants and plant products (including forest products), fertilizers, soil and growing media, pest control products and animal and plant biologics, are subject to Agriculture and Agri-food Canada legislated requirements. These measures are maintained in accordance with the WTO Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures.
Animals and Animal Products: All animals and animal products must be declared to customs at the first point of arrival in Canada. Health certificates are required to import most live animals and animal products. Plant Products: All plants and plant products must be declared to Customs at the first point of arrival in Canada. Phytosanitary certificates are required to import many plant products.
Inquiries should be directed to: Canadian Food Inspection Agency (Animal Products or Plant Health Directorate) 59 Camelot Drive Nepean, Ontario, K1A 0Y9 Tel: (613) 225-2342 Fax: (613) 228-6636
Dairy products; chicken, turkey, eggs, broiler hatching eggs and chicks; beef and veal; margarine; and wheat and barley and their products: Effective January 1, 1995 (or August 1, 1995 for wheat, barley and their products, butter, dry whey and cream), in compliance with its GATT/WTO commitments, Canada converted its agricultural import controls to a system of tariff rate quotas (TRQs). Under these TRQs, imports within the TRQ level (i.e. within the access commitment) require a permit issued through the Export and Import Controls Bureau (EICB) in order to benefit from the lower rate of duty. Imports over the quota level, subject to higher rates of duty, may enter under a General Import Permit. Exceptions are wheat, barley, barley products, and fluid milk for personal consumption, which are administered on a first-come, first-served basis.
For more information: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~ Trade Controls Policy Division Export and Import Controls Bureau Telephone: 1-613-995-8104 Fax: 1-613-996-0612 Email: epm@dfait-maeci.gc.ca
Pork: Since August 1999 pork imported from the European Union in excess of 2,970 metric tonnes is subject to a 100% tariff, imposed in retaliation for the refusal of the European Union to implement WTO dispute settlement findings regarding its ban on Canadian exports of beef produced using growth hormones.
For more information: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~
Natural Gas and Ethane: The National Energy Board Act, and the Part VI Regulations made thereunder, control imports of natural gas by pipeline, railway tank cars, and tank trucks or tankers. Imports are authorized by both licences and orders. Licences are issued for large volume and long-term imports while orders are used in the case of small volume and emergency and short-term imports. An application is made to the Board for import authorization. In the case of a licence, the application will be set down for a public hearing. No licence is effective until approved by the Governor-in-Council. The issuance of an import order requires the approval of the Board and does not require a public hearing.
|
|
|
|
Steel products imported into Canada have been subject to automatically dispensed import permits for statistical monitoring purposes since 1986. The program is administered by International Trade Canada under the Export and Import Permits Act, was last renewed in 2002 for a three year period which expires on August 31, 2005.
For additional information: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~ Trade Controls Policy Division Export and Import Controls Bureau Telephone: 1-613-995-8358 Fax: 1-613-996-0612
|
|
|
Discretionary Export Licensing
|
Sugar, sugar-containing products, and peanut butter exports to the United States of America were added to the Export Control List pursuant to the Export and Import Permits Act (EIPA), in order to ensure the orderly export marketing of these products that are subject to limitations imposed by the United States in 1995.
For additional information, contact: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/~ Trade Controls Policy Division Export and Import Controls Bureau Telephone: 1-613-995-8104 Fax: 1-613-996-0612
Natural Gas and Ethane: The National Energy Board Act, and the Part VI Regulations made thereunder, control imports of natural gas by pipeline, railway tank cars, and tank trucks or tankers. Imports are authorized via both licences and orders. Licences are issued for large volume and long-term imports while orders are used in the case of small volume and emergency and short-term imports. An application is made to the Board for import authorization. In the case of a licence, the application will be set down for a public hearing. No licence is effective until approved by the Governor-in-Council. The issuance of an import order requires the approval of the Board and does not require a public hearing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In keeping with its obligations under the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures, Canada does not maintain any export subsides.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Market Access*
|
|
|
|
Measures Maintained
|
|
|
Appendix – APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Market Access
Introduction
On 27 October 2002, in Los Cabos, Mexico, APEC Leaders adopted the Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards (“Leaders’ Statement”), and directed that these standards be implemented as soon as possible, and in no case later than January 2005.
In paragraph 8 of the Leaders’ Statement, APEC Leaders instructed that “APEC sub-fora that have not developed specific transparency provisions should do so,” and further instructed that such new transparency provisions should be presented to Leaders upon completion for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. Accordingly, the Market Access Group developed the following set of transparency standards on market access for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement.
These principles flow from the General Principles on Transparency agreed to by APEC Leaders at Los Cabos, and provide specific guidance for implementation within a market access context.
Transparency Standards on Tariff and Non-Tariff Measures
1. (a) In accordance with paragraph 1 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will promptly publish or otherwise make available to all interested parties, through readily accessible, widely available media (for example via the Internet), information on its laws, regulations, and progressively, procedures and administrative rulings relating to tariff and non-tariff measures.
(b) Such information could include publication of the following measures: (i) tariff schedules, with current applied tariff rates, on the Internet; (ii) details of preferential tariff programs; (iii) tariff rates applicable under Free Trade Agreements and Regional Trade Agreements; and (iv) NTMs maintained by member economies.
2. In accordance with paragraph 2 of the Leaders’ Statement, when possible each Economy will endeavour to publish in advance any tariff or non-tariff measure that it proposes to adopt, and provide interested persons a reasonable opportunity to comment on such proposed measures.
3. In accordance with paragraph 3 of the Leaders’ Statement, upon request from an interested person or another Economy, each Economy will endeavour to promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to any actual or proposed measures referred to in paragraph 1 above.
4. Each Economy will endeavour to ensure that non-tariff measures are administered in a transparent manner, so as to mitigate their effect on the trade and development of other Economies.
5. Each Economy that is a WTO Member will, where possible, provide information on non-tariff measures when requested by other WTO Members in the context of the WTO negotiations on market access and will participate actively in these negotiations as they move forward.
6. Each Economy that is a WTO Member will comply with notification procedures under the WTO Agreement on Import Licensing Procedures.
7. Each Economy that is a WTO Member will submit its updated tariff data (both bound, and, where possible, current applied) and trade data to the WTO Integrated Data Base on a timely basis. Economies in the process of acceding to the WTO will, where possible, submit current applied tariff and trade data to the WTO Integrated Data Base. Each economy will also submit current applied tariff data to the APEC tariff database in a timely manner.
8. Each Economy will provide to the APEC Secretariat for inclusion on the website of the Market Access Group (MAG) links to individual government websites, including, where possible, links to specific officials responsible for developing, administering, implementing and/or enforcing policies related to tariff and non-tariff measures. Each Economy further agrees to provide current information on import regulations for the MAG’s Import Regulation website. Each Economy will also provide as much information as possible on rules and procedures, and details of enquiry points, in its e-Individual Action Plan.
[1] These non-tariff measures include but are not restricted to quantitative import/export restrictions/prohibitions, import/export levies, minimum import prices, discretionary import/export licensing, voluntary export restraints and export subsidies.
Collective Actions
APEC economies will take the following Collective Actions with regard to services in the telecommunications, transportation, energy and tourism sectors[1], and continue to seek Collective Actions in other sectors
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
a. work to bridge the digital divide at the domestic, regional and global levels, and to cooperate and collaborate with the business/private sector in this effort;
b. foster discussion between business/private sector and governments on appropriate means to assess and reward the value of products and services exchanged in the provision of converged Internet services among APEC economies, consistent with the APEC Principles on International Charging Arrangements for Internet Services;
c. foster the development of effective policies that support competitive markets in the domestic and international telecommunications and information industries;
d. accelerate the pace of implementation of the Mutual Recognition Arrangement on Conformity Assessment for Telecommunications Equipment (MRA);
e. work to ensure that policy and regulatory environments better foster the uptake of e-commerce;
f. implement within voluntary time frames the APEC Interconnection Principles and consult on the need for further discussions on interconnection; and
g. give attention to user requirements for open standards and systems to support interoperability
In addition, APEC economies are encouraged to conform, where appropriate, to:
1. The WTO Telecommunications Regulatory Principles Reference Paper;
2. The Information Technology Agreement (ITA); and
3. The Guidelines for Trade in International Value-Added Network Services (IVANS).
TRANSPORTATION
a. respond to the Leaders ‘Auckland Challenge’ of 1999, by implementing the eight steps for more competitive air services on a voluntary basis and by identifying further steps to liberalize air services in accordance with the Bogor Goals, and provide annual progress reports to Leaders through SOM (Note: some components of this project may fall under Part II Ecotech, subject to further developments);
b. develop by 2005 an efficient, safe and competitive operating environment for maritime transport, including ports, in the region through improved transparency of maritime and port policies (Note: some components of this project may fall under Part II Ecotech, subject to further developments);
c. complete the Road Transport Harmonization Project and encourage the development of mutual recognition arrangements for certification of automotive product and harmonization of economies’ vehicle regulations through cooperation within United Nations Economic Commission for Europe; and
d. seek to eliminate the requirement for paper documents (both regulatory and institutional) for the key messages relevant to international transport and trade as soon as practicable by 2005.
ENERGY
APEC Economies, by developing and building on the 14 non-binding policy principles endorsed by APEC Energy Ministers at their Sydney meeting in 1996 which are consistent with the vision, objectives and strategic themes of the recently endorsed Future Directions Strategic Plan that will guide their work over the next five years:
a. will facilitate trade and investment in the energy sector by
i. responding to the outcomes of a current study on "Strengthening the Operational Aspects of APEC Energy Micro -Economic Reform" that will, inter-alia, inform on barriers to investment in the energy sector and how to remove the barriers.
ii. analysing the broad economic impacts of micro-economic reform policies to deregulate energy markets.
iii. responding as appropriate to the identification of the barriers (policy, technical, regulatory and legal) to the interconnection of power grids in APEC member economies.
iv. actively pursuing the Implementation Strategy and considering the use of Implementation Facilitation Assistance Teams (IFAT) to assist in further reform of the energy markets.
v. strengthening policy dialogue among member economies on important issues affecting energy markets.
vi. supporting the APEC 21st Century Renewable Energy Development Initiative which seeks to advance the use of renewable energy for sustainable economic development and growth in member economies.
vii. encouraging in the longer term a greater strategic input from business through the Energy Working Group Business Network (EBN).
b. will seek to reduce barriers to trade created by differing energy performance test methods and energy performance requirements by supporting the establishment of an APEC Energy Efficiency Test Procedures Coordinator.
c. will strengthen energy security in the region by developing and implementing an energy security initiative with the aim of improving the functioning of energy markets; energy efficiency and conservation; diversification of energy resources; renewable energy development and deployment; and enhance short term preparedness such as oil stocks and surge production of oil; and explore the potential for alternative transport fuels
TOURISM
APEC economies will:
a. Remove impediments to tourism business and investment by: (i) promoting and facilitating the mobility of skills, training and labor; (ii) promoting and facilitating productive investment in tourism and associated sectors; (iii) removing regulatory impediments to tourism business and investment; and (iv) encouraging liberalization of services trade related to tourism under General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS)
b. Increase mobility of visitors and demand for tourism goods and services in the APEC region by: (i) facilitating seamless travel for visitors; (ii) enhancing visitor experiences; (iii) promoting inter- and intra-regional marketing opportunities and cooperation; (iv) facilitating and promoting e-commerce for tourism business; (v) enhancing safety and security of visitors; and (vi) fostering a non-discriminatory approach to the provision of visitor facilities and services.
c. Sustainably manage tourism outcomes and impacts by: (i) demonstrate an appreciation and understanding of natural environment and seek to protect the environment (ii) foster ecologically sustainable development opportunities across the tourism sector, particularly for small and medium sized enterprises, employment and providing for open and sustainable tourism markets (iii) protect the social integrity of host communities with particular attention to the implications of gender in the management and development of tourism (iv) recognize, respect and preserve local and indigenous cultures together with our natural and national cultural heritage (v) enhance capability building in the management and development of tourism.
d. Enhance recognition and understanding of tourism as a vehicle for economic and social development by: (i) Harmonizing methodologies for key tourism statistical collections, consistent with activities of other international tourism organizations (ii) facilitating the exchange of information on tourism between economies (iii) promoting comprehensive analysis of the role of tourism in member economies in promoting sustainable growth (iv) expanding our collective knowledge base on tourism issues in order to identify emerging issues and assist in the implementation of the Seoul Declaration on an APEC Tourism Charter.
The current CAP relating to services can be found in the Services Collective Action Plan
|
Canada’s Approach to Trade in Services in 2004
Canada participated actively in efforts to broaden and strengthen the GATS, including through work on the built-in agenda. Pursuant to the February 1997 Agreement on Basic Telecommunications Services, Canada made commitments on an MFN basis, including the ending of monopolies in this sector. In keeping with Canadian commitments on financial services, Canada has announced a new policy framework for the Canadian financial services sector and brought legislation and related regulations into force concerning foreign bank branching. Actively involved in the GATS maritime transport services negotiations in 1996, Canada sought to secure commitments in the areas of international maritime transport, maritime auxiliary services (e.g. storage and warehousing, freight forwarding) and access to and use of port facilities and onward transport.
Since February 2000, Canada has been engaged, with other WTO Member countries, in a new round of GATS negotiations. In this context, Canada participates in WTO work on domestic regulations, safeguards, subsidies and government procurement in a services context. The November 2001 Doha Ministerial set in motion the market access phase of the GATS negotiations and mandated that "participants shall submit initial requests for specific commitments by June 30, 2002 and initial offers by March 2003."
As a result, Canada made public on July 8, 2002 a description of its initial request for market access in services to more than 40 WTO members, none of which is a least developed country. As a general rule, Canada asked its trading partners to at least match Canada's current level of commitments. Canada's initial offer reflects the negotiating objectives set out in March 2001 and incorporates the results of consultations held with a wide range of stakeholders since January 2000. For a more detailed summary of Canada’s requests, please visit our GATS 2000 website. Please be advised that this website will soon be migrated to the International Trade Canada website.
Canada released its initial conditional offer on March 31, 2003 and was the first country to commit to making its offer public. This public release reflects Canada's leadership in promoting greater transparency with the WTO and we are pleased that other WTO members have followed with similar commitments. Canada also paid particular attention to the requests made and concerns raised by developing countries and, in particular, the least developed countries, by including in its initial offer elements of interest to these countries, such as the temporary entry of services suppliers. Please visit our website to view Canada’s initial conditional offer.
For more information, please contact:
Nadin Nanji Services Trade Policy International Trade Canada nadin.nanji@international.gc.ca
|
Chapter 3 : Canada’s General Approach to Trade in Services in 2004*Competition Policy will be dealt with in the Competition Policy Chapter |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Foreign Investment or Right of Establishment (including Joint Venture Requirements)
|
Several provinces have removed some Citizenship requirements as outlined in the applicable sections.
|
There are no limitations on market access with respect to commercial presence. However, under the Investment Canada Act (the Act), acquisition of control of a Canadian business by a non-Canadian is subject to approval by the Minister responsible for the Act for businesses with assets over a particular amount (C$ 237 million in 2004), adjusted each year to reflect any changes in nominal GDP. With respect to national treatment, Canada did not undertake GATS commitments on the following types of measures (see Canada’s GATS Schedule for more details): - supply of a service, or its subsidization, within the public sector; - subsidies related to research and development; - federal and sub-central tax measures resulting in differences in treatment for "Canadian-controlled private corporations" (generally pertaining to small business); - tax measures where the service supplier is directly or indirectly owned by government; - ownership and management nationality restrictions on investors in the privatization of state enterprises; - differential treatment in terms of benefits or price with respect to the general supply of social services to the public, particularly with respect to income security or insurance, social security or insurance, social welfare, public education, training, health and child care; - a majority of the directors of federally incorporated and most provincially incorporated corporations in Canada must be Canadian citizens or persons ordinarily resident in Canada or a particular province; - federal or sub-national measures that are more favourable to aboriginals or their organizations; - there are differential restrictions or taxes in some provinces that apply to non-residents in the purchase of certain types of land, e.g. public land, farm and shore land; and - eligibility for investments from small business development corporations and differential treatment of corporations in Ontario with respect to capital gains on shares of corporations resident in Canada.
|
|
|
Temporary Entry and Stay of Service Providers and Intra-Corporate Transferees
|
|
With respect to the movement of persons providing services, natural persons falling into the following categories may enter or stay on a temporary basis, subject to certain conditions: business visitors, intra-corporate transferees, executives, managers, specialists, and professionals. For more details, please consult Canada’s GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments and its Supplement on Movement of Natural Persons.
|
|
|
Foreign Exchange Control/ Movement of Capital
|
|
There are no foreign exchange controls or restriction on movement of capital. |
|
|
Implement APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Services* |
|
The Government of Canada encourages transparency and predictability in regulatory policy in recognition of its wide-ranging benefits. Many elements of the Government’s Regulatory Policy address directly, or otherwise encourage, transparency. The policy requires that stakeholders – industry, labour, consumer groups, professional associations, other governments, and interested individuals – be consulted on all phases from the identification of problems to the development of regulatory solutions. More information on this and on Canadian laws, regulations, and administrative procedures can be found through the weblink above. The official news bulletin of the Government of Canada is the Canada Gazette. Canada Gazette Part I, published weekly, contains all formal public notices, official appointments, miscellaneous notices and proposed reulations from the government and private sectors. Canada Gazette Part II, published twice weekly, contains regulations and other statutory instruments. Canada Gazette Part III, published as soon as is reasonably predictable after Royal Assent, contains the most recent Public Acts of Parliament and their enactment proclamations. |
|
|
Other Generic Requirements Applied to Trade in Services
|
|
With respect to cross-border and consumption abroad of services, there are no limitations on market access. With respect to trade in services national treatment, there are no limitations other than the following measures set out in the Canadian GATS Schedule: tax measures affecting scientific research and experimental development services; Ontario tax measures with respect to payments for management services made to affiliated non-residents; preferences to Albertan or Canadian service suppliers in the case of all large scale energy project development; preferences to Newfoundland and Nova Scotian services suppliers for petroleum operations. More information can be found in Canada’s GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments.
Canada’s exceptions to MFN Treatment could be found in Canada’s GATS List of Article II (MFN) Exceptions.
|
|
Chapter 3: Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Trade in Services since 1996 |
||
|
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Made to Date |
|
General PolicyPosition
|
Canada had one of the most open and liberal services regimes in the world, with the services sector accounting for about two-thirds of Canada's GDP and over 15 percent of Canada's total trade (1996).
Internal liberalization of the Canadian services market was complemented by new international commitments, under both the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), (1994), and the WTO agreement, including commitments under the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), (1995). Overall, only a few MFN exemptions and horizontal measures applied under Canada's GATS commitments. Domestic legislation was amended where required to bring it into conformity with Canada's international obligations.
|
Additional commitments have been made by Canada under:
-WTO Agreement on Basic Telecommunications (1997)
-WTO Agreement on Financial Services (1997)
-Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement (1997)
-Canada-Costa Rica Free Trade Agreement (2001)
Canada entered into negotiations on a Free Trade Area for the Americas (FTAA), which includes a Working Group on Services (1998).
Canada is negotiating at the WTO in the current round of services negotiations. Canada’s initial offer was released publicly on March 31, 2003.
|
|
Foreign Investment or Right of Establishment (including Joint Venture Requirements)
|
There were no limitations on market access with respect to commercial presence (1996). However, under the Investment Canada Act, acquisition of control of a Canadian business by a non-Canadian was subject to approval by the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act for businesses with assets over a particular amount adjusted each year to reflect any changes in nominal GDP. With respect to national treatment there were few limitations.
|
No major changes in measures of general application. |
|
Temporary Entry and Stay of Service Providers and Intra-Corporate Transferees
|
With respect to the movement of persons providing services, natural persons falling into the following categories were able to enter or stay on a temporary basis, subject to certain conditions: business visitors, intra-corporate transferees, executives, managers, specialists, and professionals (1996).
|
No major changes in measures of general application. |
|
Foreign Exchange Control/ Movement of Capital
|
No foreign exchange controls on the movement of capital. |
No foreign exchange controls on the movement of capital exist. |
|
Implement APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Services*
|
|
Canada released its initial conditional offer on March 31, 2003. Canada was the first country to commit to making its offer public, and is pleased that other WTO members have followed with similar commitments. The release reflects Canada's leadership in promoting greater transparency with the WTO. Further, the Government of Canada has been working closely with provincial and territorial governments, which have jurisdiction in many areas of services trade, to develop our initial negotiating position. The government maintains a close relationship with the provinces and territories in the area of international trade policy through a variety of mechanisms. Canada publishes information related to its trade in services on the GATS 2000 website. This site gives statistical information, background information on the current round of negotiations, provides a detailed description of Canada’s extensive consultative mechanisms and allows individuals and businesses alike to voice their concerns. This site also provides links to provincial governments and private sector professional associations for those searching for more detailed sector-specific information related to licensing procedures and applications. Please be advised that this website will soon be migrated to the International Trade Canada website.
|
|
Other Generic Requirements Applied to Trade in Services
|
|
|
Appendix – APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Services
Introduction
Economies agree to implement, in respect of services, the General Principles contained in paragraphs 1-6 and paragraph 11 of the Leaders’ Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards (“Leaders’ Statement”).
Economies believe that, in the services context, it is particularly important to emphasize Leaders’ observation that transparency contributes to: good governance; improving public confidence in, and legitimacy of, regulatory regimes; better understanding of regulatory objectives; more efficient markets; and a more attractive investment climate in both small and large economies.
Economies take note of Leaders’ recognition that implementation of these standards will be an important APEC-led contribution to achieving success in the WTO Doha Development Agenda (DDA) GATS negotiations.
Transparency Standards on Services
1. (a) Each economy will, in the manner provided for in paragraph 1 of the General Principles in the Leaders’ Statement, ensure that its laws, regulations, and administrative procedures related to applications for licenses or authorizations (including, inter alia, licensing procedures and requirements/criteria, qualification procedures and requirements, and technical standards) and their renewal or extension are promptly published or otherwise made available in such a manner as to enable interested persons and other Economies to become acquainted with them. (b) Economies will use the Internet as much as possible, and specifically, official government web sites, to fulfill this obligation.
2. Economies will publicize and maintain at least one enquiry point that will endeavor to promptly provide information and respond to questions from an interested person or another Economy pertaining to any actual or proposed measure.Economies will also make the names, official addresses, and other contact information (including website, telephone, facsimile) of its enquiry point(s) publicly available.
3. Economies will diligently complete and provide annual updates to their electronic Individual Action Plans (E- IAPs) for services sectors.
4. Regarding authorizations and licensing procedures, when possible: (a) the competent authorities of an Economy will, within a reasonable period of time after the submission of an application considered complete under domestic laws and regulations, inform the applicant of the decision concerning the application. The competent authorities will establish deadlines for processing of completed applications under normal circumstances. (b) at the request of the applicant, the competent authorities of the Economy will provide, without undue delay, information concerning the status of the application, including any reason for denial. Applicants will also be given the opportunity to resubmit or amend their application for further review, or file an appeal if an application is denied or found in violation of public regulations. (c) Examinations required as part of the application process for a license or authorization will be offered at reasonable intervals and cost.
5. These Standards should be administered in a reasonable, objective and impartial manner.
[1] The following Collective Actions have been extracted from the annexed Action Programs of Working Groups in which substantial progress has already been made in services, in order to illustrate liberalization and facilitation related activities to be undertaken in these sectors. Activities in these sectors are also dealt with in Part Two.
Chapter 3 (a:1): Business Services: Legal |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Law societies are established in each province and territory by statute of their respective legislative assemblies. The provincial law societies govern lawyers operating in their jurisdiction. The main responsibilities of the law societies include: admitting lawyers to practice, setting professional standards, specifying professional liability insurance requirements, and administering disciplinary measures. Membership in the law society of the province where a lawyer wishes to practice is mandatory.
More detailed information is available from the Federation of Law Societies of Canada (http://www.flsc.ca/).
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Generally speaking, applicants to law societies as a student-at-law (also referred to as “student member” or “articled student”) must hold a degree from a recognized Canadian university, have completed an articling period, demonstrate that they are of “good character,” and successfully complete an examination process which allows acceptance to the “bar” of that legal society. The Law Society of Alberta, the Law Society of Saskatchewan and the Law Society of Upper Canada require that their members be either Canadian citizens or permanent residents for accreditation. The Law Society of Newfoundland requires that its members be residents of Canada.
|
In the context of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), joint recommendations for facilitating the mutual recognition of licenses and certification with respect to foreign legal consultants and related cross-border legal services have been developed by the relevant professional bodies.
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
Elimination of permanent residency requirement for accreditation in Prince Edward Island
Elimination of citizenship requirement for accreditation in Quebec
|
Specific commitments regarding the provision of advisory services on foreign and public international law by foreign legal consultants are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments. Canada does not maintain any market access restrictions on foreign legal consultancy services delivered either on the basis of cross-border supply (Mode 1) or consumption abroad (Mode 2). The supply of foreign legal consultancy services involving the establishment of a commercial presence (Mode 3) are however limited to the form of a sole proprietorship or partnership. With respect to the movement of natural persons (Mode 4), members of the provincial law societies of Alberta, Ontario and Newfoundland are required to be permanent residents for accreditation.
|
In the context of ongoing GATS negotiations, Canada has listed several additional commitments with respect to foreign legal consultancy services in its initial GATS offer which reflect changes to Canada’s regulatory regime following the end of the Uruguay Round. Canada’s initial GATS offer was made public on March 31, 2003.
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Specific commitments regarding the provision of advisory services on foreign and public international law by foreign legal consultants are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments. With respect to national treatment, Canada does not maintain any restrictions on foreign legal consultancy services.
|
|
|
Chapter 3 (a:2): Business Services: Accounting |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
There are three major professional accountancy designations which are governed by provincial/territorial legislation: Chartered Accountant (CA); Certified Management Accountant (CMA); and Certified General Accountant (CGA). Each of these groups is represented by self-regulated provincial associations that bestow the professional accounting designations on students who successfully complete their studies and examinations.
The only accounting services that are regulated in Canada are those associated with public accounting. Public accounting includes: audits and review engagements, as well as any service which involves independent examination of records for the purpose of expressing an opinion as to whether the financial information is presented fairly.
In provinces where public accounting is regulated by statute, only a few require practitioners to have a license.
More detailed information is available from the websites of the national accounting associations (http://www.cica.ca/, http://www.cma-canada.org/ and http://www.cga-canada.org/).
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
In the context of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), a Mutual Recognition Agreement (MRA) was signed by representative national accounting bodies for Canada, the U.S. and Mexico aimed at facilitating the mutual recognition of licensing and credentials of chartered/certified accountants within the three countries. Implementation of the agreement is now required.
|
Requirements to qualify for the CA designation: - a university degree; - specified university courses or equivalent; - a provincial institute student professional program or equivalent; - prescribed practical experience; and - a passing grade on the Uniform Final Examination (UFE).
Requirements to qualify for the CMA designation: - a university degree (typically a 4 year Bachelor of Commerce with an accounting major and specified courses); - passing the Entrance Examination; - completion of the CMA Professional Program (2 years); and - managerial and operational work experience concurrent with completion of the Professional Program.
Requirements to qualify for the CGA designation: - a university degree/college diploma; - professional course/exams (3 years); and - minimum 2 years acceptable practical experience.
|
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
Elimination of residency requirement for accreditation in Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island.
Elimination of citizenship requirement for accreditation in Quebec. |
Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments. With respect to market access, limitations include a requirement for commercial presence for auditing work in Saskatchewan, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Manitoba and Ontario; citizenship requirements for accreditation in Manitoba; and permanent residency requirements for accreditation in Alberta and Ontario. In addition, commercial presence must take the form of a sole proprietorship or partnership. These limitations restrict the provision of accounting services across all modes of supply.
|
In the context of ongoing GATS negotiations, Canada has listed several additional commitments with respect to accounting services in its initial GATS offer which reflect changes to Canada’s regulatory regime following the end of the Uruguay Round. Canada’s initial GATS offer was made public on March 31, 2003.
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
Elimination of residency requirement for accreditation in Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island.
Elimination of citizenship requirement for accreditation in Quebec. |
Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments. With respect to national treatment, several provinces maintain residency requirements for accreditation purposes for auditing services: Alberta, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island and Saskatchewan. In Manitoba, similar residency requirements for accreditation are in place with respect to licensed public accountants. With respect to auditing services delivered on the basis of commercial presence, auditing offices in Saskatchewan, British Columbia, Ontario, Nova Scotia, Quebec, Prince Edward Island, Newfoundland and Alberta must be under the management of a resident. |
In the context of ongoing GATS negotiations, Canada has listed several additional commitments with respect to accounting services in its initial GATS offer which reflect changes to Canada’s regulatory regime following the end of the Uruguay Round. Canada’s initial GATS offer was made public on March 31, 2003. |
|
Chapter 3 (a:3): Business Services: Architectural |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Under the statutes of provincial legislatures, known as the Architects Act, provincial architectural associations are given the responsibility of: (i) prescribing the qualifications of persons licensed to practice in the province; (ii) providing the means of control and discipline over members; and (iii) generally regulating the practice of architecture. This Act also makes it an offense for persons, other than those who possess a license, to use the title "Architect," and specifies penalties to persons or corporations illegally engaged in the practice of architecture.
Membership in a provincial architectural association is mandatory for any individual offering architectural services to the public and the services of an architect are required by law where buildings of a certain size are constructed to house public gatherings for commercial, institutional or cultural purposes. Only persons registered with the association have the legal right to refer to themselves as “architects.”
More detailed information is available from the website of the Royal Architectural Institute of Canada (http://www.raic.org/).
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
To qualify for licensing, an applicant must satisfy three requirements: formal education, work experience recorded through a period of internship, and successful completion of the registration examinations. A license is a necessary but not a sufficient condition to practice in a given province. Each jurisdiction establishes its own requirements regarding matters such as accessibility to the public and proof of professional liability insurance. In Ontario, for example, licensed architects must obtain a "Certificate of Practice" which identifies them as duly authorized to provide services to the public.
|
In the context of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), an agreement to facilitate mutual recognition of licensing and credentials was concluded and ratified between the professional regulatory associations in the NAFTA countries.
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
Elimination of permanent residency requirement for accreditation in New Brunswick
Elimination of citizenship requirement for accreditation in Quebec |
Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments. With respect to market access, the only limitation which Canada currently maintains is that commercial presence must take the form of a sole proprietorship or a partnership.
|
In the context of ongoing GATS negotiations, Canada has listed several additional commitments with respect to architectural services in its initial GATS offer which reflect changes to Canada’s regulatory regime following the end of the Uruguay Round. Canada’s initial GATS offer was made public on March 31, 2003. |
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments. With respect to national treatment, Canada maintains several limitations at the sub-federal level. These include: permanent residency requirements for architects in Newfoundland and Nova Scotia; residency requirements for landscape architects in Newfoundland; and a requirement for non-resident firms involved in architectural services by means of commercial presence to maintain a higher percentage of practitioners in a partnership in Prince Edward Island.
|
In the context of ongoing GATS negotiations, Canada has listed several additional commitments with respect to architectural services in its initial GATS offer which reflect changes to Canada’s regulatory regime following the end of the Uruguay Round. Canada’s initial GATS offer was made public on March 31, 2003. |
|
Chapter 3 (a:4): Business Services: Engineering |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
A professional engineering association exists under provincial and territorial legislation in each of the ten Canadian provinces and three territories. These associations have all the necessary responsibility and authority to govern the profession and its practitioners within its jurisdiction. Although the provincial statutes are revised independently of each other, and although there are many differences among them, the key elements of these statutes are essentially the same.
More detailed information is available from the website of the Canadian Council of Professional Engineers (http://www.ccpe.ca/).
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
Engineering associations from British Columbia, Alberta, Idaho and Washington recently signed a State Board-Association Resolution regarding licensing of engineers in the Pacific North West Economic Region. |
Each province requires anyone practicing engineering to be a registered professional engineer (P.Eng.), whether the work is performed as an employee for industry or government or is provided as a consultant to the public. In some jurisdictions, there are additional registration requirements beyond the P.Eng. for certain categories of work.
Professional registration is available to those individuals who have met the requirements with respect to academic qualification, language competency, satisfactory experience and knowledge of professional practice and ethics, and who are of “good character.”
While a number of provinces maintain residency and local presence requirements for practice under a permanent license, all provinces have procedures for temporary licensing of foreign non-resident engineers, none of which imposes any form of residency or local presence requirements.
The Washington Accord, signed in 1989, recognizes the substantial equivalency or comparability of engineering education courses leading to the first professional degree or basic education in engineering (the "Accredited Engineering Degree"). However, this accord, to which eight countries are signatories (Australia, Canada, Ireland, New Zealand, United Kingdom, United States, Hong Kong/China, and South Africa), does not address the mutual recognition of professional credentials.
Under the NAFTA (North America Free Trade Agreement), a mutual recognition agreement (MRA) for temporary and permanent licensing of engineers, recognizing professional qualification, was signed by Canadian and Mexican federal authorities but remains to be ratified by US states except Texas. This agreement provides mutual recognition for engineers from signatory partners.
All provinces have procedures for temporary licensing of foreign non-resident engineers, none of which imposes any form of residency or local presence requirement. Temporary licenses are valid for one year and are renewable. The only difference between a permanent license and a temporary license is that the former affords the holder the right to participate in the governance of the profession.
More detailed information is available from the website of the Canadian Council of Professional Engineers (http://www.ccpe.ca/) and from the document entitled “The Canadian Engineering Services Industry”.
|
Professional engineering associations in Canada, Mexico and Texas are in the final stages of implementing the 1995 Canada-Mexico-U.S. Mutual Recognition Agreement for Professional Engineers. This agreement will allow engineers in the participating jurisdictions to be recognized as professional engineers in those jurisdictions, fully authorized to independently perform engineering work. |
|
Foreign Entry
|
Elimination of citizenship requirement for accreditation in Quebec
Elimination of permanent residency requirement for accreditation in Nova Scotia |
Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments. With respect to engineering and integrated engineering services, market access for the cross-border supply, consumption abroad and the movement of natural persons is limited in British Columbia, Newfoundland, Alberta, Ontario and New Brunswick by the requirement for engineers to be permanent residents for accreditation purposes. In Manitoba, consulting engineers are required (for cross-border supply and consumption abroad) to establish a commercial presence for accreditation.
More detailed information is available from the website of the Canadian Council of Professional Engineers (http://www.ccpe.ca/) and from the document entitled “The Canadian Engineering Services Industry”.
|
In the context of ongoing GATS negotiations, Canada has listed several additional commitments with respect to engineering and integrated engineering services in its initial GATS offer which reflect changes to Canada’s regulatory regime following the end of the Uruguay Round. Canada’s initial GATS offer was made public on March 31, 2003. |
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
Elimination of citizenship requirement for accreditation in Quebec
Elimination of permanent residency requirement for accreditation in Nova Scotia |
Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada’s GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments. With respect to national treatment, engineers must be residents for accreditation in Saskatchewan in order to provide services on the basis of cross-border supply and movement of natural persons.
|
In the context of ongoing GATS negotiations, Canada has listed several additional commitments with respect to engineering and integrated engineering services in its initial GATS offer which reflect changes to Canada’s regulatory regime following the end of the Uruguay Round. Canada’s initial GATS offer was made public on March 31, 2003.
|
|
Chapter 3 (a:5): Business Services: Other Professional Services |
|||
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
In Canada, responsibility for recognition and licensing of foreign professionals is the sole responsibility of provincial governments/self- regulated professional associations. Individual provincial and territorial regulatory bodies may therefore impose licensing and qualification requirements.
In Québec, the Office des professions du Québec is responsible for providing the regulatory framework for professional services. More detailed information is available at http://www.opq.gouv.qc.ca/ |
Several Canadian professional bodies are currently pursuing mutually acceptable standards and criteria for licensing and certification of foreign professional service providers under the North American Free Trade Agreement and Canada-Chile FTA.
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Specific commitments for professional services such as taxation services and urban planning and landscape architectural services are set out in Canada’s GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments.
Taxation Services (excluding legal services): With respect to market access, Canada does not maintain any restrictions, except for certain horizontal measures regarding the movement of natural persons.
Urban Planning and Landscape Architectural Services: With respect to national treatment, Canada does not maintain any restrictions, except for certain horizontal measures regarding the movement of natural persons. More detailed information is available from the website of the Canadian Institute of Urban Planners (http://www.cip-icu.ca/).
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Specific commitments for professional services such as taxation services and urban planning and landscape architectural services are set out in Canada’s GATS Schedule of Specific Commitments.
Taxation Services (excluding legal services): With respect to national treatment, Canada does not maintain any restrictions, except for certain horizontal measures regarding the movement of natural persons.
Urban Planning and Landscape Architectural Services: With respect to national treatment, the only restriction that Canada maintains is a residency requirement for community and urban planning at the sub-federal level (Newfoundland and Saskatchewan). More detailed information is available from the website of the Canadian Institute of Urban Planners (http://www.cip-icu.ca/).
|
|
|
Chapter 3 (a:6): Business Services: Other |
|||
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Computer Services: There are no operational requirements specific to this sector, except for what is indicated under the categories “Foreign Entry” and “Discriminatory treatment”. |
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Computer Services: Not aware of any application. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
Changes in this category include: the elimination of citizenship requirements with respect to Management consulting service and Translation and interpretation services; the removal of foreign ownership restrictions with respect to Investigation and security services; and a reduction of the limitation on Ontario’s foreign ownership restrictions with respect to Collection agency services. |
Other Business Services: This sector is generally open, with few limitations on market access and national treatment. See Canada’s GATS schedule for more details.
Computer Services: Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. Canada has made commitments in all five subsectors of computer and related services listed under the W/120 with corresponding CPC codes as follows: 1Ba Consultancy services related to the installation of computer hardware (CPC 841); 1Bb Software implementation services, including systems and software consulting services, systems analysis, design and programming, and maintenance services, excluding those listed under Financial Services 7B1 (CPC 842); 1Bc Data processing services, including processing, tabulation and facilities management services, excluding Communications Services 2Cn and Financial Services 7B1 (CPC 843); 1Bd Data base services, excluding those listed under Financial Services 7B1 (CPC 844); and 1Be Other computer services (CPC 845/849).Canada's schedule lists no limitations for Market Access, except for mode 4 of market access where the commitment is unbound, except as indicated in its horizontal commitments.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN |
|
Computer Services: Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. There are no limitations on National Treatment, except for mode 4 under National Treatment where the commitment is unbound, except as indicated in its horizontal commitments.
|
|
Chapter 3 (b:1) : Communication Services: Postal |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Postal services related to letters and parcels are provided by Canada Post Corporation to all areas of Canada on a monopoly basis. More detailed information is available at http://www.canadapost.ca. |
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Not aware of any application. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Canada has not undertaken specific commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt or maintain measures related to postal services.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Canada has not undertaken specific commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt or maintain measures related to postal services. |
|
Chapter 3 (b:2) : Communication Services: Express Delivery |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
There are no operational requirements specific to courier services, except for what is indicated under the categories “Foreign Entry” and “Discriminatory treatment”. |
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Not aware of any application. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Specific commitments in courier services, including some limitations on market access by certain provinces, are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. There are no limitations on market access, except as indicated under horizontal measures and mode 4, presence of natural persons. Transport commitments are found in the transport part of Canada's GATS schedule.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Specific commitments in courier services are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. There are no limitations on national treatment, except as indicated under horizontal measures and mode 4, presence of natural persons. Transport commitments are found in the transport part of Canada's GATS schedule.
|
|
Chapter 3 (b:3) : Communication Services: Telecommunications |
|||
Section |
Improvement Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
The current Canadian regime is characterized by a pro-competitive regulatory framework and under the supervision of an independent regulatory body (the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission or CRTC). More detailed information available at http://www.crtc.gc.ca/.
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Service providers must meet the regulatory requirements established by the CRTC. More detailed information available at http://www.crtc.gc.ca/. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Specific commitments in this area, including some limitations on market access both at federal and provincial levels, are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule and and in the Third Supplement to Canada’s GATS Schedule. For example, telecommunications services may be provided by foreign suppliers on a resale basis, and foreign investment in facilities-based services is permitted up to a cumulative total of 46.7 percent (based on 20 percent direct investment and 33 and one-third percent indirect investment). Such entities must be controlled in fact by Canadians and at least 80 percent of the board of directors must be Canadian.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN |
|
Specific commitments in this area, including some limitations on national treatment both at federal and provincial levels, are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. A detailed listing of market access exceptions is in Canada's GATS Schedule and in the Third Supplement to Canada’s GATS Schedule.
|
|
Chapter 3 (b:4) : Communication Services: Audio-visual |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Operational requirements for radio and television broadcasting are determined by the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC). For more information see http://www.crtc.gc.ca.
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Service providers must meet the regulatory requirements established by the CRTC. The government uses a variety of regulatory measures. For example, the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) issues licenses to create space for Canadian cultural content in the radio and television broadcasting system and monitors performance to regulate and supervise the country's broadcasting system. The CRTC sets requirements to ensure that the Canadian broadcasting system will carry Canadian cultural content. These rules apply to the radio and television programming services that broadcast programs and to the distribution systems, (over-the-air television, cable television, direct-to-home (DTH) satellite, and MDS systems) that deliver broadcast services to the home. More information is available from the website of the CRTC (http://www.crtc.gc.ca).
Film and video distribution and exhibition is subject to provincial regulatory and licensing requirements.
|
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Canada has not undertaken commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt or maintain measures related to audio-visual services.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Canada has listed MFN exemptions under the GATS which provide for differential treatment of works of persons of countries with which Canada or Quebec may have co-production agreements or arrangements, as well as of natural persons engaged in such co-productions.
|
|
Chapter 3 (c) : Construction and Related Engineering Services |
|||
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
The federal government develops model national construction codes and establishes the parameters for federal environmental assessments. Provincial governments are responsible for provincial construction codes (based on the national model codes), labour standards, and environmental regulations. Municipalities set zoning requirements and are responsible for approving building applications, issuing building permits, and conducting building inspections.
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers |
|
|
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Specific commitments in this area, including some limitations on national treatment both at federal and provincial levels, are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. The only limitations on cross-border trade are related to construction activities undertaken from ships or particular provincial rules and regulations. More detailed information is available from Canada’s GATS Schedule. NFL and Labrador have removed their deposit requirement making it easier for non-resident contractors to provide general construction work for buildings. ON has removed its incorporation and residency requirements for applicants and holders of a water power site development permits for General construction work for civil engineering.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
No restrictions beyond those identified under the category “Foreign Entry”. More detailed information is available from Canada’s GATS Schedule. |
|
Chapter 3 (d) : Distribution Services |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP*** |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Distribution services are governed by the laws of the provinces and territories and may be subject to municipal zoning requirements. |
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Municipal zoning requirements govern the establishment of retail and wholesale distribution services. The distribution of alcoholic products is licensed at the provincial level and the distribution of liquor, and in some provinces beer and wine, is reserved to the provincial governments. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
Two restrictions have been removed by provincial governments: one residency requirement for direct sellers by Newfoundland and one by Nova Scotia regarding the marketing of fish products. |
Specific commitments in this area, including some limitations on national treatment both at federal and provincial levels, are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. No limitations with the exception of a number of provincial measures relating to commercial presence, licensing, citizenship and indirect tax measures. The distribution of alcohol, certain foods, and certain cultural products are not included in Canada’s GATS commitments.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
None beyond those mentioned under the category “Foreign Entry”.
|
|
Chapter 3 (e) : Education Services |
|||
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
The responsibility for the regulation of education services in Canada lies with provincial governments. More detailed information is available from the Council of Ministers of Education, Canada (http://www.cmec.ca).
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
The responsibility for the licensing of teachers lies with provincial governments. More detailed information is available from the Council of Ministers of Education, Canada (http://www.cmec.ca).
|
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Canada has not undertaken specific commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt or maintain measures related to education services.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Canada has not undertaken specific commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt or maintain measures related to education services. |
|
Chapter 3 (f) : Environment Services |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Regulations applicable to the environmental services sector exist at the federal, provincial, territorial and municipal levels. The majority of Canadian regulations relate to the protection and conservation of Canada’s environment. Municipalities also maintain some zoning requirements which restrict the location of waste disposal sites.
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
To achieve Canada’s environmental objectives a number of regulatory tools are used. These regulatory tools are found at various levels of government and reflect the sharing of responsibility with respect to environmental matters. Provincial and territorial authorities responsible for the environment are, for example, usually in charge of the application of legislation relating to solid waste. Usually, anyone collecting, transporting, processing, storing, or disposing of garbage requires a provincial or territorial permit or licence. Waste management regulations define and designate the different types of wastes and prescribe standards for the location, maintenance, and operation of waste disposal sites and waste management systems.
|
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Canada has undertaken commitments in the GATS for the full range of environmental services classified under the WTO Services Sectoral Classification List (W/120) and corresponding United Nations Central Product Classification (UNCPC). Commitments cover: 6.A Sewage services (CPC 9401); 6.B Refuse disposal services (CPC 9402); 6.C Sanitation and similar services (CPC 9403); and 6.D Other environmental services -- cleaning of exhaust gases, noise abatement services, nature and landscape protection services, and other environmental protection services not included elsewhere -- (CPC 9404, 9405, 9406, 9409).
Canada's schedule lists no limitations for Market Access, except for mode 4 of market access where the commitment is unbound, except as indicated in its horizontal commitments.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. There are no limitations on National Treatment, except for mode 4 under National Treatment where the commitment is unbound, except as indicated in its horizontal commitments.
Canada has not taken any GATS MFN exemptions for the environmental services sector.
|
|
Chapter 3 (g) : Financial Services |
|||
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
The Canadian regulatory regime for financial services is open and transparent with no federal-level restrictions on foreign ownership.
In Canada there are three classes of banks, based on size of equity, for the purposes of determining ownership restrictions: small (less than Can$1 billion), medium (Can$1billion-Can$5 billion) and large (greater than Can$5 billion). Large banks must remain widely held (investor, whether Canadian or foreign, may own up to 20% of any class of voting shares and 30% of any class of non-voting shares). Medium size banks are allowed to be closely held, but must have a public float of 35% of voting shares. Small banks may be wholly owned by a single shareholder.
The widely held rule means that, in practice, control of a large Canadian bank cannot be acquired by a single entity.
Life insurance and non-life businesses must be carried on in separate companies. The ownership regime for demutalized insurance firms is the same as for the banking sector. |
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
For information on federal licensing and qualification requirements of service providers, please refer to the web-sites for the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions at: http://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca/eng |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
In June 2003, as part of the Government’s response to issues raised in a review of the public interest issues raised by bank mergers, the Government indicated that it is considering other key policy issues relating to the financial sector. These include limitations on foreign bank branch retail deposit taking. Specifically, the Government was seeking public input on the following questions: “Is the restriction on foreign banks that choose to operate directly through a branch, rather than a Canadian subsidiary, from taking retail deposits a practical constraint and is it necessary on policy grounds? Should removal of such a condition be done unilaterally or should the Government seek to do it on a reciprocal basis only if other countries have similar rules?” The government expects to announce soon any possible changes to its foreign bank branch deposit taking policy (as well as its policy on mergers). |
The foreign bank entry framework offers regulated foreign banks considerable flexibility to provide financial services in Canada. They may choose to do so through Canadian financial institutions (subsidiaries), regulated foreign bank branches, or unregulated financial services entities. As well, a foreign bank may establish more than one bank or more than one branch in Canada. They are allowed to own both wholesale and retail banks and full-service and lending branches. As well, foreign banks are permitted to own the same range of investments as Canadian banks.
Ministerial approval is required on entry and additional approvals are only required to the same extent they are required for Canadian banks. The test for determining
how a foreign bank is regulated is set out in federal legislation (the Bank
Act,). In broad terms, the Act creates three categories of foreign
banks. The first of these
The foreign bank branching legislation and its related regulations came into force in June 1999. The foreign bank branching rules do not affect the conditions of operation of a foreign bank subsidiary. Foreign banks are permitted to establish a bank branch under the Bank Act provided that the foreign bank is sufficiently regulated in its home jurisdiction (i.e., an authorized foreign bank). The branching regime permits foreign banks to directly undertake lending activities in Canada without establishing a fully-capitalized subsidiary.
Specifically, the rules state that an authorised foreign bank can establish two types of bank branches: (1) a full-service bank branch which cannot accept deposits in amounts less than $150,000 and payable in Canada unless the sum of all deposits below $150,000 amounts to less than one percent of total deposits payable in Canada or the deposits are taken from a sophisticated investor (e.g., Canadian federal or provincial governments, foreign governments, international development banks, financial institutions, certain pension and mutual funds and large businesses); or (2) a lending bank branch which may not take any deposits. A lending bank branch can only borrow money from financial institutions. Because of these restrictions, we have been able to minimize the level of regulation imposed on foreign bank branches.
The branching rules are set out under the title of Authorized Foreign Banks in Part XII.1 of the Bank Act. They are supplemented by regulations and guidelines developed by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI), which can be found on its website (http://www.osfi-bsif.gc.ca).
In the case of both life and non-life insurance services, foreign companies may establish as a subsidiary, a branch, or acquire an existing Canadian enterprise subject to certain restrictions.
A foreign property and casualty insurance company must have assets of at least Can$200 million, with a minimum capital and surplus margin of 20% of assets. A foreign life insurance company must have assets of Can$1 billion and minimum capital and an appropriate surplus margin of between 5% and 10% of liabilities. Furthermore, a foreign insurance company wishing to insure risk in Canada must maintain assets vested in trust in a Canadian financial institution. The applicant must vest in trust assets having a prescribed value as set out in regulations and such other amounts as may be required by OSFI for prudential reasons. These other amounts are determined on a case-by-case basis.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
For a detailed list of market access and national treatment exceptions, including those at the sub-federal level, please refer to Canada's GATS Schedule for Financial Services. Restrictions to MFN can be found in Canada’s List of Article II (MFN) Exceptions for Financial Services.
|
|
Chapter 3 (h) : Health Related and Social Services |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Provincial and territorial governments have primary responsibility for the delivery of Canada's health care, hospital services and social services. More detailed information is available from provincial and territorial health ministries.
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
The responsibility for the licensing of doctors and other health professions lies with provincial governments. More detailed information is available from provincial and territorial health ministries. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Canada has not undertaken specific commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt and to maintain measures related to health services.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Canada has not undertaken specific commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt and to maintain measures related to health services. |
|
Chapter 3 (i) : Tourism and Travel Related Services |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Tour and hotel operators and travel agents are generally regulated under provincial legislation. |
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Licensing of certain activities of travel agents, hotel operators and tour operators are subject to provincial regulations. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. Canada has made commitments on most tourism services. Some provincial measures apply with respect to sales of alcoholic beverages and there are some residency and commercial presence requirements.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
Elimination of Ontario restriction on board of directors regarding the sale of alcoholic beverage
Elimination of Quebec Residencyrequirements ontravel agencies and travel counselors
|
There are some residency requirements in certain provinces that pertain to purchase of residential property (Ontario), sale of alcoholic beverages (Alberta, Newfoundland and Labrador, Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia, and Manitoba) and travel agents, counselors or wholesalers (Ontario, British Columbia). See Canada's GATS Schedule for more details. |
|
Chapter 3 (j) : Recreational Cultural and Sporting Services |
|||
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Government support of cultural services in Canada takes the form of direct funding and tax and investment measures, coupled with regulatory measures. Canada's current policies, which are intended to encourage the creation, production and distribution of Canadian cultural products in the Canadian marketplace, can be grouped into the following categories: 1.Financial and program incentives 2.Canadian content requirements and other regulatory support mechanisms 3.Tax measures 4.Foreign investment and ownership 5.Measures to protect intellectual property
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers |
|
Canada has not undertaken commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt or maintain measures related to recreational, cultural and sporting services. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Canada has not undertaken commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt or maintain measures related to recreational, cultural and sporting services.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Canada has not undertaken national treatment commitments in the GATS for these services. Canada has not taken a GATS MFN exemption related to these services. Canada reserves its right to adopt or maintain measures related to recreational, cultural and sporting services.
|
|
Chapter 3 (k:1) : Transport Services: Maritime |
|||
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Marine transportation policy ensures Canada has a domestic regime in place that promotes efficiency, safety and environmental standards compatible with international practices. The regulatory framework is shifting from operating the marine transportation system to developing legislation that introduces commercial discipline in the marketplace. This is being achieved through initiatives such as the Canada Marine Act, the Canada Shipping Act, the Coasting Trade Act, and the Shipping Conferences Exemption Act and the Marine LIabillity Act.
The Canada Transportation Agency (CTA) is responsible for the economic regulation of transportation and acts as a forum for the fair hearing of transportation related disputes. These powers are established under the Canada Transportation Act, the Coasting Trade Act, the Shipping Conferences Exemption Act, and the Pilotage Act."
More information is available on the website of the Agency (http://www.cta-otc.gc.ca), the Transport Canada website (http://www.tc.gc.ca) and from the document entitled “Maritime Transportation Services”.
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Many activities in this sector require a licence from either the CTA or Transport Canada. More information is available on the website of the Agency (http://www.cta-otc.gc.ca) the Transport Canada website (http://www.tc.gc.ca) and from the document entitled “Maritime Transportation Services”. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Specific commitments in this area are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. Canada's commitments are limited to providing non-discriminatory access to and use of the following port services: towing and tug assistance; provisioning, fuelling and watering; garbage collection and ballast waste disposal; emergency repair; lightering and water taxi services; ships agencies; customs brokers; stevedoring and terminal services; surveying and classification services. In addition, Canada undertook to provide non-discriminatory access to and use of transport services for the purpose of onward forwarding of cargo.
Market access and national treatment commitments cover: customs clearance, freight forwarding, container station and depot services, and storage and warehousing. There is a limitation involving a commercial presence requirement for licensed customs brokers. Canada has not undertaken any sector specific commitments on the provision of auxiliary services through the temporary entry of natural persons.
|
The current round of GATS negotiations began in 2001. Since then, WTO Members have exchanged ‘requests’ for trading partners to remove certain trade barriers and have tabled initial ‘offers’ to remove barriers of their own. In order to improve on the existing scheduled commitments, Canada offered to take new commitments in international maritime transport services (cabotage is excluded). Canada has also offered to improve it commitments in maritime cargo handling services and maritime agency services. In addition, Canada has offered to provide to foreign maritime transport providers reasonable and non-discriminatory access to the following additional services: Pilotage; Navigation aids; Shore-based operational services essential to shop operations, including communications, water and electrical supplies; and Anchorage, berth and berthing.
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Canada has no discriminatory restrictions on the provision of international maritime transport services and does not impose restrictions on access to and use of port or onward transportation facilities. |
|
Chapter 3 (k:2) : Transport Services: Air |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
The Canadian Transportation Agency (CTA) is responsible for the economic regulation of transportation undertakings which come under federal jurisdiction. The CTA has the powers, rights and privileges of a superior court and is the economic licensing authority for publicly available air transportation. The Canada Transportation Act is the primary piece of legislation that established the CTA and provides the economic regulatory framework for the air industry in Canada.
More information is available on the website of the Agency (http://www.cta-otc.gc.ca) and the Transport Canada website (http://www.tc.gc.ca).
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
All air carriers, both domestic and foreign, are required to have an Air Operators Certificate issued by Transport Canada. Canadian and foreign airlines also must hold an international scheduled or non-scheduled license issued by the Canadian Transportation Agency (CTA) in order to operate services to and from Canada. Licences are granted to foreign scheduled airlines that are designated by their governments to serve Canada and to Canadian scheduled airlines designated by the Canadian government to serve foreign countries (both must meet other Canadian regulatory requirements). Canadian carriers must obtain domestic licences from the Agency to conduct operations within Canada.
More information is available on the website of the Agency (http://www.cta-otc.gc.ca) and the Transport Canada website (http://www.tc.gc.ca).
|
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Specific commitments and reservations are set out in Canada’s GATS schedule. Canada’s commitments are limited to aircraft repair and maintenance services and computer reservation systems. Regarding repair and maintenance services, Canada has not bound consumption abroad.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Under the Air Annex, air traffic rights and services directly related to te exercise of traffic rights are excluded from the GATS. Only the selling and marketing of air transport services and aircraft repair and maintenance services for “consumption abroad” have been listed as MFN exemptions.
|
|
Chapter 3 (k:3) : Transport Services: Rail |
|||
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP*** |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
The Canadian Transportation Agency (CTA) is responsible for the economic regulation of transportation undertakings which come under federal jurisdiction. The CTA has the powers, rights and privileges of a superior court. The Rail and Marine Branch of the Agency is composed of the following directorates: Rail Infrastructure; Rail Economics; and Rail and Marine Complaints and Audit Services.
More information is available on the website of the CTA (http://www.cta-otc.gc.ca), the Transport Canada website (http://www.tc.gc.ca) and from the document entitled “Land Transportation Services”.
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Railways under federal jurisdiction must have a certificate of fitness. The sole criterion for obtaining the certificate is demonstrating that adequate third party liability insurance is carried.
More information is available on the website of the Agency (http://www.cta-otc.gc.ca), the Transport Canada website (http://www.tc.gc.ca) and from the document entitled “Land Transportation Services”.
|
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
Elimination of Newfoundland residency requirement for majority of board of directors for railway passenger and freight transport services. |
Specific commitments are set out in Canada’s GATS schedule. Canada’s GATS commitments cover both passenger and freight transportservices as well as maintenance and repair of rail transport equipment. The sole limitation is for provincial residency requirements for boards of directors of provincial railways (Manitoba). These commitments apply only to the first three modes of delivery (i.e., cross border supply, consumption abroad, and supply via commercial presence).
Canada has not undertaken any sector specific commitments on the provision of a transportation service through the temporary entry of natural persons.
|
The current round of GATS negotiations began in 2001. Since then, WTO Members have exchanged ‘requests’ for trading partners to remove certain trade barriers and have tabled initial ‘offers’ to remove barriers of their own. In order to improve on the existing scheduled commitments, Canada offered to take new commitments in Rail Transportation Services. |
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
No restriction beyond those covered under the category “Foreign Entry”. |
|
Chapter 3 (k:4) : Transport Services: Road |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP*** |
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
The regulation of motor carriers is covered under relevant provincial and territorial legislation. More information is available from the document entitled “Land Transportation Services”.
Freight transportation by motor carrier is free of economic regulation.
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Freight transportation by motor carrier is free of economic regulation. Varying degrees of economic regulation are maintained in most provinces over scheduled and charter intercity bus service and federal legislation allows these rules to apply to carriers in federal jurisdiction. Provincial or municipal authorities also have rules governing licenses for taxi services. More information is available from the document entitled “Land Transportation Services”.
|
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
Elimination of Prince Edward Island’s public convenience and needs test for interurban bus transport and scheduled services.
Elimination of pubic convenience and needs test requirements for highway freight transportation by British Columbia, Ontario, Quebec, Prince Edward Island, and Nova Scotia. |
Specific commitments in this area, including some limitations on market access and on national treatment by certain provinces, are set out in Canada's GATS Schedule. GATS commitments cover trucking services, rental of commercial vehicles with operators and maintenance and repair of road transport equipment. Limitations on market access include: provincial public convenience and needs tests; the Quebec requirement for a commercial presence in the region where the trucking permit applies; and cabotage, under which only Canadian-built or duty-paid trucks or buses may be used in the provision of truck or bus services between points in the territory of Canada.
GATS commitments cover scheduled inter-urban bus services, non-scheduled bus services, chartered and sightseeing bus services, taxis, and rental services of cars with drivers. Limitations for bus services include provincial public convenience and needs tests and cabotage, under which only Canadian incorporated companies employing permanent residents as drivers and using Canadian-built or duty paid buses may provide bus services between points in Canada. For taxis and car rental services with drivers, the limitation covers provincial and municipal licensing requirements.
|
The current round of GATS negotiations began in 2001. Since then, WTO Members have exchanged ‘requests’ for trading partners to remove certain trade barriers and have tabled initial ‘offers’ to remove barriers of their own. In order to improve on the existing scheduled commitments, Canada offered to take new commitments in Road Transportation Services. |
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
No restrictions beyond those covered in the category “Foreign Entry”. |
|
Chapter 3 (l) : Energy Services |
|||
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP
|
Current Entry Requirements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Operational Requirements
|
|
Legislative competence for energy is shared between federal and provincial governments, with the latter owning the resources within their territories and regulating resource development, land-use management, royalties, production, processing, internal transmission and distribution. The Federal Government is responsible for the national policy framework, covering international and interprovincial trade and transport.
More detailed information is available from the website of the National Energy Board (http://www.neb-one.gc.ca) and those of provincial governmental agencies.
|
|
|
Licensing and Qualification Requirements of Service Providers
|
|
Certain activities in this sector require licensing. More detailed information is available from the website of the National Energy Board (http://www.neb-one.gc.ca) and those of provincial governmental agencies. |
|
|
Foreign Entry
|
|
Canada has undertaken commitments in the GATS for services incidental to mining. Canada reserved its right to adopt or maintain measures related to energy services.
|
|
|
Discriminatory Treatment/ MFN
|
|
Canada has undertaken commitments in the GATS for services incidental to mining. Canada reserved its right to adopt or maintain measures related to energy services. |
|
Chapter 4: Investment |
|
Objective
APEC economies will achieve free and open investment in the Asia-Pacific region by:
a. liberalizing their respective investment regimes and the overall APEC investment environment by, inter-alia, progressively providing for MFN treatment and national treatment and ensuring transparency; and
b. facilitating investment activities through, inter-alia, technical assistance and cooperation, including exchange of information on investment opportunities; and,
c. implementing and maintaining standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards.
|
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will:
a. progressively reduce or eliminate exceptions and restrictions to achieve the above objective, using as an initial framework the WTO Agreement, the APEC Non-Binding Investment Principles, the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards, any other international agreements relevant to that economy, and any commonly agreed guidelines developed in APECincluding the Menu of Options for Investment Liberalization and Business Facilitation;
b. seek to expand APEC’s network of bilateral and regional investment agreements and contribute to multilateral work on investment;
c. facilitate investment flows within the Asia-Pacific region through promoting awareness of investment opportunities, undertaking capacity building and technical cooperation activities, and implementing measures such as those in the Menu of Options; and
d. examine ways to incorporate new investment forms and activities for the economic development of the Asia-Pacific region including investment forms and activities that support the new economy.
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will:
1. Transparency Short-terma. Increase the transparency of APEC investment regimes by: (i) Updating the APEC Guidebook on Investment Regimes; (ii) Establishing software networks on investment regulation and investment opportunities; (iii) Improving the state of
statistical reporting and data collection; (iv) Increasing understanding among member economies on investment policy-making issues; and (v) Fully implementing and maintaining the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards.
1. Policy Dialogue Short-term b. Promote dialogue with the APEC business community on ways to improve the APEC investment environment. c. Continue a dialogue with appropriate international organizations dealing with global and regional investment issues.
2. Study and Evaluation Short-term d. Define and implement follow-on training to theWTO implementation seminars; e. Undertake an evaluation of the role of investment liberalization in economic development in the Asia-Pacific region. f. Study possible common elements between existing subregional arrangements relevant to investment.
Medium-termg. Refine APEC’s understanding of free and open investment.
Long-termh. Assess the merits of developing an APEC-wide discipline on investment in the light of APEC’s own progress through the medium-term, as well as developments in other international fora. i. Study the advantages and disadvantages of creating investment rules – bilateral, regional, or multilateral – with a view to fostering a more favorable investment environment in the Asia- Pacific region.
4. Facilitation Short-term and continuing j. Undertake practical facilitation initiatives by: (i) Progressively working towards reducing impediments to investments including those investments related to e-commerce; (ii) Undertaking the business facilitation measures to strengthen APEC economies; and (iii) Initiating investment promotion and facilitation activities to enhance investment flow within APEC economies.
5. Economic and Technical Cooperation Short-term k. Identify ongoing technical cooperation needs in the Asia-Pacific region and organize training programs which will assist APEC economies in fulfilling APEC investment objectives.
6. Capacity Building Initiatives l. Undertake new activities that contribute to capacity building.
7. Menu of Options m. Ongoing improvement of the Menu of Options. The current CAP relating to investment can be found in the Investment Collective Action Plan. |
Canada’s Approach to Investment in 2004
Canada relies heavily on foreign investment to further its economic development. Foreign direct investment generates benefits to Canadian communities through increased trade opportunities, the introduction of new technologies and management practices, job creation, the payment of taxes and the purchase of goods and services locally. Canada actively seeks to promote its advantages as an investment destination. In areas of special sensitivity, certain restrictions exist.
For further information on Canada’s general approach to investment, please visit:
http://www.international.gc.ca
or contact:
Shauna Hemingway International Trade Canada Tel. 613-996-3152 shauna.hemingway@international.gc.ca
Milan Konopek International Trade Canada Tel. 613-992-7881 milan.konopek@international.gc.ca
|
Canada’s Approach to Investment Measures in 2004 |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Investment Measures Applied |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
General Policy Framework
|
(1.04 - 1.07) The review thresholds of the Investment Canada Act (ICA) are adjusted for inflation every year. In 2000, the threshold was CDN$192 million, in 2001 it was CDN$209 million, in 2002 it was CDN$218 million, in 2003 it was CDN$223 million, and in 2004 it is CDN$237 million.
|
(1.01 - 1.03) Canada relies heavily on foreign investment to further its economic development. Foreign direct investment generates benefits to Canadian communities through increased trade opportunities, the introduction of new technologies and management practices, job creation, the payment of taxes and the purchase of goods and services locally. Canada actively seeks to promote its advantages as an investment destination. Foreign investment promotion is carried out by the Investment Partnerships Branch.
(1.04 - 1.07) The only domestic law of general application with respect to foreign investment is the Investment Canada Act (the Act). Under the Act, the establishment of a new business in Canada by an investor making its first investment in Canada or the establishment of a new business by an existing investor where the new business is unrelated to any existing business in Canada is subject to a straightforward notification procedure, but is not generally subject to review. The ICA reflects Canada's policy of welcoming international investment and of working to attract quality investment to all regions of Canada. At the same time, to ensure that such investment will be of net benefit to Canada, the ICA contains provisions for the review of certain acquisitions of control of Canadian businesses by foreign investors above a certain threshold (see below) and the establishment of new businesses in industries related to Canada's national identity or cultural heritage. To encourage investment by non-Canadians, Canadian government officials work with potential non-Canadian investors to help them develop investment plans and undertakings that will comply with relevant policies and fully satisfy the net benefit criterion.
Except in sensitive sectors as set out in subsequent paragraphs, where either the non-Canadian investor or vendor is ultimately controlled out of a World Trade Organization (WTO) country other than Canada, only the direct acquisition of control of a Canadian business that has assets equal to or greater than Can$237 million (for 2004) is a reviewable transaction. This figure is adjusted annually to reflect economic growth in Canada.
Where both the non-Canadian investor and vendor are ultimately controlled out of a non-WTO country, the direct acquisition of control of a Canadian business that has assets greater than Can$5 million is reviewable, and the indirect acquisition of control of a Canadian business with assets greater than Can$50 million is reviewable, or Can$5 million where 50 percent or more of the total assets of the business acquired are located in Canada. These review thresholds are fixed and are not adjusted. The acquisition of a
Canadian business involved in the sensitive areas of cultural industries,
financial services, transportation services or uranium production is subject to
the lower thresholds regardless of the nationality of the investor or vendor.
Acquisitions in cultural industries (i.e., publication and distribution of
books, magazines, newspapers, videos, music recordings, etc.) below these
thresholds and the establishment of new businesses in these cultural
industries may be reviewable, if the Government so decides. Reviewable
investments are allowed to proceed if they are likely to be of 'net benefit'
to Canada. For further information: http://www.international.gc.ca
(1.08) As a WTO member, Canada adheres to the obligations of the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Investment Measures (TRIMs.) Canada is also a party to the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement (CCFTA), which include obligations on investment, and the Canada-Costa Rica Free Trade Agreement (CCRFTA) which did not include an investment chapter because of the existence of a bilateral investment treaty (FIPA) with Costa Rica. Canada also adheres to the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, a set of voluntary standards of conduct recommended by Member governments regarding the operations of these enterprises in OECD markets.
(1.09) Canada has concluded twenty-one Foreign Investment Protection Agreements (FIPAs) since the beginning of the program in 1989. FIPAs are bilateral, reciprocal agreements designed to protect and promote Canada's foreign investments abroad, particularly in developing economies, through a framework of legally-binding rights and obligations. For FIPA listing see: http://www.international.gc.ca
|
(1.04 - 1.07) The thresholds of the Investment Canada Act (ICA) will be adjusted annually.
(1.08) Canada and members of the Andean community (Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Venezuela) have held preliminary talks on a proposed free trade agreement. Canada is currently participating in investment negotiations under the FTAA negotiations, with the Central American countries Nicaragua, El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras under the Canada-CA4 FTA negotiations and bilaterally with Singapore under the Canada-Singapore FTA negotiations. Canada is continuing to work with its NAFTA partners on the implementation and clarification of the investment provisions of the Agreement. Canada is actively participating in the ongoing discussions in the WTO Working Group on the relationship between Trade and Investment regarding a prospective multilateral framework of investment rules pursuant to the WTO Ministerial Declaration at Doha.
(1.09) Canada is continuing to engage in discussions with priority countries with regard to possible bilateral investment agreements (FIPAs). |
|
Transparency
Implement APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Investment*
|
On October 7, 2003, the NAFTA Trade Ministers agreed on procedures for NAFTA Chapter 11 investor-state arbitral Tribunals regarding the acceptance of amicus-type submissions from non-disputing parties. An arbitral Tribunal presiding over a U.S. Chapter 11 case has already accepted written amicus briefs in accordance with these recommended procedures. Each NAFTA Party has also issued statements asserting their commitment to open hearings in Chapter 11 proceedings to which they are a party. To date, proceedings in two investor-state arbitrations have been open to the public. These are significant steps forward in improving the transparency of the arbitral process. |
The final form of regulations, after approval by Governor in Council, are made public through publication in the Canada Gazette.
Proposed legislation or recent legislative amendments and enactments, can be reviewed in the Canada Gazette.
To determine the status of ongoing Bills in the House of Commons or the Senate, visit the Government Bills page on the Parliamentary Internet site (www.parl.gc.ca)
The Department of Justice Website site provides quick access to Statutes and associated Regulations in text and compressed text formats. (http://canada.justice.gc.ca)
Regulations made under the Investment Canada Act are published in the Canada Gazette. Government of Canada policy is to allow for a public comment period with respect to new regulations. As a matter of practice, any significant regulatory changes are discussed with the industry sectors that would be affected by the changes and with the legal community that represents companies in the sectors.
Further information on Canada’s investment policy and ongoing trade policy initiatives, please visit:
http://www.international.gc.ca |
Canada and its NAFTA partners continue to work to clarify aspects of the NAFTA chapter on investment based on their experience with its operation. |
|
Non-discrimination
|
|
Canada’s foreign investment laws are largely applied on an MFN and national treatment basis. Canada has made substantive investment commitments in the NAFTA and Canada-Chile Agreements. Any derogation from the principles of MFN and national treatment are clearly identified in these agreements. In 2001, the Canada Business Corporations Act was amended to reduce the number of required Canadian residents on the Boards of Directors of CBCA incorporated companies from 50% to 25%.
Selected Investment Provisions by Sector
The Investment Canada Act (ICA) – see General Policy Framework for details. Except for investments in the cultural sectors, the ICA applies only to acquisitions of Canadian companies and not to greenfield investments. For further information, please visit: http://investcan.ic.gc.ca/
Canada Business Corporations Act (CBCA) –Boards of Directors
The Canada Business Corporations Act requires, for most federally- incorporated corporations, that 25 per cent of directors be resident Canadians. A simple majority of resident Canadian directors is required for corporations in prescribed sectors. These sectors include: uranium mining; book publishing or distribution; book sales, where the sale of books is the primary part of the corporation’s business; and film or video distribution. Corporations that, by an Act of Parliament or Regulation, are individually subject to minimum Canadian ownership requirements are required to have amajority of resident Canadian directors.
CBCA – Issues, transfers, ownership of shares
The Canadian Business Corporations Act permits corporations to 'constrain' the issue, transfer and ownership of shares in federally incorporated corporations. The object is to permit corporations to meet Canadian ownership requirements, under certain laws set out in the Canada Business Corporations Act Regulations, in sectors where such ownership is required as a condition to operate or to receive licenses, permits, grants, payments or other benefits. More information may be obtained by accessing the website at http://competition.ic.gc.ca/
Federal Fisheries Act
Fish processing companies which have more than 49% foreign ownership are not permitted to hold Canadian commercial fishing licenses. There is no limit on foreign ownership of fish processing companies that do not hold fishing licences. Foreign fishing vessels
are prohibited from entering Canada’s Exclusive Economic Zone except under
authority of a licence or under treaty. Foreign vessels are those which are
not ‘Canadian’ as defined in legislation. The Minister of Fisheries and
Oceans has discretionary authority with respect to the issuance of
licenses For further information, please visit: http://laws.justice.gc.ca/en/i
Canada Transport Act – For more details see Canada’s entry in the APEC Investment Guidebook – 5th Edition or visit: http://laws.justice.gc.ca/en/i
Book Publishing and Distribution Investment Policy Guidelines
Foreign investment in new
businesses is limited to Canadian-controlled joint ventures. Foreign
acquisition of existing Canadian-controlled businesses is allowed only
if: a) the business is in clear financial distress and; b) Canadians
have had full and fair opportunity to purchase. Indirect acquisitions
are permissible subject to a net benefit test. For further information,
please visit: http://www.pch.gc.ca/progs/ac-
Broadcasting Investment Policy Guidelines
Broadcasting in Canada includes both broadcasting programming (e.g. 'over the air' broadcasting, pay and specialty services, video on demand) and broadcasting distribution (e.g. cable, direct-to-home satellite and wireless). Legislation (the Broadcasting Act) requires that the Canadian broadcasting system be effectively owned and controlled by Canadians. A Directive by the Governor-in-Council limits foreign ownership to 20% of voting shares in a licensee and 33 1/3 % of voting shares in the case of holding companies. Therefore, foreign ownership can comprise 46.7% of a Canadian broadcasting licensee both directly and indirectly (20% directly, plus 33% of the Canadian holding company which owns the remaining 80% of the licensee). There are no restrictions on foreign ownership of non-voting shares in a holding company or licensee. In addition, the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) plus 80% of the Board of Directors of a company, which directly holds a broadcasting license, must be Canadian. More info : Broadcasting Act - http://laws.justice.gc.ca/en/B Direction to the CRTC (Ineligibility of non-Canadians) http://www.crtc.gc.ca/eng/LEGA
Film Distribution Investment Policy Guidelines
Foreign acquisition of a Canadian controlled distributor is not allowed. Foreign Investments in new distribution business is permissible only for importation and distribution of proprietary products (the importer owns world rights or is a major investor). Direct or indirect acquisition of foreign distribution businesses in Canada by foreign-owned companies is permissible only if the investor undertakes to reinvest a portion of its Canadian earnings “in accordance with national and cultural policies”.
Periodical Publishing Investment Policy Guidelines
Foreign investments in the periodical publishing sector, including investments to establish or, directly indirectly, acquire foreign businesses to produce and sell periodicals in Canada and to access the Canadian advertising services market must meet the net benefit test, which includes a commitment to the production of majority Canadian editorial content. Foreign acquisitions of Canadian-owned and Canadian-controlled periodical publishing businesses are not permitted.
Financial Services
In Canada there are three classes of banks, based on size of equity, for the purposes of determining ownership restrictions: small (less than Can$1 billion), medium (Can$1 billion-Can$5 billion) and large (greater than Can$5 billion). Large banks must remain widely held (investor, whether Canadian or foreign, may own up to 20% any class of voting shares and 30% any class non-voting shares). Medium size banks are allowed to be closely held, but must have a public float of 35% of voting shares. Small banks have no ownership restrictions other than "fit and proper" tests.Further information can be found at the Department of Finance, Canada website: http://www.fin.gc.ca
Telecommunications Act
Foreign ownership of Canadian common carriers is limited to 20% ownership, 33% indirect and 46.7% combined direct and indirect foreign ownership of voting shares. For further information, please visit: http://www.laws.justice.gc.ca
Uranium
A minimum level of resident ownership in individual uranium mining properties of 51% at the stage of first production is required. Exceptions to this limit may be permitted if it can be established that the property is in fact ‘Canadian‑controlled’ (as defined in the Investment Canada Act). While these limits apply to the control of production facilities, there are no limits applied to foreign investment in exploration and development.
|
In January 2003, the Government of Canada initiated a review of the existing foreign investment restrictions in the Telecom sector with a view to seeing if some of these restrictions can be reduced without compromising Canada's national interests. Consultations are continuing with industry and consumer stakeholders.
|
|
Expropriation and Compensation
|
|
Both at the federal and provincial levels, there exists legislation which gives authority to expropriate for a public purpose in accordance with due process of law, subject to compensation. In all circumstances, a fair and equitable legal process is available to the expropriated party for the determination of compensation.
Authorities first attempt to reach agreement on appropriate compensation, failing which the action is subject to the judicial process. Compensation is based on fair market value. Valuation criteria are determined by the courts and can include such things as asset value, going concern value, and other criteria. |
|
|
Protection from Strife and Similar Events
|
|
In the investment chapters of the NAFTA and Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement Agreements, Canada has committed to according to investors of another Party, and to investments of investors of another Party, non-discriminatory treatment with respect to measures it adopts or maintains relating to losses suffered by investments in its territory owing to armed conflict or civil strife.
Canada has also made commitments on compensation for losses within its bilateral Foreign Investment Protection Agreements. |
|
|
Transfers of capital related to investments
|
|
Canada permits transfers relating to investments to be made freely and without delay.
Please see NAFTA Article
1109 for further details at: http://www.international.gc.ca
|
|
|
Performance Requirements
|
|
Canada adheres to the obligations of the WTO Agreement on Trade Related Investment Measures. Canada has made additional and more rigorous commitments on performance requirements within the NAFTA and Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreements. Canada also has made performance requirements commitments in each of its bilateral Foreign Investment Protection Agreements.
Please see NAFTA Article
1106 for further details at: http://www.international.gc.ca |
|
|
Entry and Stay of Personnel
|
For improvements implemented since last IAP, please visit Canada’s IAP chapter on Mobility of Business People.
|
Regulatory Visa Regimes To facilitate information
exchange, CIC maintains a website which provides information on visiting
Canada. It can be accessed at http://www.cic.gc.ca/english/v
Information specific to
APEC economies can be found in Canada's entry in the APEC Business Travel
Handbook: http://www.apecsec.org.sg/apec
Under the new Immigration and Refugee Protection Act which came into force on June 28th 2002, Canada revised its Temporary Foreign Worker Program regulations to further streamline and improve efficiency.
Short Term Business Entry
In general, business
people entering Canada for short term visits require a visitor visa.
Exempt APEC economies include Australia, Brunei, Hong Kong, China (HK,
SAR,and HK BNO passport holders), Japan, South Korea, Mexico, New Zealand,
Papau New Guinea, Singapore and the United States. Canada issues
multiple entry visas for up to five years or the life of the passport,
whichever is longer, but they are not granted automatically. Upon
arrival in Canada, entry can be granted for a stay of up to 6 months.
The duration of stay may be extended once the person is in Canada. For
further information, please visit: http://www.cic.gc.ca/english/v
Business Temporary Residency
Citizens from all APEC economies are required to apply for an employment authorization to enter Canada for temporary business residency. Depending on the circumstances of the individuals involved, there are several mechanisms to obtain an employment authorization for temporary business residency.
The manual on Canada's
current Temporary Foreign Worker guidelines can be found at: http://www.cic.gc.ca/manuals-g
|
For further improvements planned, please visit Canada’s IAP chapter on Mobility of Business People.
|
|
Settlement of Disputes
|
|
Foreign and national investors have equal access to legal procedures in Canada. In addition, under the NAFTA and Canada - Chile Free Trade Agreement, as well as the FIPAs, disputes with respect to investment obligations may be reffered to investor-state dispute settlement.
Canada is a party to the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of the Foreign Arbitral Awards (the "New York Convention") done at New York, June 10, 1958. It entered into force for Canada on May 12, 1986.
The British Columbia International Arbitration Centre (Vancouver, B.C.) and the Quebec National and International Commercial Arbitration Centre (Montreal, Que) offer services that may be accessed by foreign investors.
While Canada has not signed or acceded to the ICSID Convention, Canada provides for use of the ICSID Additional Facility Rules and the Arbitration Rules of UNCITRAL in its bilateral investment agreements, the NAFTA and the Canada-Chile FTA. |
|
Intellectual Property
|
For improvements implemented since last IAP, please visit Canada’s IAP chapter on Intellectual Property Rights. |
Canada supports effective intellectual property rights protection that provide certainty and transparency to encourage marketing of goods, services, technology and entertainment; investment in R&D and innovation; and licensing arrangements (transfer of technology) to establish or expand existing business investment. Canada continues to improve intellectual property laws and their administration, to ensure adequate protection for owners of intellectual property, including effective mechanisms for enforcement of rights.
For further information, please visit Canada's IAP chapter on Intellectual Property Rights.
For further information regarding the administration and registration of intellectual property laws, please visit: http://cipo.gc.ca; and regarding intellectual
property policies, please visit: http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/SSG/ http://www.international.gc.ca
|
For further improvements planned, please visit Canada’s IAP chapter on Intellectual Property Rights. |
|
Avoidance of Double Taxation
|
|
Canada has double taxation agreements (DTAs) in force with the following countries: Algeria, Argentina, Australia, Austria, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Cameroon, Chile, Peoples Republic of China, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Guyana, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Republic of Korea, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Malta, Mexico, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nigeria, Norway, Pakistan, Papua New Guinea, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Senegal, Singapore, Slovenia, South Africa, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Tanzania, Thailand, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, United States, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, Vietnam, Zambia, and Zimbabwe.
The Protocol Amending the Tax Convention Between Canada and Australia came into force December 30, 2002.
For further information,
please visit: http://www.fin.gc.ca/treaties/
|
|
|
Competition Policy and Regulatory Reform
|
For improvements implemented since last IAP, please visit Canada’s IAP chapter on Competition Policy. |
Canada's principal laws aimed at the protection of competition are embodied in the federal Competition Act. The Competition Act is a law of general application which establishes basic principles for the conduct of business in Canada. The purpose of the Act is to maintain and encourage competition in Canada in order to promote the efficiency and adaptability of the Canadian economy; expand opportunities for Canadian participation in world markets while at the same time recognizing the role of foreign competition in Canada; ensure that small and medium-sized enterprises have an equitable opportunity to participate in the Canadian economy; and provide consumers with competitive prices and product choices.
All mergers, whether involving foreign or domestic parties, which directly or indirectly impact Canadian markets, are subject to review under the merger provisions of the Competition Act. This review determines whether or not the transaction is likely to result in a substantial lessening or prevention of competition and could ultimately result in an application before the Competition Tribunal for remedial action.
For further information, please visit Canada’s IAP chapter on Competition Policy or http://competition.ic.gc.ca/
|
For further improvements planned, please visit Canada’s IAP chapter on Competition Policy. |
|
Business Facilitating Measures to Improve the Domestic Business Environment
|
|
In response to the growing recognition of the importance of foreign direct investment to the Canadian economy, Canada's investment attraction and retention strategy consists of five key features: - marketing Canada as the preferred location for North American investment; - targeting new investments by multinational corporations and offering customized servicing. The government is targeting decision-makers in specific multinational companies with strategic campaigns to influence their new investment decisions; - stimulating the formation of international technology alliances and partnerships for SMEs. The government is working to promote the growth of globally competitive companies by introducing technology-based Canadian small and medium-sized companies to international investment partners and opportunities; - improving Canada's investment climate. The Canadian government is working to improve the investment climate by taking note and addressing the concerns of both existing and potential investors; and - new partnerships with the provinces, municipalities, and the private sector. In Canada, provincial and municipal authorities compete among themselves for international investment capital. Investors consider this healthy, but it means that cooperation on investment initiatives is more difficult to achieve unless mutual interests and opportunities for complementary efforts are identified. The federal government continues to build partnerships with provinces and municipalities, and to work with private-sector CEOs and labour leaders to attract investment to various industry sectors.
Through the Investment Partnerships Branch of International Trade Canada, International Trade Canada and Industry Canada are working to attract leading international investment prospects. An investor services team has been established to: - be a "one-stop-shop" for foreign investors by providing immediate, accurate and personal responses to information requests; - provide investors with the investment information required, directly or through one of the many Canadian or worldwide contacts; - develop international and NAFTA business cost comparisons for your business case including taxes and wage rates; - organize and facilitate meetings on investment issues with ll relevant public/private sector experts and multilateral partners; - identification of potential strategic alliance partners; and - help solve problems and identify opportunities after the investment.
For the latest information on the Investment Partnerships Branch and assistance available to new business investors, please visit: http://investincanada.gc.ca |
|
|
Other Investment Measures
|
|
A number of programs to assist business are available to both Canadian and non-Canadian businesses.
Information on government programs and services, (including incentive programs) can be obtained by contacting any Canadian Embassy/High Commission or by contacting the International FaxLink System, an automated fax delivery system used to order publications from outside of Canada. Call from a touchtone fax machine at (1 613) 944-6500. A master index of documents available via FaxLink International may be ordered from the system.
The Government of Canada
Primary Internet Site (Canada Site) is the Internet electronic access point
through which interested parties from around the world can obtain information
about Canada, its government and its programs and services. Direct links are
also provided from this site to government departments and agencies that have
Internet facilities. This website may be accessed at: http://Canada.gc.ca/main_e.htm
Information on investment
policies, Canada’s participation in international investment discussions and
Canadian investment agreements; and access to an extensive collection of
studies on the impact of FDI is available on the Government of Canada
International Investment Policy Website at: http://www.international.gc.ca
|
|
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Investment Measures since 1996 |
|||
|
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Made to Date |
|
|
General Policy Framework
|
Canada relies heavily on foreign investment to further its economic development. Foreign direct investment generates benefits to Canadian communities through increased trade opportunities, the introduction of new technologies and management practices, job creation, the payment of taxes and the purchase of goods and services locally. Canada actively seeks to promote its advantages as an investment destination. Foreign investment promotion is carried out by the Investment Partnerships Branch.
One of the few remaining laws regulating foreign investment is the Investment Canada Act (ICA). The stated purpose of the Act is to encourage investment in Canada by Canadians and non-Canadians that contributes to economic growth and employment opportunities and to provide for the review of significant investments (i.e., acquisitions of control by non-Canadians of Canadian businesses) in order to ensure such benefit to Canada. In most cases, the establishment of a new business in Canada by an investor making its first investment in Canada or the establishment of a new business by an existing investor where the new business is unrelated to any existing business in Canada is subject to a straightforward notification procedure, but is not generally subject to review.
The Investment Canada Act provides for the review of significant acquisitions of Canadian businesses. The Act provides for the review of significant acquisitions of Canadian businesses (i.e. in 1996, direct acquisitions of Canadian businesses worth more than CDN$168 million) to ensure net benefit to Canada.
The acquisition of a Canadian business involved in the sensitive areas of cultural industries (i.e., publication and distribution of books, magazines, newspapers, videos, music recordings, etc.), financial services, transportation services or uranium production is subject to the lower review thresholds regardless of the nationality of the investor or vendor. The establishment of new businesses in these cultural industries may be reviewable, if the Government so decides. Reviewable investments are allowed to proceed if they are likely to be of 'net benefit' to Canada
Please see further detail of Canada’s current investment policy as described under the Current Measures Section of this IAP chapter.
In 1996, Canada was a signatory to the NAFTA which included substantive investment provisions. In addition, as of January 1996, Canada was party to eight (8) bilateral Foreign Investment Protection Agreements (signed and in force): Poland, Argentina, Russian Federation, Hungary, Czech and Slovak Republics, the Ukraine and Latvia.
|
The threshold for review of foreign acquisitions under the Investment Canada Act was $168 million in 1996. The review thresholds of the ICA are adjusted for inflation every year.In 1999, the threshold was CDN$ 184 million, in 2000 it was CDN$ 192 million, in 2001 it was CDN$ 209 million, in 2002 it was CDN$ 218 million, in 2003 it was CDN$223 million, and in 2004 it is CDN$237 million.
The Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement, which includes substantive provisions on investment, entered into force on June 2, 1997. In addition, since 1996, 13 bilateral FIPAs were concluded and entered into force: Armenia, Barbados, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Egypt, Lebanon, Panama, the Philippines, Romania, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Uruguay, and Venezuela.
|
|
|
Transparency
Implement APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Investment*
|
In 1996, Canadian laws and regulations were readily accessible from a number of sources including the Statutes of Canada, Regulations of Canada and the Canada Gazette. They were also available to the public by request and in most libraries throughout Canada. First steps have been taken to make these laws and regulations available electronically and through the internet.
|
Significant progress has been made since 1996 in enhancing the electronic and internet access for Canadian laws and regulations.
In addition, extensive information on Canada’s investment policies and trade agreements is now available through the following web-sites: http://www.international.gc.ca http://www.international.gc.ca
In 2001, Canada and its NAFTA partners issued Notes of Interpretation in which they clarified that they will make available to the public all documents submitted to or issued by Chapter 11 tribunals, except in limited circumstances.
On October 7, 2003, the NAFTA Trade Ministers agreed on procedures for NAFTA Chapter 11 investor-state arbitral Tribunals regarding the acceptance of amicus-type submissions from non-disputing parties. An arbitral Tribunal presiding over a U.S. Chapter 11 case has already accepted written amicus briefs in accordance with these recommended procedures. Each NAFTA Party has also issued statements asserting their commitment to open hearings in Chapter 11 proceedings to which they are a party. To date, proceedings in two investor-state arbitrations have been open to the public. These are significant steps forward in improving the transparency of the arbitral process.
|
|
|
Non-discrimination
|
In 1996, Canada’s foreign investment laws were largely applied on an MFN and national treatment basis. In addition, Canada extended formal commitments in this regard through its WTO and NAFTA obligations, as well as through its bilateral investment agreements. Any derogations from the principles of MFN and national treatment are clearly identified in the NAFTA and Canada-Chile FTAs.
See Canada’s entry in the APEC Investment Guidebook for more details on exceptions to MFN. |
The Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement, which includes substantive provisions on investment, entered into force on June 2, 1997. In addition, since 1996, 13 bilateral FIPAs were concluded and entered into force. Derogations to MFN and NT are clearly set out.
In 1997, the government recognized the need to develop a new framework for the entry of foreign banks in Canada. The present framework offers foreign banks considerable flexibility to provide financial services in Canada. They may choose to do so through Canadian financial institutions and/or regulated foreign bank branches. As well, a foreign bank may establish more than one bank or more than one branch in Canada. They are allowed to own both wholesale and retail banks and full-service and lending branches. As well, foreign banks are permitted to own the same range of investments as Canadian banks.
In 2001, the Canada Business Corporations Act was amended to reduce the number of required Canadian residents on the Boards of Directors of CBCA incorporated companies from 50% to 25%.
|
|
|
Expropriation and Compensation
|
Both at the federal and provincial levels, there exists legislation which gives authority to expropriate for a public purpose in accordance with due process of law, subject to compensation. In all circumstances, a fair and equitable legal process is available to the expropriated party for the determination of compensation.
Authorities first attempt to reach agreement on appropriate compensation, failing which the action is subject to the judicial process. Compensation is based on fair market value. Valuation criteria are determined by the courts and can include such things as asset value, going concern value, and other criteria. |
The Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement, which includes substantive provisions on investment, entered into force on June 2, 1997. In addition, since 1996, 13 bilateral FIPAs were concluded and entered into force. These agreements include provisions on expropriation and compensation. |
|
|
Protection from Strife and Similar Events
|
In the investment chapter of the NAFTA, Canada has committed to according to investors of another Party, and to investments of investors of another Party, non-discriminatory treatment with respect to measures it adopts of maintains relating to losses suffered by investments in its territory owing to armed conflict or civil strife.
Canada has also made commitments on compensation for losses within its bilateral Foreign Investment Protection Agreements. |
The Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement, which includes substantive provisions on investment, entered into force on June 2, 1997. In addition, since 1996, 13 bilateral FIPAs were concluded and entered into force. These agreements include similar provisions on strife. |
|
|
Transfers of Capital Related to Investments
|
Canada permits all transfers relating to investments to be made freely and without delay.
Please see NAFTA Article
1109 for further details at: http://www.international.gc.ca |
The Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement, which includes substantive provisions on investment, entered into force on June 2, 1997. In addition, since 1996, 13 bilateral FIPAs were concluded and entered into force. These agreements include provisions on transfer of capital. |
|
|
Performance Requirements
|
Canada adheres to the obligations of the WTO Agreement on Trade Related Investment Measures. Canada made additional and more rigorous commitments on performance requirements within the NAFTA. Canada also made performance requirements commitments in each of its bilateral Foreign Investment Protection Agreements. |
The Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement, which includes substantive NFTA-style provisions on investment, entered into force on June 2, 1997. In addition, since 1996, 13 bilateral FIPAs were concluded and entered into force. These agreements include obligations on performance requirements. |
|
|
Entry and Stay of Personnel
|
Please visit Canada’s IAP chapter on Mobility of Business Persons. |
Please visit Canada’s IAP chapter on Mobility of Business Persons. |
|
|
Settlement of Disputes
|
Foreign and national investors have equal access to legal procedures in Canada. In addition, under the NAFTA as well as the FIPAs, investment obligations may be enforced through both state-to-state as well as investor-state dispute settlement mechanisms.
Canada is a party to the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of the Foreign Arbitral Awards (the "New York Convention") done at New York June 10, 1958. It entered into force for Canada on May 12, 1986.
The British Columbia International Arbitration Centre (Vancouver, B.C.) and the Quebec National and International Commercial Arbitration Centre (Montreal, Que) offer services that may be accessed by foreign investors.
While Canada has not signed or acceded to the ICSID Convention, Canada provides for use of the ICSID Additional Facility Rules and the Arbitration Rules of UNCITRAL in its bilateral investment agreements and in the NAFTA.
|
Since 1996 the Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement as well as eight bilateral FIPAs have entered into force. These agreements include both state-to- state and investor-state dispute settlement provisions. |
|
|
Intellectual Property
|
Canada supports effective intellectual property rights protection, that provides certainty and transparency to encourage marketing of goods, services, technology and entertainment; investment in R&D and innovation; and licensing arrangements (transfer of technology) to establish or expand existing business investment. Canada continues to improve intellectual property laws and their administration, to ensure adequate protection for owners of intellectual property, including effective mechanisms for enforcement of rights. |
Since 1996, significant progress has been made in enhancing the transparency of Canada’s intellectual property regime through Internet access.
Regarding the administration and registration of intellectual property laws please visit: http://cipo.gc.ca and regarding intellectual
property policies, please visit: http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/SSG/ http://www.international.gc.ca
|
|
|
Avoidance of Double Taxation
|
Canada has double taxation agreements (DTAs) in force with the following countries: Algeria, Argentina, Australia, Austria, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Cameroon, Chile, Peoples Republic of China, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Guyana, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Republic of Korea, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Malta, Mexico, Moldova, Mongolia, Morocco, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nigeria, Norway, Pakistan, Papua New Guinea, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Tanzania, Thailand, Trinidad & Tobago, Tunisia, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United States, Uzbekistan, Vietnam, Zambia, and Zimbabwe. |
The following double taxation agreements entered into force since 1996: Algeria, Austria, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Ecuador, Germany, Indonesia, Jordan, Japan, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Luxembourg, Moldova, Mongolia, Norway, Peru, Portugal, Russia, Ukraine, Uzbekistan, Senegal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Switzerland, the United Arab Emirates, Venezuela, and Vietnam.
The Protocol Amending the Tax Convention Between Canada and Australia came into force December 30, 2002.
|
|
|
Competition Policy and Regulatory Reform
|
Canada's principal laws aimed at the protection of competition are embodied in the federal Competition Act. The Competition Act is a law of general application which establishes basic principles for the conduct of business in Canada. The purpose of the Act is to maintain and encourage competition in Canada in order to promote the efficiency and adaptability of the Canadian economy; expand opportunities for Canadian participation in world markets while at the same time recognizing the role of foreign competition in Canada; ensure that small and medium-sized enterprises have an equitable opportunity to participate in the Canadian economy; and provide consumers with competitive prices and product choices.
All mergers, whether involving foreign or domestic parties, which directly or indirectly impact Canadian markets, are subject to review under the merger provisions of the Competition Act. This review determines whether or not the transaction is likely to result in a substantial lessening or prevention of competition and could ultimately result in an application before the Competition Tribunal for remedial action.
For further information, please visit Chapter 8 of Canada’s IAP chapter on Competition Policy or http://competition.ic.gc.ca/
|
|
|
|
Business Facilitating Measures to Improve the Domestic Business Environment
|
In June of 1996, the Canadian government introduced a new Investment Strategy. This new strategy was designed to increase efforts to attract foreign investment in Canada and to facilitate the growth of globally competitive companies. |
The website for the
Investment Partnerships Branch is continually being updated with helpful
information for potential investors. For more information see http://www.investincanada.gc.c |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix – APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Investment
On 27 October 2002, in Los Cabos, Mexico, APEC Leaders adopted the Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards (“Leaders’ Statement”), and directed that these standards be implemented as soon as possible, and in no case later than January 2005.
In paragraph 8 of the Leaders’ Statement, APEC Leaders instructed APEC sub-fora that have elaborated transparency provisions to review these regularly, and, where appropriate, improve, revise or expand them further. Economies were further instructed that such revised transparency provisions should be presented to Leaders upon completion for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. Accordingly, the following set of transparency standards on investment were developed for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. These principles flow from the General Principles on Transparency agreed to by APEC Leaders at Los Cabos and also build on the Options for Investment Liberalization and Business Facilitation to Strengthen the APEC Economies – For Voluntary Inclusion in Individual Action Plans. Economies agree to implement, in respect of investment, the General Principles contained in paragraphs 1 through 6 and paragraph 11 of the Leaders’ Statement.
These principles provide specific guidance for implementation within an investment context.
(1) Each Economy will, in the manner provided for in paragraph 1 of the Leaders’ Statement, ensure that its investment laws, regulations, and progressively procedures and administrative rulings of general application (“investment measures”) are promptly published or otherwise made available in such a manner as to enable interested persons and other economies to become acquainted with them.
(2) In accordance with paragraph 2 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will, to the extent possible, publish in advance any investment measures proposed for adoption and provide a reasonable opportunity for public comment.
(3) In accordance with paragraph 3 of the Leaders’ Statement, upon request from an interested personor another Economy, each Economy will: (a) endeavor to promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to any actual or proposed investment measures referred to in paragraph 1 above; and (b) provide contact points for the office or official responsible for the subject matter of the questions and assist, as necessary, in facilitating communications with the requesting economy.
(4) Where warranted, each Economy will ensure that appropriate domestic procedures are in place to enable prompt review and correction of final administrative actions, other than those taken for sensitive prudential reasons, regarding investment matters covered by these standards, that: (a) provide for tribunals or panels that are impartial and independent of any office or authority entrusted with administrative enforcement and have no substantial interest in the outcome of the investment matter; (b) provide parties to any proceeding with a reasonable opportunity to present their respective positions; (c) provide parties to any proceeding with a decision based on the evidence and submissions of record or, where required by domestic law, the record complied by the administrative authority; and (d) ensure subject to appeal or further review under domestic law, that such decisions will be implemented by, and govern the practice of, the offices or authorities regarding the administrative action at issue.
(5) If screening of investments is used based on guidelines for evaluating projects for approval and for scoring such projects if scoring is used, each Economy will promptly publish and/or make publicly available through other means those guidelines.
(6) Each Economy will maintain clear procedures regarding application, registration, and government licensing of investments by: (a) publishing and/or making available clear and simple instructions, and an explanation of the process (the steps) involved in applying/government licensing/registering; and (b) publishing and/or making available definitions of criteria for assessment of investment proposals.
(7) Where prior authorization requirement procedures exist, each Economy will conduct reviews at the appropriate time to ensure that such procedures are simple and transparent.
(8) Each Economy will make available to investors all rules and other appropriate information relating to investment promotion programs.
(9) When negotiating regional trade agreements and free trade agreements that contain provisions with an investor/state dispute settlement mechanism, each Economy should consider whether or not to include transparency provisions along the following lines: allowing public access to documents submitted to or issued by the investor/state arbitration tribunal; providing for open hearings before the investor/state arbitration tribunal; and authorizing investor/state arbitration tribunals to accept and consider submissions from other persons and entities who are not parties to the dispute. Consistent with paragraph 11 of the Leaders’ Statement, appropriate exceptions for confidentiality should be made.
(10) Each Economy will participate fully in APEC-wide efforts to update the APEC Investment Guidebook.
* Economies should report against the actual language in the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Investment, which can be found in the Appendix attached at the end of this document.
Chapter 5 : Standards[1] and Conformance |
Objective
APEC economies will, in accordance with the Declaration on APEC Standards and Conformance Framework and with the Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT Agreement) and the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS Agreement) attached to the WTO Agreement:
a. align their domestic standards with international standards;
b. endeavour to actively participate in international standardisation activities;
c. promote good regulatory practice for the preparation, adoption and application of technical regulations in the APEC region;
d. achieve recognition of conformity assessment including mutual recognition arrangements in regulated and voluntary sectors;
e. promote cooperation for technical infrastructure development to facilitate broad participation in mutual recognition arrangements in both regulated and voluntary sectors; and
f. ensure the transparency of the standards and conformity assessment of APEC economies.
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will:
a. continue alignment of domestic standards with international standards in the priority areas which the SCSC will identify priority areas for alignment in the short to medium term in pursuing this goal;
b. participate actively in the international standardization activities of international standardizing bodies and encourage relevant bodies in their economy to participate in the international standardizing bodies accordance with the rules and procedures of these organisations;
c. consider to pursue trade facilitation in information and technology products;
d.. participate[2] in recognition arrangements[3] of conformity assessment including mutual recognition arrangements in regulated sectors through: (i) the development of bilateral, multi-sectoral recognition arrangements, which might, at a later stage, provide the basis for plurilateral arrangements; and (ii) the development of plurilateral recognition arrangements in particular sectors;
e. encourage relevant bodies in their economy to participate in work programs of the five Specialist Regional Bodies[4] and to participate in recognition arrangements3 of conformity assessment including mutual recognition arrangements in the voluntary sectors;
f. improve and maintain the level of their technical infrastructure to facilitate broad participation in recognition arrangements in both the regulated and voluntary sectors, with the SCSC supporting the development of technical infrastructure through economic and technical cooperation, where needed, to improve calibration and testing facilities and the training of personnel, in pursuing this goal;
g.
continuously strive to increase transparency of their standards and
conformance requirements by means of facilitating the dissemination of such
information through publications and electronic homepage and publicizing the
availability of these means;
h. implement and maintain a standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards; and
i. consider participation in: (i) the Treaty of the Metre (La Convention Du Metre); and (ii) the Treaty of OIML (La Convention Instituant Une Organisation Internationale De Metrologie Legale) in accordance with the rules and procedures of these treaties
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will take Collective Actions with regard to standards and conformance in the following four areas:
ALIGNMENT WITH INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS APEC economies will: a. continue identifying additional priority areas for alignment with international standards; b. continue to report on the progress in their alignment plans every year; c. conduct a comprehensive review of their alignment work in 2005; and d. continue to promote active participation in international standisation activities.
Good Regulatory Practice APEC economies will: Continue to update the consolidation f materials in the Good Regulatory Practice Database as well as to investigate means of enhancing regulatory practice in the APEC region through a program of case studies and seminars with a particular focus on performance-based regulations and sector-specific good practices.
RECOGNITION OF CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT APEC economies will, in cooperation with relevant Specialist Regional Bodies, where appropriate: a. review the implementation and use of mutual recognition arrangements; b. continue to considermechanisms to facilitate the recognition of conformity assessment results; c. review and improve the effectiveness of the APEC Mutual Recognition Arrangement on Conformity Assessment of Foods and Food Products, the Arrangement for the Exchange of Information on Toy Safety, the APEC Arrangement for the Exchange of Information on Food Recalls, and the APEC Mutual Recognition Arrangement on Conformity Assessment of Electrical and Electronic Equipment by among others, looking into the possibility to adopt an information technology management system; d. implement the work program on trade facilitation in information technology products, by 2005 in the case of industrialized economies and by 2008 in the case of developing economies; and e. encourage establishment of and participation in a network of mutual recognition arrangements in the voluntary sector by 2005.
COOPERATION ON
TECHNICAL INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT a. undertake projects for the implementation of the Mid-Term Technical Infrastructure Development Program; and b. conduct a comprehensive review on implementation of the above program after 2005;
TRANSPARENCY a. update the APEC Contact Points for Standards and Conformance Information, which have been uploaded to the APEC Homepage; b.
develop and keep current the database on conformity assessment operators and
their activities/service offered and establish an APEC Cooperation Center for
Conformity Assessment; c. promote the transparency of regulatory systems and standards by maintaining appropriate and accessible information date basis, including Directory of Food Trade Contacts in the Directory of Food Trade Contacts; and d. implement and maintain standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards.
OTHER ACTIVITIESAPEC economies will: a. pursue closer cooperation with the Specialist Regional Bodies in line with a Statement of Commitment to Mutually Agreed Objectives; b. monitor the developments within the WTO Committees on the Technical Barriers to Trade and Sanitary and Phyto-Sanitary Measures, as well as undertake projects for the implementation of the APEC Strategic Plan on WTO-Related Capacity Building; c. pursue better coordination with other APEC fora; and d. implement the reform of the SCSC through the rationalization of its agenda, priority setting exercise and better coordination with other groups.
The current CAP relating to standards and conformance can be found in the Standards and Conformance Collective Action Plan.
|
Canada’s Approach to Standards and Conformance in 2004Canadian policy is to adopt international standards whenever possible and appropriate, and to encourage all economies to participate in the development and use of voluntary standards, consistent with the WTO Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) and the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS). The Regulatory Policy of the Government of Canada requires adherence (Policy Requirement No.5) to the provisions of these international Agreements. Implementation of the TBT and SPS Agreements forms the foundation for Canada’s policy approach to addressing standards related barriers to trade, in particular for technical regulations under Article 2 of both the TBT and SPS Agreements, and for voluntary standards under Annex 3 of the TBT. The Standards Council of Canada (SCC), a federal crown corporation operating at arms length from government, promotes the adoption of international standards through its National Standards of Canada (NSC) program. The majority of new National Standards of Canada are adopted or adapted from international standards. The SCC also operates a national accreditation program for organizations involved in a wide range of conformity assessment activities and promotes international recognition of conformity assessment as a means for eliminating technical barriers to trade. Canada operates a national accreditation program for standards development organizations. Canada addresses conformance related barriers to trade through the application of Article 5 of the TBT Agreement and Article 8 of the SPS Agreement. Canada’s Regulatory
Policy (http://www.pco-bcp.gc.ca/raoic WTO: Agreement on
Technical Barriers to Trade (http://www.wto.org/english/doc WTO: Agreement on the
Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (http://www.wto.org/english/doc Standards Council of Canada (http://www.scc.ca)
For more information, please contact: Technical Barriers and Regulations Divison (EAS) International Trade Canada eas@international.gc.ca
|
Chapter 5: Canada’s Approach to Standards and Conformance in 2004 |
|
||||
|
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Approaches to Standards and Conformance |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
|
|
Alignment of standards with international standards where appropriate
|
For FY 2003/2004 there were a total of 267 standards approved as National Standards of Canada. Of this total, 187, or 70%, were adopted or based on ISO/IEC standards.
|
Canada’s Regulatory Policy (1999) directs regulators to comply with TBT (Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade) and SPS (Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures) obligations. Canada’s policy is to adopt international standards whenever possible and appropriate.
In 1996, Canada issued a notification under Article 15.2 of the TBT Agreement that it complied with its provisions. An updated notification was submitted in 2002.
In 1999 the SCC notified acceptance of Annex 3 of the TBT Code of Good Practice.
Further information on the TBT and SPS agreements is available on the World Trade Organization (WTO) website:
http://www.wto.org/english/doc http://www.wto.org/english/doc
For further information:
Contacts: International Trade Canada - Technical Barriers and Regulations (eas@international.gc.ca) Michel Bourassa, Director, Standards (mbourassa@scc.ca) David Shortall, Manager, International Trade (dshortall@scc.ca) |
Where appropriate, Canada will continue to encourage further alignment of its national standards with international standards.
|
|
|
|
Alignment of standards with international standards in priority areas agreed by the SCSC
|
No changes. |
Canada has aligned as follows:
- Medical gloves: aligned with the relevant ISO standards.
- There are plans to move towards IEC-based standards with respect to televisions, radio and its parts and video apparatus, products.
- Machinery (industrial automation systems and integration): the relevant ISO standards have not been adopted by the National Standards Systems of Canada but are used by Canadian industry.
- Refrigerators: aligned with the following IEC/CISPR standards: IEC 60335-1, IEC 60335-2-24.
- Air conditioners: aligned with the following IEC/CISPR standards: IEC 60335-1, IEC 60335-2-34, IEC 60335-2-40.
- Televisions: not aligned with any of the relevant IEC/CISPR standards.
- Radio and its parts: not aligned with any of the relevant IEC/CISPR standards.
- Video apparatus: not aligned with any of the relevant IEC standards.
For further information: http://www.scc.ca/standards/in
Contacts: ISO: Dean Brookes (dbrookes@scc.ca) IEC: Wayne Perrin (wperrin@scc.ca) |
Where appropriate, Canada will continue to encourage further alignment of its national standards with international standards |
|
|
|
Active participation in the international standardisation activities of international standardizing bodies
|
Canada (SCC) holds P-Status on 434 technical committees and subcommittees (TC/SC) and O-Status on 122 committees.
Approximately 4,000 Canadians participate on these international committees.
In order to maximize the impact of Canadian input in international standards development, the Standards Council of Canada (SCC) took steps toward the realization of its objective to increase the proportion of ISO/IEC national committees that are harmonized with Standards Development Organization committees, including the updating of the procedural documents concerning harmonization. As of the end of fiscal year (FY), 202 Canadian advisory committees and subcommittees had been harmonized with international standards development committees. This represents an increase of seven per cent over the previous year when the number of harmonized committees was 189.
The SCC was convener of ISO/CASCO WG 22, which was revising ISO/IEC Guide 60, Conduct of Good Practice for Conformity Assessment. The revised version was approved in July 2004. |
Technical Committees and Working Groups:
Canadians are Chairs of 26 technical committees (TC) and subcommittees (SC). Canada provides the Secretariat for 25 TCs and SCs and is responsible for convening 89 WGs.
Canada holds the Chair and Secretariat positions for ISO TC 176 (Quality Management and Quality Assurance) and TC 207 (Environmental Management), which are responsible for the development of the ISO 9000 and ISO 14000 series of standards.
Canada is involved as a member of IEC's Asia-Pacific steering group, which provides a forum for developed and developing economies in the region to establish commom positions for issues before IEC's policy and management committees.
The SCC participates in the three policy development committees of ISO - CASCO, COPOLCO and DEVCO. The SCC participates in 13 CASCO WGs. The SCC participates in five COPOLCO WGs.
For further information:
Contacts: ISO: Dean Brookes (dbrookes@scc.ca) IEC: Wayne Perrin (wperrin@scc.ca) |
Canada (SCC) is hosting the COPOLCO Plenary in Toronto, in May 2005. |
|
|
|
Participation in plurilateral recognition arrangements of conformity assessment in the regulated sector
|
No new arrangements |
Canada has endorsed and is participating in the APEC MRA on Conformity Assessment of Telecommunications Equipment.
APEC MRA on Conformity Assessment of Electrical and electronic Equipment: Canada has not implemented the APEC Electrical MRA.
The APEC Automotive Dialogue Steering Committee discussed a proposal for an ASEAN mutual recognition agreement (MRA) to complement and facilitate the implementation of the ASEAN Free Trade Agreement (AFTA). As a member of the APEC Automotive Dialogue, Canada supports the discussion and views this as a useful tool for trade facilitation in the region.
Contact: Kathy Knorr, Senior Trade Policy Officer, Technical Barriers to Trade (kathy.knorr@international.gc.ca)
|
Canada will continue to pursue MRAs with Asia-Pacific economies in plurilateral arrangements where appropriate. |
|
|
|
Participation in bilateral recognition arrangements of conformity assessment in the regulated sector
|
No new arrangements. |
The negotiation of mutual recognition agreements (MRAs) is one element of Canada’s trade liberalization effort.
Canada submitted a policy framework paper on mutual recognition activities to the WTO TBT Committee (2001) http://docsonline.wto.org/ (Search for G/TBT/W/167)
Contact: Kathy Knorr, Senior Trade Policy Officer, Technical Barriers to Trade (kathy.knorr@international.gc.ca) |
Where appropriate, Canada will continue to pursue MRAs with Asia-Pacific economies in multilateral and bilateral contexts. |
|
|
|
Participation in recognition arrangement of conformity assessment in the voluntary sector
|
In 2003-2004, the SCC’s Environmental Management System (ISO 14001) accreditation program was accepted into the Pacific Accreditation Cooperation (PAC)
Multilateral Recognition Arrangement and will be accepted into the International Accreditation Forum (IAF) in 2004-2005. The Certification Body Accreditation Program was also found to be acceptable by PAC and the SCC will sign that arrangement once the MRA has been operationalized.
The ILAC/APLAC peer evaluation of the SCC on the MRA for laboratories occurred in May 2004. |
The SCC is a participant in the following MRAs, MLAs, and MoUs:
PAC (Pacific Accreditation Cooperation) MLA for quality management systems (QMS) (1996).
ANSI (American National Standards Institute) MoU for cooperation regarding the harmonization of standardization and conformity assessment activities (1991).
Japan Accreditation Board for Quality Systems Registration MoU for QMS (1994).
International Auditor Training and Certification Association (IATCA) MoU (1996).
ANSI / RAB (Registrar Accreditation Board) MRA for QMS registrars (1997).
IAF (International Accreditation Forum) MRA for QMS (1998).
NORAMET (North American Metrology Cooperation) MRA (1999).
IAAC (Interamerican Accreditation Cooperation) MoU for EMS and certification procedures (2000)
IAAC MLA for QMS and Laboratories (2002)
ILAC (International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation) MRA for laboratories (2000).
APLAC (Asia-Pacific Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation) MRA for laboratories (2000).
NACC (North American Calibration Committee) MoU (2001).
NACLA (U.S. National Cooperation for Laboratory Accreditation) MoU for laboratory accreditation (2001).
IAAC MRA for Laboratories and QMS (2002).
For more information: http://www.scc.ca/igat/mra_e.p |
|
|
|
|
Improve and maintain level of technical infrastructure
|
Canada (SCC) introduced two new programs in 2003-2004: The Inspection Bodies Accreditation Program was launched in August 2003. The program provides accreditation for inspection services ranging from specialty electrical services to home inspections. It was developed by the SCC in cooperation with Canadian electrical regulators. The Personnel Certification Bodies Accreditation Program was launched in January 2004. It replaces the former auditor certification program offered by the SCC. The new program encompasses the existing program and adds the accreditation of bodies who certify professionals and trade persons such as auditors, engineers and welders. The role of certification bodies involves assessing the individuals' competencies, and ensuring these are appropriate to the work being performed.
|
Canada has a modern, fully developed technical infrastructure system, permitting engagement and participation in arrangements for the mutual recognition of conformity assessment in both the regulated and voluntary area.
The SCC operates several accreditation programs including testing and calibration laboratories, certification bodies, inspection bodies, quality and environmental management systems and registration bodies.
Contacts: Pat Paladino, Director, Conformity Assessment (ppaladino@scc.ca) International Trade Canada - Technical Barriers to Trade (eas@international.gc.ca)
|
|
|
|
|
Identification of specific requirements, assistance and/or activities for technical infrastructure development
|
No action required. |
Canada is capable of providing technical assistance in a variety of ways on a range of aspects of technical infrastructure related to standards and conformance activities. Canada will give positive consideration to specific requests for technical assistance.
Assistance provided by Canada is generally delivered through its own standards and conformance infrastructure bodies and through their participation in the activities and programmes of the Specialist Regional Bodies. |
Canada will continue to undertake activities to improve its technical infrastructure, and those of APEC economies.
|
|
|
|
Provision of assistance for the improvement of other economies’ technical infrastructure
|
Canada is expanding the ISO/DEVCO Mediterranean 2000 project to Paraguay to assist with the dissemination of WTO TBT and SPS notifications to domestic stakeholders. |
Canada actively considers technical assistance requests from APEC developing member economies.
To assist Latin American countries with the dissemination of WTO TBT and SPS notifications to domestic stakeholders, the SCC developed a Spanish version of Export Alert! Bolivia will be the first Spanish-speaking country to use the service.
In August 2003, SCC staff gave a presentation on Participation in the International Standardization Process at the PASC conference on international standardization in Vietnam.
|
Canada will continue to undertake technical assistance activities.
|
|
|
|
Participation in Specialist Regional Bodies[5] activities
|
Canada hosted the PASC XVIII Plenary in Vancouver, in May 2004. |
The SCC hosted the APLAC General Assembly in 2002.
The SCC is an active member of:
APLAC and its MLA Advisory Committee and Technical Committee Contact: Joanne Dupont (jdupont@scc.ca)
Pacific Accreditation Cooperation (PAC) where Canada is the Vice-Chair and participant on five working groups. Contact: Elva Nilsen (enilsen@scc.ca)
Pacific Area Standards Congress (PASC) Contact: Michel Bourassa (mbourassa@scc.ca)
Canada (National Research Council) is an Associate Member of the APMP. |
Canada will continue to be an active participant in these regional bodies.
|
|
|
|
Continuously strive to increase transparency of their standards and conformance requirements, including implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Standards and Conformance*
|
There was a 28% increase in subscribers for Export Alert! in FY 2003-2004. In its role as Canada's Enquiry Point, the SCC also responds to technical enquiries received from other WTO members, including APEC economies, concerning the measures adopted or proposed in Canada. The SCC fielded over 4,000 enquiries from stakeholders through the Information and Research Service in FY 2003/2004, 14% of which were from foreign clients.
Early 2004, the SCC signed an Export Alert! hosting agreement with a non-APEC member economy.
To raise awareness and access to the Enquiry Point, in collaboration with International Trade Canada, the SCC is working on a trilingual North America Free Trade Agreement Inquiry Point brochure.
The SCC hosts Standards Alert!, an online service, which allow subscribers to be among the first to learn about changes to Canadian and international standards. There were 333 new subscribers to Standards Alert! during FY 2003/2004. |
Canada has a transparent and open standards and regulatory system. Information on standards development activities is publicly available and participation in standards development bodies is open to both Canadians and non-residents. Proposed regulations at the federal level are published in advance in the Canada Gazette, Part I, while their adopted counterparts are published in Canada Gazette, Part II.
The SCC continues to act in the capacity as Canada's Enquiry Point under the WTO TBT and SPS Agreements, notifying the WTO of Canada's trade-related technical regulations and conformity assessments procedures, and notifying domestic stakeholders, via Export Alert!, of the measures proposed by WTO member countries, including APEC member economies.
Launched in 1999, Export Alert! is a free e-mail notification service to help Canadians keep abreast of Canadian and international regulatory changes. The service gives access to the full texts of draft regulatory measures and the opportunity to comment on the changes.
In 2001, the SCC released an enhanced version of Export Alert! that enables users to monitor regulatory developments in selected countries, to receive HTML notifications, and to request regulatory texts more easily. Export Alert! has generated much interest among WTO member countries as an effective tool for the dissemination of WTO TBT & SPS notifications to a country’s domestic stakeholders. In 2001, the SCC entered into a hosting arrangement with an APEC member economy for the dissemination of TBT notifications to the economy's domestic industry. To help Latin American countries with the dissemination of WTO TBT and SPS notifications to domestic stakeholders, in 2002 the SCC developed a Spanish version of Export Alert!. Bolivia will be the first Spanish-speaking country to use the service.
http://www.scc.ca/en/news_even Contact: Andrea Spencer (aspencer@scc.ca)
The SCC operates a bilingual information service that responds to technical enquiries on standards, technical regulations and conformity assessment procedures in Canada and abroad.
In 2002/2003, the SCC launched the following electronic tools:
RegWatch: Online service that is a one-stop information source for those interested in tracking technical standards referenced in Canadian federal legislation. http://www.scc.ca/en/news_even
The Consumer Product
Safety Legislation in Canada: An Introductory Guide outlines who regulates
which aspects of product safety in Canada. The guide is useful to consumers,
businesses and regulators. http://www.scc.ca/en/publicati
Contact: Tanya Connolly (tconnolly@scc.ca)
The SCC's Technical Document Centre is Canada's most complete collection of Canadian, foreign and international standards. The Centre continues to update its inventory to provide its standards collection in electronic format for users, 95% which is in electronic format.
http://www.scc.ca/en/help/info Contact: Anne Sharkey (asharkey@scc.ca) |
Further improvement of Export Alert! to encourage and facilitate the submission of users’ comments on regulatory changes is being considered.
Canada will continue to undertake Export Alert! hosting agreements.
An updated version of Standards Alert! will be developed focusing on improvements to search capabilities.
Reg Alert!, an email notification service associated with the RegWatch database will be developed in 2004.
A new database driven search capabilities to be implemented for Canadian standards .
|
|
|
|
Participate in relevant international fora
|
In 2003/2004, the SCC hosted the IEC annual general meeting, and numerous ISO/IEC sub-committee and tehncial committee meetings. |
The SCC is an active member of the following:
ILAC (International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation) since 1966, and members of Accrediation Policy Committee, Technical Accreditation Issues Committee, Joint IAF and ILAC Arrangement Management Committee, and three working groups.
IAF (International Accreditation Forum) Executive Committee, chair of two committees, and a member of six task forces and working groups.
ISO (International Organization of Standardization) since 1972, and members of the ISO General Assembly, Council, and Technical Management Board.
IEC (International Electro-technical Commission) since 1911, and members of Council Board, Conformity Assessment Board and Standardization Management Board.
Canada (National Research Council) observes the Convention du Metre, and actively supports the Bureau International des Poids et Mesures (BIPM).
Canada (National Research Council) is a Member State and actively participates in the activities of the International Organization of Legal Metrology (OIML).
Since its inception in 1962, Canada has been a full and active participant in the CODEX Alimentarius Commission and its subsidiary bodies.
An International Telecommunication Union Member State since 1932, Canada enjoys a position of influence in the Union and promotes our nation's best practices and encourages the interoperable use of our networks and wireless systems on a global scale.
Founding member of the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development)
The SCC hosted the ISO Networking Conference in May 2003. A pre-conference workshop introduced registrants to the International Classification for Standards (ICS), a system for sorting standards and classifying them in libraries and other databases.
The SCC was actively involved in the ISO Council Developing Country Task Force (DCTF), which was formed to develop an action plan to engage developing countries in standardization activities.
|
The SCC will continue to participate in international fora.
|
|
|
|
Other activities
|
The second National Standards System Conference is planned for November 2004.
The SCC is in the process of updating the Canadian Standards Strategy.
Out reach activities are being held to promote greater awareness and understanding of the TBT Agreement among regulators and policy makers.
Canada's proposals for the Third Triennial Review Work Program (specifically those items dealing with voluntary conformity assessment) were accepted by the WTO/TBT Committee.
Canada proposed that the WTO TBT Committee commence implementation of the recommendations on good regulatory practice in the work programme adopted at the Third Triennial Review of the WTO TBT Agreement. Canada subsequently proposed that there be a presentation of the work which has been ongoing in this area in APEC. Chile, as this year's APEC host country, presented a contribution at the July 1, 2004 meeting of the TBT Committee covering the May 2004 (6th) workshop of the APEC-OECD Cooperative Initiative on Regulatory Reform
Canada’s External Advisory Committee on Smart Regulation conducted consultations regarding development of a regulatory strategy to foster international trade and develop Canada’s competitive advantage. The SCC responded to the committee’s call for input and submitted several recommendations. (B1e)
The SCC contributed to ISO Horizon 2010, a strategic planning exercise being undertaken by ISO. |
The Canadian Standards
Strategy provides direction to guide Canada's standardization activities. For
more information: http://www.scc.ca/en/publicati
In 2000, the SCC adopted ISO/IEC 17025 as the basis of its laboratory accreditation program, replacing ISO/IEC Guide 25.
The new ISO/IEC Guides 65 and 66 were adopted by the SCC as the basis for its accreditation programs for product certification bodies and EMS registrars.
In 2001, the SCC launched a Member Program to ensure sustained, effective volunteer representation within the Canada's National Standards System. http://www.scc.ca/en/participa Contact: Lynne Gibbens (lgibbens@scc.ca)
The SCC coordinates and oversees the work of the National Standards System (NSS), which includes Canadian organizations and individuals involved in voluntary standards development and conformity assessment activities. Some 15,000 Canadian volunteers and more than 400 organizations contribute to the work of committees that develop national and international standards.
The Government of Canada extended the SCC's mandate to allow the SCC to offer accreditation services in the Americas and the Asia-Pacific. This was in addition to a previous extension covering most of Europe.
In January 2003, the SCC hosted the Canadian Leadership Forum to provide increased outreach and dialogue opportunities between the CSS and its leaders of technical and advisory committees.
Canada actively participed in the Third Triennial Review of the TBT. A paper on Canada’s Approach to Voluntary Conformity Assessment was submitted.
Canada has implemented Annex 4 of the Report of the Second Triennial Review of the WTO TBT Agreement. The SCC applies Annex 4 in developing National Standards of Canada
The SCC has eight Advisory Committees. The Advisory Committee on Trade advises and makes recommendations to the Council on international and internal trade-related matters including WTO TBT issues.
The SCC completed on-site audits and issued and the first full re-accreditation of all four of Canada’s Standards Development Organizations (SDOs).
The SCC Task Force on Innovation Funding continues to examine new approaches to fund the expensive work of standardization.
Training workshops by the SCC continue to be introduced including Building a Better Understanding of the IEC and ISO.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Standards and Conformance since 1996 |
|
|||
|
|
Section |
Position In Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
|
|
Alignment of standards with international standards where appropriate
|
Canada notified the WTO that it was in compliance with the Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Agreement, and in particular with Articles 2.3 and 4. Canada had not yet adopted Annex 3 of the TBT Agreement (1996).
Approximately 50% of the National Standards of Canada approved during the year were based on ISO/IEC standards (1995/96).
|
Canada notified acceptance of Annex 3 of the WTO TBT Agreement (1999).
Approximately 78% of the National Standards of Canada are based on ISO/IEC standards (2001/2002).
Approximately 59% of the National Standards of Canada approved in 2002/2003 were adopted from or based on international standards. (2002/2003).
For FY 2003/2004 there were a total of 267 standards approved as National Standards of Canada. Of this total, 187, or 70%, were adopted or based on ISO/IEC standards.
Canada submited an update of its Statement on the Implementation and Administration of the Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (under Article 15.2) (2002).
Contacts: Paul Martin, Director, Technical Baririers to Trade (paul.martin@international.gc.ca) Michel Bourassa, Director, Standards (mbourassa@scc.ca) David Shortall, Manager, International Development (dshortall@scc.ca) |
|
|
|
Active participation in the international standardisation activities of international standardizing bodies
|
Canada (SCC) held P (Participant) -status in 358 and O (Observer) -status in 134 ISO and IEC technical committees and subcommittees (1995/96). |
Canadians served as secretaries or chairs of over 90 ISO and IEC technical committees, subcommittees, and working groups (1996/97).
Canada (SCC) assumed the chairs of ISO TC 176 and ISO TC 207 (1997).
Canada (SCC) held P-status in 423 and O-status in 127 ISO, IEC and JTC1 technical committees and subcommittees (2001).
Canada (SCC) holds P-status in 434 and O-status in 122 ISO, IEC and JTC1 technical committees and subcommittees (2002/2003/2004). |
|
|
|
Participation in plurilateral recognition arrangements of conformity assessment in the regulated sector
|
NOTE: Prior to 1996 there were no plurilateral mutual recognition arrangements on conformity assessmen |
Canada has endorsed and is participating in the MRA on Telecommunications Equipment (1998). |
|
|
|
Participation in bilateral recognition arrangements of conformity assessment in the regulated sector
|
Canada/US MRA on Shellfish signed (1948).
Canada/Australia MOU on fish inspection and control systems signed (1993).
Canada/New Zealand MOU signed, recognizing the equivalency of each country’s fish inspection and control systems (1996). |
Canada signed a MRA with Korea on telecommunications, radio, and information technology equipment (1997). This MRA was subsumed by the 1998 APEC MRA on Telecommunications Equipment. Elements not covered by the APEC MRA have been maintained.
Canada/USA MRA on Legal Metrology was signed. The current MRA covers conformity assessment testing of simple electronic weigh scales and their indicators (1997).
A new MRA was signed with Thailand, recognizing the equivalency of each country’s fish inspection and control systems (1999).
MRA in Legal Metrology with the US is to be extended over time to cover the testing of more complex weighing equipment and some new liquid volume meters, as well as the testing of any new technology such as multiple dimensional measuring machines (1999). |
|
|
|
Participation in recognition arrangement of conformity assessment in the voluntary sector
|
The SCC signed NIST/NAVLAP MRA for laboratory accreditation systems (1994).
The SCC signed the Pacific Accreditation Cooperation (PAC) MLA (1996). |
The SCC signed the MRA with the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and the Registration Accreditation Board (RAB) for QMS registrars (1997).
The SCC signed the International Accreditation Forum (IAF) MRA (1998).
The SCC signed the North American Metrology Cooperation (NORAMET) MRA (1999).
The SCC signed the American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) MRA for testing laboratory accreditation programs (2000).
The SCC signed the Asia-Pacific Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (APLAC) MLA for laboratories (2000).
The SCC signed the International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC) MRA for laboratories(2000). The SCC is no longer maintaining its MRAs with NIST/NVLAP and A2LA because all are members of the ILAC and APLAC agreements. The NIST/NVLAP and A2LA MRAs were allowed to expire when the APLAC and ILAC agreements were signed.
Canada (SCC and the National Research Council of Canada) signed a MoU establishing the North American Calibration Committee (NACC), formerly the North America Calibration Cooperation (2001).
Canada (SCC) signed a MoU on laboratory accreditation with the U.S. National Cooperation for Laboratory Accreditation (NACLA) (2001).
Canada (SCC) signed the Interamerican Accreditation Cooperation (IAAC) MLAs for QMS and Laboratories (2002).
In 2003-2004, the SCC’s Environmental Management System (ISO14001) accreditation program was accepted into the Pacific Accreditation Cooperation (PAC) MRA and will be accepted into the IAF in 2004-2005. |
|
|
|
Improve and maintain the level of their technical infrastructureIdentification of specific requirements, assistance and/or activities for technical infrastructure development
|
Canada established accreditation programs with respect to quality managment systems (QMS) standards and environmental management systems (EMS) standards. |
The SCC introduced an EMS accreditation program, an Environmental Auditor Certification program and a QMS accreditation program for Auditor Certifiers to improve technical infrastructure (1998).
The SCC received a new mandate, structure, and powers from the Government of Canada which included the authority to enter into agreements in its own capacity with foreign organizations engaged in voluntary standardization (1998).
PALCAN, the SCC laboratory accreditation program established Program Specialty Areas in the following testing areas: Environmental, Calibration, Forensic, Information Technology, Security Evaluation and Testing, Medical Gas Agricultural and Food, Fasteners, Good Laboratory Practices and Mineral Analysis (1999).
The SCC introduced a program to accredit EMS registrars to register forest companies that conform to the National Standard of Canada for forest management (2000).
Expanding on the SCC's accreditation programs, a program for proficiency testing providers was introduced (2001).
Canada introduced two new programs in 2003-04: The inspection Bodies Accreditation Program was launched in August 2003, and the Personnel Certification Bodies Accreditation Program was launched in January 2004. |
|
|
|
Provision of assistance for the improvement of other economies’ technical infrastructure
|
Canada established accreditation programs with respect to quality managment systems (QMS) standards and environmental management systems (EMS) standards. |
SCC accreditated laboratories participated in 24 APLAC proficiency testing programs (1998-2001).
To help Latin American Countries fufill their WTO obligations, the SCC has developed a Spanish version of Export Alert! (2002).
The SCC was involved with the PAC MLA Readiness Project. SCC trainers participated in a product certification course, and a 5-day workshop for trainee peer evaluators sponsored by APEC, PAC and EMA (Mexican Accreditation Entity) (2002).
Based on ISO/IEC 17025, the SCC and the Canadian Association for Environmental Analytical Laboratories (CAEAL) are working with the Pan American Health Organization to provide accreditation services to water testing laboratories, in order to ensure the provision of reliable, accurate testing of drinking water (2002).
CAEAL delivered training on ISO/IEC 17025 to 20 persons from APEC developing economies (2002).
Canada is expanding the ISO/DEVCO Mediterranean 2000 project to Paraguay to assist with the dissemination of WTO TBT and SPS notifications to domestic stakeholders. |
|
|
|
Participation in Specialist Regional Bodies activities
|
Canada participated in the Asia-Pacific Legal Metrology Forum (APLMF) (1996). |
The SCC is and will continue to be an active participant in the Pacific Area Standards Congress (PASC) and a member of Asia-Pacific Laboratory Cooperation (APLAC) and Pacific Accreditation Cooperation (PAC) (since 1996).
|
|
|
|
Continuously strive to increase transparency of their standards and conformance requirements, including implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Standards and Conformance*
|
Canada has a modern, open, and transparent standards system. Information on standards activities is publicly available and participation on standards development bodies is open to both residents and non-residents (1996).
Canada established a WTO Enquiry Point and proposed regulations that were published in advance of adoption in the Canada Gazette and subject to public comment (1980). |
The SCC launched the Standards Information System of Canada (SISC), an on-line service to provide access to domestic and international standards information. It was designed as a tool for use in the standards development process (1997).
The SCC launched Export Alert!, a service that automatically issues an e-mail alert to subscribers whenever foreign governments are proposing changes to their technical regulations (1999).
The SCC redesigned its Web site to make it more user-friendly. An e-commerce capability was added providing the means to introduce information products and services that customers can purchase on the web (2000).
Export Alert was updated in 2001 to enable users to more easily monitor regulatory developments (2001).
There was an increase of 28% in susbscribers to Export Alert! In FY 2003-04.
The SCC launched a new service, RegWatch, that monitors changes to Canadian federal legislation for references to Canadian, international and foreign standards (2002).
Standards Alert!, a new SCC service, provides users with an e-mail notification when the Canadian or international standards they are tracking are amended, withdrawn or a later edition is issued (2003). There were 333 new subscribers to Standards Alert! in FY 2003-04.
To raise awareness and access to the WTO/TBT Enquiry Point, in collaboration with International Trade Canada, the SCC is working on a trillingual North America Free Trade Agreement Enquiry Point brochure.
The SCC's Technical Document Centre is Canada's most complete collection of Canadian, foreign and international standards. The Centre continues to update its inventory to provide its standards collection in electronic format for users, 95% which is in electronic format (2003).
|
|
|
|
Participate in relevant international fora
|
Canada became a member of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) (1911).
Canada became a member of the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) (1932).
Canada is a Member State and actively participates in the activities of the International Organization of Legal Metrology.
Canada observes the Convention du Metre and the Bureau International des Poids et Mesures (BIML).
Canada became a member of International Organization for Standardization (ISO) (1972).
Canada became a member of CODEX Alimentarius Commission since its inception (1962).
Canada became a member of the International Accreditation Forum (IAF) (1994).
Canada became a member of the International Laboratory Accreditation Conference (ILAC) (1996). |
In 2003-04, the SCC hosted the IEC annual general meeting, and numerous ISO/IEC sub-committee and technical committee meetings. |
|
|
|
Other Activities
|
|
The Canadian Standards
Strategy developed by the SCC provides direction to guide Canada's
standardization activities (2000). http://www.scc.ca/canstrategy/
In 2000, the SCC adopted ISO/IEC 17025 as the basis of its laboratory accreditation program, replacing ISO/IEC Guide 25 (2000).
The new ISO/IEC Guides 65 and 66 were adopted by the SCC as the basis for its accreditation programs for product certification bodies and EMS registrars (2001).
The SCC became a full member of the Interamerican Accreditation Cooperation (IAAC) (2000).
SCC launch of the Member Program to ensure sustained, effective volunteer representation within the Canadian Standards System. The program includes training and an awards program to recognize excellence in standardization (2001 to present).
The Government of Canada extended the SCC's mandate to allow the SCC to offer accreditation services in the Americas and the Asia-Pacific. This was in addition to a previous extension covering most of Europe (2001).
Canada's first National Standards System Conference was held in March 2002. The second one will be held in November 2004.
The SCC completed on-site audits and issued and the first full re-accreditation of all four of Canada’s Standards Development Organizations (SDOs) (2002/2003).
The SCC Task Force on Innovation Funding continues to examine new approaches to fund the expensive work of standardization (2003).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix – APEC Leaders Transparency Standards on Standards and Conformance
1. In accordance with paragraph 1 of the Leaders’ Statement, and the WTO Agreements on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) and on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary (SPS) Measures, each Economy will: (a) promptly publish or otherwise make available to all interested parties, through readily accessible, widely available media, for example via the Internet, information on its laws, regulations, policies, administrative rulings, certification, qualification and registration requirements, technical regulations, standards, guidelines, procedures and practices relating to standards and conformance; and, (b) have or designate an official journal or journals and publish in them information on technical regulations, sanitary and phytosanitary measures and related conformity assessment procedures on a regular basis and make copies of them readily available to the public.
2. As far as practicable, each Economy will maintain one centrally located website for the information referred to above.
3. In accordance with paragraph 2 of the Leaders’ Statement and the WTO TBT and SPS Agreements, each Economy will publish in advance any standards or conformance requirement that it proposes to adopt and provide interested persons a reasonable opportunity to comment on such proposed measures and take those comments into account before a final measure is adopted. Each Economy that is a WTO member will notify proposals to the WTO as required by the TBT and SPS Agreements.
4. In accordance with paragraph 3 of the Leaders’ Statement, upon request from an interested person or another Economy, each Economy will endeavor to promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to any actual or proposed standards and conformance measure.
5. Recognizing that standards and conformance measures can have an adverse impact on trade and development, each Economy will ensure that such measures are developed and administered in a transparent manner, and in compliance with WTO TBT/SPS obligations, as well as the APEC Guidelines for the Preparation, Adoption and Review of Technical Regulations, and the APEC SCSC Principles and Features of Good Practice for Technical Regulations so as to prevent the creation of unnecessary or arbitrary barriers to trade.
6. Each Economy will promote awareness of and compliance with the transparency provisions of the WTO TBT and SPS Agreements.
7. Each Economy that is a WTO Member will cooperate in the Triennial Reviews of the TBT Agreement to promote awareness of and compliance with the transparency provisions of the TBT Agreement, the APEC Guidelines for the Preparation, Adoption and Review of Technical Regulations, and the APEC SCSC Principles and Features of Good Practice for Technical Regulations.
8. Each Economy will continue to provide updated information for the SCSC Contact List which is maintained on the APEC Secretariat’s website and includes a range of contacts for each economy relevant to standards and conformance activities.
9. Each Economy will, as appropriate, promote the observance of these transparency standards by the regional and local governments, and non-governmental standardizing bodies within its territory.
[1]“Standards” include mandatory as well as voluntary standards. The term “standards” is used in this document to refer generally to matters covered in the TBT and SPS Agreements
Asia Pacific Legal Metrology Forum (APLMF) Asia Pacific Metrology Program (APMP) Pacific Accreditation Cooperation (PAC) Pacific Area Standards
Congress (PASC)
Chapter 6: Customs Procedures |
|
Objective
APEC economies will facilitatetrade in the Asia-Pacific region by: a. simplifying and harmonizing customs procedures; b. encouraging the use of technologies and e-commerce as productivity tools in keeping with developments of the new economy; and c. enhancing cross-border co-operation in the movement of goods and services to counter terrorism.
|
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will take actions toward achieving the above objectives: a. along the lines of the Strategic Direction of the Action Program of the Sub-Committee on Customs Procedures by: - taking fully into consideration the Guiding Principles (FACTS: Facilitation, Accountability, Consistency, Transparency, Simplification) of the above Action Program; -
recognizing APEC Principles on Trade Facilitation; - making use of information and communication technologies (ICT) as tools to improve productivity; and b. along the lines of the Leader’s Statement on Counter Terrorism; and c. implement and maintain standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards.
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will take Collective Actions with regard to customs procedures in the following areas:
HARMONISATION OF TARIFF NOMENCLATURE APEC economies will harmonize tariff nomenclature by adopting or abiding by the principles of the International Convention on the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS Convention) 2002 Version by 2002.
PUBLIC AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION APEC economies will continue making available to the public information on administrative guidelines, procedures and rulings in addition to customs laws and regulations by means of media, publication, website, etc.
SIMPLIFICATION AND HARMONIZATION ON THE BASIS OF THE REVISEDKYOTO CONVENTION APEC economies will simplify and harmonize customs procedures by adopting or abiding by the principles of the International Convention on the Simplification and Harmonization of Customs Procedures which was revised by World Customs Organization (WCO) in 1999 (Revised Kyoto Convention).
COMPUTERIZATION THROUGH UN/EDIFACT AND PAPERLESS TRADING APEC economies will enhance computerization of customs procedures by adopting and supporting the UN/EDIFACT standard and endeavor to reduce or eliminate the requirement for paper documents needed for customs to realize paperless trading.
ALIGNMENT WITH WTO AGREEMENTS APEC economies will: a. harmonize customs valuation systems by adopting or abiding by the principles of the Agreement on Implementation of Article VII of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994 (WTO Customs Valuation Agreement), while encouraging further acceleration, if possible, through technical assistance; and b. protect intellectual property rights by adopting or abiding by the principles of the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS Agreement), with regard to border control while encouraging further acceleration, if possible, through technical assistance.
APPEAL PROVISION APEC economies will introduce and improve clear appeal provisions within each economy.
ADVANCE RULING SYSTEMS APEC economies will introduce and improve advance tariff classification ruling systems.
TEMPORARY IMPORTATION APEC economies will provide facilities for temporary importation, by taking such action as acceding, where appropriate, to the Customs Convention on the A.T.A. Carnet for the Temporary Admission of Goods (the A.T.A. Convention).
RISK MANAGEMENT APPROACH APEC economies will introduce a risk management approach to allow customs administrations to facilitate legitimate trade and travel while maintaining high-level border control by 2002.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY APEC economies will apply information technology including Internet for customs clearance, and where possible, provide one stop shop service for cargo clearance procedures.
COMMON DATA ELEMENTS APEC economies will explore the feasibility of harmonizing among APEC economies common data elements based on international standards under the auspices of WCO for customs processing of cargo to facilitate international trade.
EXPRESS CONSIGNMENTS APEC economies will implement principles contained in the WCO Immediate Release Guidelines, the international standard procedures for clearance of express goods, working in partnership with express industry associations.
INTEGRITY APEC economies will implement programs to raise level of integrity of customs systems.
CUSTOMS-BUSINESS PARTNERSHIP APEC economies will enable the cooperation and communication between Customs and the business sector through the establishment of permanent and regular liaison/consultation channels and the development of Customs-Business partnership by signing Memoranda of understanding or other instruments of cooperative arrangement with relevant players/parties in the business sector.
COMMON FIELD SURVEYS APEC economies will work towards conducting common field surveys on the time required for cargo clearance, recognizing the necessity of a common yardstick.
IMPLEMENTATION, TECHNICAL COOPERATION AND HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT APEC economies will develop implementation plans and a framework for coordinated technical assistance and human resources development in support of the above Collective Actions, with particular emphasis placed on implementation of customs procedure-related agreements such as the WTO Customs Valuation Agreement, the TRIPS Agreement and the Rules of Origin Agreement (ROO).
PROMOTION OF DIALOGUE WITH THE BUSINESS/PRIVATE SECTOR APEC economies will promote dialogue with the business/private sector (importers, exporters, customs brokers, forwarders, etc.) within each economy to assist in improving customs-related trade practices.
The current CAP relating to customs procedures can be found in the Customs Procedures Collective Action Plan.
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Customs Procedures in 2004
The Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) was created on December 12, 2003. It is part of the new portfolio of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness, which includes emergency preparedness, crisis management, national security, corrections, policing, oversight, crime prevention, as well as border services. The CBSA reports to the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness, the Honourable Anne McLellan. The CBSA brings together all the major players involved in facilitating legitimate cross-border traffic and supporting economic development while stopping people and goods that pose a potential risk to Canada. It integrates several key functions previously spread among three organizations: the Customs program from the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency, the Intelligence, Interdiction and Enforcement program from Citizenship and Immigration Canada, and the Import Inspection at Ports of Entry program from the Canadian Food Inspection Agency. The CBSA's role is to manage the nation's borders by administering and enforcing about 75 domestic laws that govern trade and travel, as well as international agreements and conventions. The work of the CBSA includes:
The CBSA operates at about 1,370 service points across Canada and nearly 40 locations abroad. It employs 10,000 public servants who serve some 170,000 commercial importers and more than 98 million travellers each year.
|
Canada’s Approach to Customs Procedures in 2004 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Activities/Measures |
Further Improvements Planned |
|||||||||||||
|
|
Greater Public Availability of Information, including Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Customs Procedures*
|
Legislation introduced in the Senate in March 2001 designed to improve the transparency and delivery of Canada’s Customs Programs as provided for under the Customs Action Plan presented in April 2000.
A guide entitled Your Rights was published in December 2000, and is also available electronically on the Government of Canada internet site. The guide explains the rights, entitlements, and obligations of clients in dealings with the former Canada Customs and Revenue Agency (CCRA), now the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA).
|
To improve transparency and assist with the dissemination of customs legislation, regulations and procedures, the CBSA maintains and updates the information contained on its website:
and provides information for other related sites including the APEC Tariff Database:
Departmental memoranda, customs notices, and CBSA’s publications such as brochures on certain customs programs may also be accessed through the website.
Furthermore, information and publications on Canada Customs Programs are available at all customs offices.
The CBSA continually reviews website content with the objective of imporiving even further the delivery of informaiton over this medium.
For further information, please visit:
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/for
|
The Recourse Directorate of the Admissibility Branch will create a client-friendly brochure outlining the dispute process as part of a Client Information Kit. |
|||||||||||||
|
|
Paperless trading
|
Legislation introduced in the Senate in March 2001, to allow the former CCRA, now CBSA, to implement its five year Customs Action Plan includes provisions for Customs Self Assessment (CSA) and Carrier Re-engineering Commercial Initiatives which focus on risk management |
The Accelerated Customs Release Operations Support System (ACROSS), implemented in April 1996 uses advance electronic technology to streamline the way goods are imported into Canada. It allows importers and brokers to exchange information electronically with CBSA, thereby removing the requirement to present hard copy release packages.
In 1998, an interface between ACROSS and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) was introduced to expand EDI releases to accommodate commodities with other government requirements.
The program was expanded to Natural Resources Canada in May 1998, to Transport Canada in October 1998, and to Industry Canada in the Spring of 1999.
The use of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) for release of goods as well as automated Release Notification Messages are currently used to eliminate the need for paper transactions in customs procedures. Clients can also use EDI to transmit trade and accounting data. Clients approved under CSA may also use EDI to provide adjustment and revenue information.
With the implementation of the G7 Import One-Step process, (June 2003) clients can transmit both their release request packages and their accounting B3 at the same time in one file using a G7 standard data set.
Clients can also transmit their export declaration via Edi (June 2003 – G7Export) or electronic mail (December 2003 – Canadian Automated Export Declaration).
The Advance Commercial Information (ACI) program is being established to improve commercial shipment reporting. Carriers and freight forwarders and importer/brokers will be required to electronically transmit all primary and secondary cargo and conveyance reports and release information, within prescribed timeframes prior to the arrival of the goods in Canada. ACI-EDI Reporting was implemented in the marine mode on April 2004 with an exception given for goods laden in the U.S.
For more information on ACROSS, EDI and the OGD (Other Government Department) Single Window Program visit our website at:
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/ese
For more information on ACI visit our website at:
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/imp
For further information please contact:
Eric Bogus 17th Floor, Sir Richard Scott Bldg., Ottawa K1A 0L8
EMAIL: Eric.Bogus@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 952-2996
Or
Claude Levesque Manager 17th Floor, Sir Richard Scott Bldg., Ottawa K1A 0L8
EMAIL: Claude.Levesque@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 941-7755
|
Systems developments are underway to further increase the use of EDI for cargo reporting, conveyance reporting and release procedures to all modes of transportation.
Additional OGD Interfaces will be implemented over the next 5 years.
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Provision of Temporary Importation Facilities
|
|
Canada is signatory to the WCO Customs Convention on the ATA (Admission Temporaire/Temporary Admission) Carnet for the temporary importation of goods.
Canada is also a signatory to other conventions related to the temporary importation of goods.
For further information, please visit:
or contact:
Debbie Arcand 4th floor, 150 Isabella St. Ottawa K1A 0L8
EMAIL: Debbie.arcand@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 954-6878
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Implementation of Clear Appeals Provisions
|
Policy introduced to clarify the meaning of "Other Like Goods".
Customs Notice N-532 was issued to clarify the following : (a) the scope and meaning of the term “other like goods” with respect to paragraph 61(1)(c) of the Customs Act, commonly referred to as “subsequent goods” provision; (b) the eligibility period to qualify as subsequent goods; and (c) the time frame during which the Commissioner of the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency will re-determine or further re-determine the origin, tariff classification, or value for duty of imported goods giving effect to the decision of the Canadian International Trade Tribunal, the Federal Court of Appeal, or the Supreme Court of Canada.
Legislation was introduced on April 1, 2003 to allow for an appeal process regarding disputes of advance tariff classification rulings, following legislation already in place for advance origin rulings.
Further information on
tariff classification advance rulings is detailed in Customs Memorandum
D11-11-3. For further information on the current National Customs
Ruling Program or Advance Rulings Program please visit:http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/for
|
Due to the creation of the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) on December 12, 2003, integrating several key functions including the Customs program from the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency (CCRA), CBSA is also reviewing current website content and other publication material with the objective of improving even further the delivery and clarity of information.
For further information about redress procedures for trade administration, please contact:
Maria Romeo 20th Floor, Albion Towers, Ottawa
EMAIL: Maria.Romeo@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613688-9528
|
Development of prescription instruments for section 60 and 60.1 of the Customs Act will provide clients with information on the form, manner, and information requirements for filing appeals. |
|||||||||||||
|
|
Alignment With WTO Valuation Agreement
|
|
Canada became a signatory to the GATT Valuation Code in 1979 and subsequently implemented the GATT Valuation Code on January 1, 1985. Canada has been applying the WTO Valuation Agreement since its accession to the World Trade Organization on January 1, 1995.
Canada’s Customs Act and valuation regulations are consistent with the WTO Valuation Agreement. Canada's valuation policy is communicated in the D13 series of Customs Memoranda.
To access individual valuation policy memoranda please visit our website at:
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/men
Or Contact:
David Dubrule, 11th floor, 150 Isabella St. Ottawa K1A 0L8 EMAIL: David.Dubrule@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 954-7337
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Adoption of Kyoto Convention
|
The Instrument of accession to the Revised Kyoto Convention was deposited with the WCO in November 2000. |
The Minister of Foreign Affairs signed the Instrument of Accession to the Kyoto Convention on August 24, 2000.
Canadian legislation does not require amendment for implementation of the revised Kyoto Convention.
For further information, please contact:
Charles St. Jean 9th Floor, Sir Richard Scott Bldg., Ottawa K1A0L8
EMAIL: charles.st-jean@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 954-6361
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Implementation of Harmonised System Convention
|
The Customs Tariff was amended to take into account the recommendations adopted by the WCO in June 1999. These amendments came into effect January 1, 2002. |
CBSA participates regularly and actively at the World Customs Organization’s Harmonized System Committee, Review Sub-Committee, and the Scientific Sub-Committee where disputes on tariff classification matters, as well as amendments to the Nomenclature and its Explanatory Notes are addressed. Please visit the following sites for more information:
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/imp
or
CBSA officials responsible for the administration of the Customs Tariff receive regular training on the principles of tariff classification and are kept up-to-date on decisions taken at the World Customs Organization. For further information, please contact:
Ignatius Leron 4th Floor, 150 Isabella Street, Ottawa K1A 0L8
EMAIL: Ignatius.Leron@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 954-6867
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Implementation of an Advance Classification Ruling System
|
Legislation to provide for advance tariff classification rulings was implemented on April 1, 2003, following the legislation already in place for advance origin rulings. |
Canada considers the advantages of an advanced classification ruling system to include: transparency for traders, certainty in business transactions, and clarity in the process of moving goods across borders.
Since 1993, there has been a program in place (now known as the Advance Classification Rulings Program) which allows clients to obtain advance classification rulings from CBSA.
Clients may dispute rulings with which they disagree. This is provided for explicitly in legislation. For further information on the Advance Classification Rulings Program please visit:
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/imp
Or contact:
Ignatius Leron 4th Floor, 150 Isabella Street, Ottawa K1A 0L8 (613) 954-6867
EMAIL: Ignatius.Leron@ccra-adrc.gc.
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Implementation of the TRIPs Agreement
|
|
WTO TRIPS measures were fully implemented January 1, 1996.
In Canada, the role of customs in IPR matters is based on the judicial system.
Customs officials only take action against suspected infringements upon receipt of a court order.
Industry Canada Copyright Act and Trade-marks Act are currently in place and reflect the WTO Trips Agreement.
For further information please contact:
Wendy Guard 14th Floor, Sir Richard Scott Bldg., Ottawa K1A 0L8
EMAIL: Wendy.Guard@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 954-6819 |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Development of a Compendium of Harmonised Trade Data Elements
|
|
Work on Harmonised Trade Data Elements is preceeding. A working group of technical experts is being formed in order to promote the use of the WCO Data Model within APEC economies.
Eric Sunstrum 12th Floor, Sir Richard Scott Bldg., Ottawa K1A 0L8
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/ese
EMAIL: Eric.Sunstrum@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 954-3773 |
CBSA will coordinate the implementation of a "Terms of Reference" for the working group and begin regular exchange of correspondence on the subject of data harmonization |
|
|||||||||||||
|
Adoption of Systematic Risk Management Techniques
|
|
The Border Management Plan (BMP) is an integral part of the solution to managing risk in Canada Customs. The BMP integrates the results of several strategies and risk assessments, including the Contraband Strategy and the National Port and Border Risk Assessments into one risk management tool. The BMP outlines and establishes the enforcement goals and objectives for all Customs ports of entry across Canada. It includes methodologies to capture and measure results and puts into place mechanisms to provide feedback to the ports in order that, where required, adjustments can be made to improve results.
Canada will continue to focus its resources in areas of high or unknown risk, while minimizing its intrusion on the flow of legitimate travellers and goods, by improving the processes in its risk management regime.
For further information, please contact:
Andrew Cousineau 18th Floor, Sir Richard Scott Bldg., Ottawa K1A 0L8
EMAIL: Andy.Cousineau@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 954-1156
|
The Canada Border Services Agency is in the process of developing methodologies to efficiently determine optimal, minimum (random), and actual examination levels required to manage risk at all ports of entry.
The Risk Management Section has developed a Risk Management training package for use both domestically and internationally.
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Implementation of WCO Guidelines on Express Consignment Clearance
|
|
WCO Guidelines for Express Consignments have been in place since 1989.
Canada allows summarized cargo and release reporting with consolidated accounting. Most goods valued at under $20.00 Canadian are exempt from duties, taxes, and accounting.
Informal documentation is required for goods under CDN $1600. Officers are available on request for couriers on cost-recovery basis. For further information please visit:
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/imp
Or contact: Gail Wreford Import Process Division 8th Floor, Sir Richard Scott Bldg., Ottawa K1A 0L8
EMAIL: Gail.Wreford@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 952-9485
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Integrity
|
In 2001, the former CCRA, adopted a Code of Ethics and Conduct, Discipline Policy and Guidelines for Gifts, Hospitality and Other Benefits Policy. The conduct of CBSA employees is also governed by the Values and Ethics Code for the Public Service, which has established certain procedures and sources of advice, and sets out principles by which public servants must be guided in all their professional activities.
|
Integrity is a cornerstone of CBSA’s commitmment to Canadian Citizens. This commitment is enbodied in all services provided to clients and in the manner in which CBSA deals with its staff. The Corporate Business Plan 2001-2003 outlines that commitment to integrity.
CBSA is an active member of the World Customs Organization (WCO). Canada chairs the WCO integrity Sub-Committee. CBSA continues to actively support a strengthened WCO focus on integrity and continues to provide assistance to the WCO in the Customs Reform and Modernization Program.
The Recourse Directorate of the Admissibility Branch provides for impartial review of trade administrative decisions made by Customs. All Trade Appeals Officers have reviewed and understand the principles and requirements embodied in the Code of Ethics and Conduct document..
The Appeals Advisory Committee was established to support greater Branch responsiveness to client needs/ concerns.
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/gen
Contact:
Pauline Hogan 9th Floor, Sir Richard Scott Building, Ottawa, K1A 0L8
Pauline.Hogan@ccra-adrc.gc.ca
|
In 2004, CBSA d published Customs Memorandum D17-1-4, Release of Commercial Goods, which replaced Section 2 - Release, D17-1-5, Importing Commercial Goods. Most of the changes reflected updates to customs policy and procedures.
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Other Issues (this includes other Customs activities which facilitate trade which are not part of the SCCP CAP)
|
Timeliness
Improvements Implemented: To improve service to the trading community, the Recourse Directorate has implemented an Action Plan has been implemented to improve timeliness of processing times for the dispute resolution process.
Smart Border Declaration
· NEXUS Highway operational at several border locations with further expansion planned · Passenger Name Record program - July 2003 ·
Automated Canada-U.S. API/PNR
data-sharing program implemented · •FAST Statistics as of August 2004: •Importers - 12 •Carriers- 271 •Drivers - 19,848 · March 2003, former CCRA and U.S. Customs and Border Protection implemented a system whereby they share automated in-transit cargo information
|
Improvements to processing times have been attained by following initiatives: - Improvement in data capture methods and modification of systems; - Improvements in completing regional referrals sent to Headquarters for further review; - Improvements in communication among regions and between regions and headquarters, including review of monthly and quarterly reports; and - Identification and concentration upon processing older inventory.
For further information about the Customs Appeals Directorate Timeliness Action Plan, please contact:
Maria Romeo 20th Floor Albion Towers, Ottawa, Ontario
EMAIL: Maria.Romeo@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 957-9965
Smart Border Declaration
On December 12, 2001, Canada and the United States signed the Smart Border Declaration and its now 32-point Action Plan to enhance the security of our shared border while facilitating the legitimate flow of people and goods. The Action Plan has four pillars: the secure flow of people, the secure flow of goods, secure infrastructure, and information sharing and coordination in the enforcement of these objectives. The Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA), in partnership with U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) has the lead responsibilty on 11 of the action plan items:
· Item 3 – Alternate Inspection Services; · Item 8 – Advance Passenger Information/Passenger Name Record (API / PNR); · Item 9 – Joint Passenger Analysis Units (JPAUs); · Item 10 – Ferry Terminals (Marine Benchmarking); · Item 12 – Immigration Officers Overseas / Migration Integrity Officers (MIOs); · Item 14 – Harmonized Commercial Processing; · Item 15 – Clearance Away From the Border; · Item 16 – Joint Facilities; · Item 17 – Customs Data Exchange; · Item 18 – In-transit Container Targeting; and · Item 27 – Removal of Deportees.
There has been very positive progress made with respect to CBSA’s work with CBP on our shared Action Plan initiatives and on our relationship overall.
The Government of Canada views border modernization as an ongoing process. Prime Minister Paul Martin demonstrated this commitment on December 12, 2003, when he announced the creation of the CBSA, part of the Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness portfolio.
Canada will continue to design and implement innovative border management programs under the Smart Border Action Plan. For further information please contact:
Irene Cowan 16thFloor, Sir Richard Scott Building Ottawa K1A 0L8
EMAIL: Irene.Cowan@ccra-adrc.gc.ca (613) 948-9018
|
Research and development of a Resource Model to further track inventory, manage risk and allocate resources effectively. This will support the development and advancement of a program monitoring framework for trade policy.
CBSA and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) will continue to streamline customs processes and systems to reduce inspection and documentation requirements on travellers who are known to be low risk and to enhance the ability to identify and concentrate efforts on high-risk travellers and goods..
Canada and the U.S. will continue to work closely in identifying and addressing security risks while efficiently and effectively expediting the flow of people and goods back and forth across the Canada-U.S. border.
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Customs Procedures since 1996 |
||
|
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
Greater Public Availability of Information, including Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Customs Procedures*
|
Steps were implemented to improve public access to transparent and reliable departmental publications and information by maximizing the use of automated systems which clients could access directly. In addition, CBSA is exploring the feasibility of alternate means of disseminating information through the use of CD ROM, faxback technology, and the Internet.
|
Customs Tariff was simplified (1998)
Customs Memoranda D11-6-7 and D11-6-3 were published to improve information to clients concerning trade administration redress processes (1998).
|
|
Alignment With UN/EDIFACT International Standards for Electronic Commerce/Paperless Trading
|
Integrated electronic commerce-based systems support electronic release through the Electronic Data Interchange (EDI). In addition, electronic links to other government departments have been established to support such initiatives as an automated permit system.
Methods of how the Internet could provide service to clients have been explored.
For further information please visit:
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/imp
|
EDI release of goods has been implemented to allow national release for requests originating from any location.
The implementation of Machine Release of Goods now allows automatic release of regular, frequent, low risk shipments for clients with a good compliance record.
Other programs that have been implemented or expanded include:
Pre-Arrival Review System (PARS)Frequent Importer Release System (FIRST)Release Minimum Documentation (RMD)
Canadian Automated Export Declaration System pilot project, which allows companies to complete and transmit encrypted on-line reports of their export transactions directly to Statistics Canada commenced (1997).
For further information on these programs, please visit:
http://www.cbsa-asfc.gc.ca/imp
|
|
Provision of Temporary Importation Facilities
|
Canada became signatory to the WCO Customs Convention on the ATA (Admission temporaire/temporary admission) Carnet for the temporary importation of goods and other conventions relating to the temporary importation of goods (1972). |
|
|
Provision of Temporary Importation Facilitation
|
|
|
|
Alignment With WTO Valuation Agreement
|
Canada implemented the WTO Valuation Agreement on January 1, 1995. |
Canada’s Customs Act and Regulations have been amended to be consistent with the WTO Valuation Agreement. |
|
Adoption of Kyoto Convention
|
Canada became a signatory to the Kyoto Convention (1974). |
The instument of accession was deposited and Canada signed the Revised Kyoto Convention in November, 2000. |
|
Implementation of Harmonised System Convention
|
Canada adopted the HS (Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System) Convention (1988). .
|
The Canadian Customs Tariff was amended in 1992, 1996 and 2002 to reflect the Article XVI amendments produced by the WCO to update the HS.
|
|
Implementation of an Advance Classification Ruling System
|
Canada has been providing clients with advance written rulings on issues such as tariff classification and origin classification since 1993.
Rulings are binding on both CBSA and on the importer.
Rulings on origin and tariff classification are provided in the Customs Act and may be appealed under the provisions of that Act.
|
Policy introduced to clarify the meaning of “Other Like Goods”. Legislation introduced on April 1, 2003 to allow for an appeal process regarding disputes of advance tariff classification rulings, following legislation already in place for advance origin rulings.
|
|
Implementation of the TRIPs Agreement
|
WTO TRIPs measures were fully implemented (January 1, 1996). |
Customs officials in conjunction with the Royal Canadian Mounted Police can now seize suspected IPR infringing goods without a court order (August 2000). |
|
Development of a Compendium of Harmonised Trade Data Elements
|
Canada began co-ordinating the establishment of a compendium of data elements as an SCCP CAP initiative. |
|
|
Adoption of Systematic Risk Management Techniques
|
CBSA worked to develop tailor-made solutions to reflect the diversity of customs’ client-base and incorporate strategic and tactical risk management techniques.
CBSA promoted voluntary compliance by providing privileges (i.e., expedited release, self adjustment) to those clients with a good compliance records..
|
CBSA continues to promote voluntary compliance for clients with good compliance records through expedited release and self-assessment. |
|
Implementation of WCO Guidelines on Express Consignment Clearance
|
Canada has had the WCO guidelines for express consignment clearance in place (since 1989). |
The CBSA continues to closely emulate the WCO requirements concerning Express Consignment clearance. |
|
Integrity
|
CBSA established and published service standards for major external commercial services and improved service delivery processes, as well as introduced a comprehensive service program to improve interactions between customs officers and travellers. |
|
|
Other Improvements in Customs Procedures
|
Implementation of Clear Appeals Provisions:
Canada’s Customs Act provides for both an internal and external dispute settlement process. Clients have a legislative right to contest within the decisions made by CBSA officials concerning tariff classification, value for duty, and origin, including all assessments of duties and taxes.
At Headquarters, the policy and dispute resolution functions were combined. In regional offices the verification and dispute resolution functions were also linked.
|
The internal dispute resolution mechanism for challenging trade administration decisions made by CBSA officials were simplified administratively (1997) and legislatively (1998), for goods imported on or after January 1, 1998.
Canada’s Customs Act was amended to streamline and decentralize the appeal process (1998).
Departmental Memorandum D11-6-9 "Applications to the Commissioner for an Extension of Time to File a Notice" explains Section 60.1 of the Customs Act. The extension of time provision came into effect on November 29, 2001, by Order in Council.
Customs Notice N431 "Where to File Dispute Notices to Contest Customs on Tariff Classification, Value for Duty, Origin, Marking, and Advance Rulings" provides additional information to persons filing a dispute notice.
Customs Notice N-532 was issued to clarify of “Other Like Goods”.
Legislation introduced On April 1, 2003 to allow for an appeal process regarding disputes of advance tariff classification rulings, following legislation already in place for advance origin rulings. |
Appendix – APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Customs Procedures
Introduction
On 27 October 2002, in Los Cabos, Mexico, APEC Leaders adopted the Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards (“Leaders’ Statement”), and directed that these standards be implemented as soon as possible, and in no case later than January 2005.
In paragraph 8 of the Leaders’ Statement, APEC Leaders instructed that “APEC sub-fora that have not developed specific transparency provisions should do so,” and further instructed that such new transparency provisions should be presented to Leaders upon completion for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. Accordingly, the United States proposes that the Sub-Committee on Customs Procedures develop the following set of transparency standards on customs for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement.
The following customs transparency standards flow from, and are to be read consistently with, the General Principles on Transparency agreed to by APEC Leaders in Los Cabos, and provide specific guidance for implementation within the customs context.
Transparency Standards on Customs Procedures
1. In furtherance of paragraph 1 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy, will promptly publish and make available on the Internet, information on its customs laws, regulations, procedures and administrative rulings of general application in such a manner as to enable interested persons to become acquainted with them.
2. In furtherance of paragraph 2 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will, to the extent possible, publish in advance any regulations of general application governing customs procedures proposed for adoption, and provide a reasonable opportunity for comments from interested parties.
3. In furtherance of paragraph 4 of the Leaders’ Statement, and taking into account Economies’ individual circumstances, upon request from an interested person in its territory, each Economy will provide for the issuance, of advance rulings based on specific facts and circumstances provided by such requester prior to the importation of a good into its territory, for areas such as: (a) tariff classification; (b) the application of the provisions set forth in the WTO Agreement on Customs Valuation; (c) the application of duty drawback; (d) country of origin marking requirements; (e) the application of rules of origin under free trade agreements and other preferential tariff regimes; and (f) admissibility requirements.
4. Subject to domestic confidentiality requirements, each Economy, will make such advance rulings publicly available for purposes of ensuring application of the rulings to other goods where the facts and circumstances are the same as those under which the rulings are issued.
5. In furtherance of paragraph 5 of the Leaders’ Statement each Economy will maintain procedural transparency and fairness in customs procedures by: (a) providing for the prompt review and, where warranted, correction of customs administrative actions; (b) ensuring that importers are provided with the right to a level of administrative review independent of the employee or office issuing the determination subject to review; and (c) maintaining the availability of judicial review of customs administrative determinations.
6. Each Economy will, maintain one or several contact points to which interested parties can address questions concerning customs matters, and shall make available on the Internet information concerning the procedures for making such inquires.
*Economies should report against the actual language in the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Customs Procedures, which can be found in the Appendix at the end of this document.
Chapter 7 : Intellectual Property Rights |
|
Objective
APEC economies will: a. in conformance with the principles of the TRIPS Agreement: - ensure adequate and effective protection, including legislation, administration and enforcement of intellectual property rights, - foster harmonization of intellectual property rights systems in the APEC region, promote transparency strengthen public awareness activities, - strengthen public awareness activities, and - promote dialogue on emerging intellectual property policy issues, with a view to further improve intellectual property rights protection and use of the intellectual property rights systems for the social and economic benefit of members.
b. address the challenges for intellectual property rights arising from the rapid growth and developments of the New Economy by: - establishing legal frameworks to promote creative endeavor and encourage on-line activity; - ensuring a balance between the different rights and interests of copyright owners, users and distributors; - establishing an appropriate balance among all stakeholders, including content providers and ISPs in terms of the liabilities for infringing intellectual property on-line; and - providing incentives for innovation without sacrificing the community’s interest in reasonable access to information.
|
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will:
a. ensure that intellectual property rights are granted through expeditious, simple, and cost-effective procedures;
b.
ensure that adequate and effective civil and administrative procedures and
remedies are available against infringement of intellectual property rights;
c. implement and maintain standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards; and
d. provide and expand bilateral technical cooperation in relation to areas such as patent search and examination, computerization and human resources development in order to ensure adequate intellectual property right protection in compliance withthe TRIPS Agreement.
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will take the following collective actions:
a. Deepening the Dialogue on Intellectual Property Policy;
b. Support for Easy and Prompt Acquisition of Rights: (i) Participation in International IP-related Systems (ii) Establishing Internationally Harmonized IPR Systems (iii) Cooperation on Searches and Examinations;
c. Electronic Processing of IPR-related Procedures: (i) Electronic Filing Systems (ii) Dissemination of Information by Electronic Means;
d. Appropriate Protection of IPR in New Fields: (i) Protection for Biotechnology and Computer-related Inventions (ii) Protection for Geographical Indications (iii) Electronic commerce;
e. Cooperation for Improvements to the Operation of IP System;
f. Establishing Effective Systems for IPR Enforcement: (i) Establishment of Enforcement Guidelines (ii) Exchange of Information Concerning IPR Infringement (iii) Cooperation with other fora/authorities
g. Promoting IP Asset Management in APEC Economies;
h. Raising Public Awareness;
i. Facilitation of Technology Transfer through Ensuring IP Protection.
The current CAP relating to intellectual property rights can be found in the Intellectual Property Rights Collective Action Plan.
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Intellectual Property Rights in 2004
Canada’s approach to intellectual property rights is to provide a comprehensive system of protection for intellectual property rights, which provides a balance between the protection of creators and owners and the needs of those who use these creations. Our goal is to encourage innovation and creativity and at the same time, promote the diffusion of inventions, works, and knowledge in order to benefit society as a whole. Canada=s system is premised on the belief that intellectual property rights are property rights usually best enforced by the right holders themselves.
Canada is a signatory to several international treaties regarding intellectual property and actively participates in several international fora to promote further improvements in intellectual property in the global environment. Canada has fully implemented the TRIPS Agreement to reflect this commitment.
Canada also encourages and assists other countries with less developed policies and legal structures to improve their own practices in response to requests from these countries in the context of international initiatives, mainly in close collaboration with WIPO.
Main IP websites in Canada include:
Regarding the administration and registration of intellectual property laws: please visit http://cipo.gc.ca
Regarding intellectual property policies please visit: http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/SSG/ http://www.pch.gc.ca/culture/c http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
In the interest of coordinating our efforts we have one APEC-IPEG contact point for intellectual property issues:
Policy Advisor - Intellectual Property Rights Information and Technology Trade Policy Division (EBT) International Trade Canada 125 Sussex Drive Ottawa, Ontario Canada K1A 0G2 Telephone: +1 613 944-2028 Facsimile: +1 613 944 0066 |
Chapter 7 : Canada’s General Approach to Intellectual Property Rights in 2004 |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Situation Regarding Laws and Administrative Procedures |
Further Action Planned |
|
TRIPS implementation
|
No further action has been required.
|
Technical cooperation is provided through advice and training for industrial property officials, participation in symposia, seminars and conferences on intellectual property rights, under the aegis of WIPO and/or APEC.
Canada participates actively in the WTO Council for TRIPS, including discussions on patents, geographical indications, NVNI, protection of life forms, and of national implementing legislation.
Continued participation in the negotiations of the multilateral system of notification and registration of geographical indications for wines and spirits.
The main IP websites in Canada include: Regarding the administration and registration of intellectual property laws, please visit: http://cipo.gc.ca;
And regarding intellectual property policies, please visit:
http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/SSG/ http://www.pch.gc.ca/culture/c http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
|
Canada will continue to provide ongoing technical cooperation, advice and training for intellectual property officials, participation in symposia, seminars and conferences on intellectual property.
|
|
Ensuring the Expeditious Granting of IP Rights
|
CIPO has increased its operational capacity by hiring more examiners. This enables CIPO to better deal with the increased volume of applications CIPO has witnessed.
On July 25, 2004, CIPO became an International Searching Authority and International (ISA) Preliminary Examining Authority (IPEA). In order to better support ISA/IPEA services, CIPO developed an automated processing system which will increase efficiency through the integration of all international activities relating to PCT.
In the pursuit of Canadian Government=s objective of making information and services available on-line, CIPO is offering the majority of the services and products through Internet.
|
|
Canada is committed to meeting the Canadian Government's objective to have all of its services available on-line, and fully integrated into the business processes. CIPO is continuing work towards this goal by gradually offering increased e-services to its clients.
|
|
Effective Enforcement of IP Rights
|
Canada signed the Council of Europe’s Convention on Cybercrime (2001).
Canada continued to monitor intellectual property rights to maintain an effective enforcement regime.
|
Canada provides for a variety of mechanisms to deal with intellectual property rights. Several departments and agencies have a role in the enforcement of intellectual property rights. It is the responsibility of the intellectual property right holders to monitor and protect their rights.
Right holders may take legal action through the judicial system. Possible remedies include damages, injunctions, and seizures of goods. There are also criminal enforcement mechanisms in relation to wilful trademark counterfeiting and copyright piracy on a commercial scale, in accordance with TRIPS.
|
Canada will be involved in domestic consultations regarding possible amendments to IP laws
|
|
Public Education and Awareness of IP, enhanced IP user skills
|
CIPO has in place an Outreach Program that will increase awareness, knowledge and effective use of IP by Canadians. This program is delivered in cooperation with key partners, and targeted at Canadian SMEs, innovators and creators. The program raises awareness of IP and encourages citizensand businesses to use- or make a more effective use- of the IP system to stimulate innovation and provide competitive advantage in the marketplace.
Canada continued to consult with its stakeholders to review the relevance of products and services provided to clients in light of the current legislative and regulatory IP administration framework.
CIPO’s Trade-marks Branch has hired additional examiners to better deal with the increased volume of applications. The TM Branch further undertook a re-engineering exercise to better serve its clients as well as the implementation of a new automated trade-mark search service. Building on its existing trade-marks electronic filing system, CIPO has implemented electronic filing systems for all its IP. All electronic filing systems allow for secure online electronic payment of fees.
|
CIPO is currently engaged in the following activities:
- Development of strategic alliance with national association of IP practitioners - Collaborative arrangement with a national network of business advisors - Promotional activities across the country - Inventory and gap analysis of publications on IP - Visits to some foreign IP offices to exchange best practices and lessons’ learned - Development of performance measurement approach to Outreach activities.
Relevant websites include:
http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/SSG/
http:/
http://www.pch.gc.ca/culture/c
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
|
more effective use of electronic communication means while at the same time making a strategic use of direct person-to-person contacts across the country; fostering a culture of innovation through partnerships to deliver seminars and workshops on IP combined with an enhanced use of the Internet. |
|
APEC Cooperation on IP Issues
|
Canada provided ongoing technical cooperation through advice and training for officials from intellectual property offices, participation in symposia, seminars and conferences on IP rights.
In May 2004, CIPO, in partnership with WIPO, organized a one-week Executive Workshop on the Application of Management Techniques in the Delivery of Intellectual Property Services aimed at senior officials from IP offices of the Asia-Pacific and the Latin American and Caribbean.
|
|
Canada will continue to provide technical cooperation, advice and training for IP officials, participation in symposia, seminars and conferences on intellectual property.
|
|
Promote transparency of IPR requirements, including by implementing the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Intellectual Property Rights*
|
|
|
|
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Intellectual Property Rights since 1996 |
||
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
General Policy Position
|
Canada’s approach to intellectual property rights is to provide a comprehensive system of protection for intellectual property rights, which provides a balance between the protection of creators and owners and the needs of those who use these creations. Our goal is to encourage innovation and creativity and at the same time, to promote the diffusion of inventions, works and knowledge in order to benefit society as a whole. Canada’s system is premised on the belief that intellectual property rights are property rights usually best protected by the right holders themselves.
|
Canada became a party to the 1961 Rome Convention for the protection of Performers, Producers of Phonograms and Broadcasting Organizations on June 4, 1998. Canada also joined on September 28, 1998, the 1971 version of the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works. Canada is signatory to the WIPO WCT and WPPT treaties.
Canada has updated the Copyright Act.
1997 amendments include remuneration rights to producers and performers of sounds recordings; private copying remuneration scheme, enhanced remedy provisions as well as limited exceptions in favor of a number of specific users such as non-profit educational institutions, libraries, archives and Museums.
On June 22, 2001, the Government of Canada published “A Framework for Copyright Reform” which outlines the context and process for reform and sets out its intention to consider further possible amendments that may be necessary to keep pace with technological and international developments.
Further domestic consultations were held early 2002 on the basis of two policy papers. The first is the "Consultation Paper on Digital Copyright Issues” which explores potential solutions to key digital copyright issues and the second is the “Consultation Paper on the Application of the Copyright Act's Compulsory Retransmission Licence to the Internet” which raised the issue of the scope of the compulsory licence rules by which radio and television signals may be retransmitted over the Internet.
11) aims to clarify the rules by which radio and television over-the-air signals may be retransmitted over the Internet.
In October 2002 the Government tabled in the House of Commons a comprehensive five year review of the Copyright Act as required under s. 92 of the Act. In March 2004 the two concerned departments submitted a status report on copyright reform to the House of Commons Standing Committee on Canadian Heritage. That committee held hearings and issued a report in June 2004. The government is currently considering reform proposals that would enable Canada’s implementation of the WIPO WCT and WPPT treaties.
Canada has also amended the Patent Act and their regulations.
In July 2001, Canada amended its Patent Act to extend the term of protection of certain “Old Act” patents (pre-1989) to the minimum term of protection of 20 years from the date of filing following a WTO ruling, Canada’s Term of Protection, which found that the term of protection of 17 years from the date of grant for “Old Act” patents was inconsistent with the TRIPS Agreement, in instances where the patent was granted within three years from the date the application was filed.
In October 2000, Canada adopted the Regulations Repealing the Manufacturing and Storage of Patented Medicines Regulations. The repeal of the Manufacturing and Storage of Patented Medicines Regulations became necessary in order to implement the April 2000, ruling of the WTO, Canada’s Patent Protection of Pharmaceutical products, which found the stockpiling exception contained in the Patent Act to be inconsistent with Canada’s international obligations under the WTO Agreement on TRIPS. Later, in July 2001, the provisions of the Patent Act, which enabled the stockpiling exception, were repealed.
In April 2002, Canada introduced amendments to its Patent Rules to conform with Canada’s international obligations under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). The amendments extend, in certain circumstances, the time limit for transmitting a PCT application to national patent offices, irrespective of whether the applicant has requested an international preliminary examination.
In May 2004, Canada, passed a legislation amending its Patent Act and the Food and Drugs Act to provide the legislative framework to enable Canada to respond to the August 30, 2003 decision of the World Trade Organization (WTO) on the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights and Public Health.This legislation will come into effect once the regulations necessary to complete this legislative framework have been passed. This is expected to take place in early 2005, after the draft regulations have been published in the Canada Gazette for public input.
|
|
Ensuring the Expeditious Granting of IP Rights
|
Canada=s legislative and regulatory framework is based on the Revised Statute of Canada 1985, c. P-4 for patents, c. T-13 for trade-marks and c. I-9 for industrial design. The legislation was amended in 1996 for patents and trade-marks and in 1994 for industrial designs. The Patent Rules and the Trade-marks Regulations were amended in 1996.
For further information, please visit: |
|
|
Effective Enforcement of IP Rights
|
Right holders can take legal action through the judicial system to protect their rights. Possible remedies include damages, injunctions, and seizures of goods. There are also criminal enforcement mechanisms in relation to criminal trade-marks counterfeiting and copyright piracy on a commercial scale. |
The 1997 Copyright amendments include statutory damages, a "wide injunction" which covers a broader range of copyrighted material than injunctions normally available. Copyright owners are also able to avail themselves of summary procedures which are more expedient and less expensive than regular court actions. These provisions came into force in 1999.
|
|
Public Education and Awareness
|
Canada manages an Outreach Program to raise awareness of the benefits of protecting Intellectual Property and exploiting IP information.
http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/SSG/
http://www.pch.gc.ca/culture/c
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
|
Canada continued to use more cost-effective tools to raise public awareness, including the use of the Internet (e.g. http://cipo.gc.ca) improving the availability of documents through the Canadian Patents Database and the Canadian Trade-marks Database, making available publications on IP and emphasizing the strategic value of IP, and continuing to participate at trade-shows and seminars. |
|
APEC Cooperation on IP Issues
|
Canada continues to collaborate with WIPO to deliver technical cooperation activities, including specialized workshops, which specifically target IP offices from the Asia-Pacific and from the Latin American and Caribbean regions, some of which are APEC member.
|
Canada has offered specialized workshops in cooperation with WIPO to officials of IP offices from APEC member economies, as well as Latin American and Caribbean countries, some of which are APEC member economies. |
Continuously strive to increase transparency of IPR requirements, including implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Intellectual Property Rights*
|
|
|
On 27 October 2002, in Los Cabos, Mexico, APEC Leaders adopted the Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards (“Leaders’ Statement”), and directed that these standards be implemented as soon as possible, and in no case later than January 2005. In paragraph 8 of the Leaders’ Statement, APEC Leaders instructed that “APEC sub-fora that have not developed specific transparency provisions should do so,” and further instructed that such new transparency provisions should be presented to Leaders upon completion for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. Accordingly, the Intellectual Property Experts Group (IPEG) developed the following set of transparency standards on intellectual property for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. These principles flow from the General Principles on Transparency agreed to by APEC Leaders at Los Cabos, and provide specific guidance for implementation within an intellectual property context.
1. In accordance with paragraph 1 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will promptly publish in its national language or otherwise make available its laws, regulations, and progressively, all procedures concerning the protection, including enforcement, of intellectual property rights in such a manner as to enable interested parties to become acquainted with them and so that the system for protecting and enforcing intellectual property rights shall be transparent.
2. Furthermore, each Economy will clarify procedures and practices regarding application, issuance, and registration of intellectual property rights by providing the following information: (a) Clear and simple instructions, and an explanation of the steps involved regarding the application and registration process, (b) Examination guidelines and assessment criteria used to review an application for approval, if applicable, (c) Contact points for inquires on standards, technical regulations, and other requirements, (d) Provisions that are directed to SMEs.
3. Each Economy will also provide a system for the registration of industrial property, which shall include: (a) Providing to the applicant a communication in writing, which may be electronic, of the reasons for any refusal to register a trademark or grant a patent; (b) Providing to the applicant an opportunity to respond to communications from the relevant government authorities, to contest an initial refusal, and to have a higher authority reviewany refusal to register a trademark or grant a patent; (c) An opportunity for interested parties to petition to oppose or to challenge a trademark or patent application or to seek cancellation after a trademark has been registered or a patent has been granted; and (d) A requirement that decisions in opposition or cancellation proceedings be reasoned and in writing.
4. Each Economy will provide that final judicial decisions or administrative rulings, those where appeals are no longer possible, of general applicability pertaining to the protection, including enforcement, of intellectual property rights shall be communicated to the parties to the proceedings. Each Economy will also provide for prompt publication of such decisions or rulings, or where such publication is not practicable, made publicly available, in a national language in such a manner as to enable governments and rights holders to become acquainted with them.
5. In accordance with paragraph 2 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will, when possible, publish in advance any proposed changes to laws, regulations, and progressively, all procedures concerning the protection, including enforcement, of intellectual property rights, and provide interested persons a reasonable opportunity for public comment. Each Economy will also make available to all interested parties timely updates of changes to intellectual property law statutory regimes, including via the APEC Secretariat.
6. In addition to paragraphs 3, 4, and 5 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will conduct periodic reviews of administrative regulations, rules, and procedures to ensure they are simplified, consistent, and transparent. Outstanding issues raised by the reviews will be resolved in a timely manner.
7. Each Economy will publishinformation on its efforts to provide effective enforcement of intellectual property rights in its civil, administrative and criminal system, including any statistical information that the Economy may collect for such purposes.
8. Each Economy will conduct regular briefings in appropriate fora to provide updates on the status of intellectual property protection and enforcement as well as future policy direction, if appropriate
* Economies should report against the actual language in the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Intellectual Property Rights, which can be found in the Appendix at the end of this document.
Chapter 8 : Competition Policy |
|
Objective
APEC economies will enhance the competitive environment to increase consumer welfare in the Asia-Pacific region, taking into account the benefits and challenges of globalization, developments in the New Economy and the need to bridge the digital divide through better access by ICT, by: a. introducing or maintaining effective and adequate competition policy and/or laws and associated enforcement policies; b. promoting cooperation among APEC economies, thereby maximizing, inter-alia, the efficient operation of markets, competition among producers and traders, and consumer benefits; and c. improving the ability of competition authorities, through enhanced capacity building and technical assistance, to better understand the impact of globalization and the New Economy.
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will:
a. review its respective competition policy and/or laws and the enforcement thereoftaking into account the “APEC Principles to Enhance Competition and Regulatory Reform”;
b. enforce competition policies and/or laws (including those prohibiting anticompetitive practices that prevent access to ICT and other new technologies) to ensure protection of the competitive process and promotion of consumer welfare, innovation, economic efficiency and open markets;
c. implement and maintain standards consistent with the APEC Transparency Standards;
d. disclose any pro-competitive efforts undertaken (e.g. enactment of competition laws, whether comprehensive or sectoral);
e. implement as appropriate technical assistance in regard to policy development, legislative drafting, and the constitution, powers and functions of appropriate enforcement agencies;
f. establish appropriate cooperation arrangements with other APEC economies, including those intended to address the digital divide; and
g. undertake additional step as appropriate to support the development of the New Economy and to ensure the efficient functioning of markets.
|
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will:
a. gather information and promote dialogue on and study; (i) the objectives, necessity, role and operation of each APEC economy's competition policy and/or laws and administrative procedures, thereby establishing a database on competition policy; (ii) competition policy issues that impact on trade and investment flows in the Asia-Pacific region; (iii) exemptions and exceptions from the coverage of each APEC economy’s competition policy and/or laws in an effort to ensure that each is no broader than necessary to achieve a legitimate and explicitly identified objective; (iv) areas for technical assistance and the modalities thereof, including exchange and training programs for officials in charge of competition policy, taking into account the availability of resources; and (v) the inter-relationship between competition policy and/or laws and other policies related to trade and investment;
b. deepen competition policy dialogue between APEC economies and relevant international organizations;
c. continue to develop understanding in the APEC business community of competition policy and/or laws and administrative procedures;
d. continue to develop an understanding of competition policies and/or laws within their respective governments and within relevant domestic constituencies, thereby fostering a culture of competition;
e. encourage cooperation among the competition authorities of APEC economies with regard to information exchange, notification and consultation;
f. contribute to the use of trade and competition laws, policies and measures that promote free and open trade, investment and competition;
g. encourage all APEC economies to implement the “APEC Principles to Enhance Competition and Regulatory Reform and the APEC Transparency Standards on Competition Law and Policy; and
h. undertake capacity building programs to assist economies in implementing the “APEC Principles to Enhance Competition and Regulatory Reform”.
The current CAP relating to competition policy can be found in the Competition Policy Collective Action Plan
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Competition Policy in 2004
Fair competition is maintained and encouraged in Canada by the administration and application of provisions of four statutes:
- Competition Act R.S.C., 1985, c. C-34, as amended, is a Federal law which came into force on June 19, 1986 and the Notifiable Transactions Regulations, SOR/87 348 and Restrictive Trade Practices Commission Rules, C.R.C., c. 416;
- Consumer Packaging and Labelling Act R.S., 1985, c. C-38, as amended, which came into force on March 1, 1974 and the Consumer Packaging and Labelling Regulations C.R.C., c. 417;
- Textile Labelling Act R.S., c. 46 (1st Supp.) c. T-10, as amended, which came into force on December 13, 1971 and the Textile Labelling and Advertising Regulations, C.R.C., c. 1551; and
- Precious Metals Marking Act R.S., c. P-19, as amended, which came into force on July 1, 1973 and the Precious Metals Marking Regulations C.R.C., c. 1303.
The purpose of the Competition Act is to maintain and encourage
competition in Canada: in order to promote the efficiency and adaptability of
the Canadian economy; to expand opportunities for Canadian participation in
world markets while at the same time recognizing the role of foreign
competition in Canada; to ensure that small and medium-sized enterprise have
an equitable opportunity to participate in the Canadian economy; and to provide
consumers with competitive prices and product choices. For more information
on the legislation, please visit: http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/SSG/
For more information, please contact: Josée Filion, Competition Law Officer, International Affairs Division, Competition Policy Branch Competition Bureau Mail to: Josee.Filion@international.gc.ca
Andrea Bruce, Senior Trade Policy Analyst, Investment Trade Policy Division International Trade Canada Mail to: Andrea.Bruce@international.gc.ca
|
Canada’s Approach to Competition Policy in 2004 |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Competition Policies / Arrangements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
General Policy Framework, including Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Competition Law and Policy*
|
|
Canada’s competition legislation applies to all sectors of the economy and to all marketplace participants irrespective of nationality or origin of the product or service, including provincial and federal government corporations in respect of commercial activities engaged in by such corporations in competition with other persons. All business is subject to the Competition Act, with the exception of selected activities specifically exempted, such as collective bargaining, amateur sport or regulated industries and activities subject to other legislation and which may be covered by the regulated conduct defence.
The Competition Act contains provisions addressing both criminal offences, including conspiracy, bid-rigging, discriminatory and predatory pricing, price maintenance, misleading advertising and deceptive marketing practices, as well as matters subject to civil review, such as mergers, abuse of dominant position, refusal to deal, exclusive dealing and tied Selling.
Transparency of the competition policy regime in Canada has been achieved through a number of means including the publication of written opinions, laws, regulations, procedures, administrative rulings of general application and judicial decisions; the availability of advance ruling certificates; as well as through the public distribution of a variety of written materials, including pamphlets, bulletins and enforcement guidelines.
The right to be heard, present evidence and seek the review of a sanction or remedy is provided for under Canadian law, including the Criminal Code, Competition Tribunal Rules, Provincial Superior Court Rules, Federal Court of Canada Rules, Supreme Court of Canada Rules and under common law principles.
For additional information about the Bureau, please visit:
|
|
|
Reviews of Competition Policies and/or Laws
|
In December 2003 the Bureau completed consultations with stakeholders on options for possible policy and legislative changes with respect to lawful access to information and communications.
On December 22, 2003, the Bureau made minor revisions to its Fee and Service Standards Handbook. The changes include clarifying: - The definition of a very complex merger; - Provisions relating to written opinion: parties’ consent to publish opinions, Commissioner’s discretion to not issue an opinion, requirements for requesting an opinion.
|
The Legislative Affairs Division of the Competition Policy Branch of the Competition Bureau is responsible for ensuring that the provisions of the Competition Act and labelling legislation remain relevant. In the longer term, it is committed to continuing to adapt the competition regime as necessary to accommodate the changing environment domestically and internationally. |
On April 13, 2004, the Public Policy Forum published a report about recent consultations on proposed changes to the Competition Act. It provides an analysis of written submissions and 11 roundtable discussions across Canada on a Government discussion paper released in June 2003 on proposed changes to: -Strengthen the civil provisions with administrative monetary penalties, restitution, and civil cause of action; - Reform the conspiracy provisions and the pricing provisions; - Allow for inquiries into the functioning of markets in Canada. The Bureau analyzed the report and determined that additional discussions and analyses are required.
The Bureau will be initiating consultations on the Information Bulletin on the Regulated Conduct Defence that it published in December 2002.
|
|
Competition Institutions (Including Enforcement Agencies)
|
To foster compliance and ensure greater transparency, fairness and predictability, the Bureau published, on September 18, 2003, the ‘Enforcement Guidelines on Private Access to the Competition Tribunal’. The Information Bulletin outlines and clarifies the Bureau's role in a private access matter and under which circumstances the Bureau would intervene in private access proceedings.
|
The Commissioner of Competition is an independent law enforcement official responsible for the administration and enforcement of four statutes: the Competition Act, the Consumer Packaging and Labelling Act, the Textile Labelling Act, and the Precious Metals Marking Act. The Commissioner is appointed by, and serves at the pleasure of, Cabinet with a mandate to promote competition in Canada.
The Commissioner is the head of the Competition Bureau, an independent unit of the federal Department of Industry. The Competition Bureau is the administrative and law enforcement body charged with the preservation of a competitive marketplace in Canada. The Competition Bureau’s activities are guided by five governing principles. The first, transparency, means that the Bureau will be as open as the law and confidentiality requirements permit. The second, fairness, refers to striking the balance between voluntary compliance and enforcement, while responding to many competing interests. The third, timeliness, demands that decisions be made efficiently to avoid cost delays. The fourth, predictability, involves providing appropriate background material on Competition Bureau positions and important issues to assist the business community in conducting its affairs in a manner that complies with the law. The fifth principle, confidentiality, requires that the Competition Bureau use all available means appropriate to the circumstances to protect confidential or commercially sensitive information provided by the business and legal communities or any other source.
The Commissioner of Competition employs a variety of instruments which form part of a Conformity Continuum to administer and enforce the four Acts cited above and achieve the ultimate goal of securing compliance with the legislation. These instruments fall into three broad categories: conformity through education, facilitating conformity, and responses to non-conformity. The Conformity Continuum emphasises education and voluntary compliance to limit the need for adversarial proceedings.
For the Bureau’s Conformity Continuum Bulletin, please visit:
Transparency and efficiency of competition laws in Canada have been well served through the use of voluntary consultation services provided by the Competition Bureau. Pursuant to the Program of Advisory Opinions, the Bureau, when requested, provides its views on proposed actions by businesses to determine if the action would cause the Commissioner to initiate an inquiry or if a particular transaction is notifiable under the Act.
With respect to criminal offences, the Commissioner may refer a case to the Attorney General of Canada for consideration as to what action the Attorney General may wish to take. In the case of civil reviewable matters, the Commissioner may apply to the Competition Tribunal, a quasi-judicial body, for remedial orders.
The Competition Tribunal was created in 1986 when Parliament enacted major reforms of Canada's competition law and replaced the Combines Investigation Act with the Competition Act. The Tribunal is a specialized court combining expertise in economics and business with legal expertise, which hears and decides all applications made under Parts VII.1 and VIII of the Competition Act as informally. The Tribunal is a strictly adjudicative body that operates independently of any government department. It does not have investigative powers nor does it provide advice to government. It has no function other than that associated with the hearing of applications and issuance of orders. The Tribunal is composed of not more than four judicial members and not more than eight lay members appointed by the Governor in Council. Under the Competition Act, the Commissioner is authorised to make representations to, and call evidence before, federal boards, commissions, or other tribunals. In the case of provincial boards, commissions or other tribunals, the Commissioner may only make representations at the request of, or with the consent of, the agency concerned.
The Competition Bureau participates in the Government of Canada's deregulation and privatisation initiatives, to ensure that the provision of goods and services in Canada is more efficient. Recent initiatives have been in such sectors as telecommunications, electricity, energy, and financial services.
The Commissioner prepares an annual report of all of the activities of the Competition Bureau, which is presented to Parliament by the Minister of Industry.
For the Bureau’s publications, including the Annual Report, please
visit: http://www.cb-bc.gc.ca/epic/in
|
|
|
Measures to Deal with Horizontal Restraints
|
|
Canada’s competition law prohibits anti-competitive agreements, such as collusive price fixing. The major prohibition concerns conspiracy and is contained in section 45 of the Competition Act. Section 45 declares that it is an indictable offence for any person to conspire, combine, agree or arrange with another person to prevent, limit or lessen competition unduly.
Exemptions under section 45 include agreements that relate only to specified subject matter set out in subsection 45(3), such as defining of product standards or the exchange of credit information; agreements that relate solely to the export of products from Canada (subsections 45(5) and (6)); and agreements that relate to professional services (subsection 45(7)).
Section 47 prohibits agreements to refrain from submitting a bid in response to a call or request for tenders, and also prohibits the submission of bids arrived at by agreement in response to a call or bid for tenders. The section does not, however, apply to situations where the agreement is made known to the tendering authority before bids are made, or where the agreement involves affiliated companies (subsection 45(3)).
Other horizontal agreements, such as market sharing, output limitation, collective boycotts and activities of trade associations are covered by the general conspiracy prohibition of section 45.
Other provisions in the Competition Act relate to the implementation of foreign directives (section 46), agreements relating to participation in professional sport (section 48) and agreements among banks (section 49).
For the Bureau’s pamphlet series on horizontal agreements, such as conspiracy and bid rigging, please visit: http://www.cb-bc.gc.ca/epic/in |
|
|
Measures to Deal with Vertical Restraints
|
|
The Competition Act prohibits vertical restraints, such as resale price maintenance (section 61(3)), exclusive dealing and tied selling (section 77(1)).
Exclusive dealing and tied selling are not prohibited where: - it is engaged in only for a reasonable time to facilitate entry of a new supplier or product into the market; or - it is reasonable having regard to the technological relationship among the products involved.
Franchise agreements between affiliates are not subject to the exclusive dealing, tied selling, and market restriction provision. Other vertical restraints covered in the Competition Act are: - third line forcing (subparagraph 77(1)(a)(i)); - territorial restriction (section 77); - customer restriction (section79); - delivered pricing (sections 80 and 81); and - consignment selling (section 76).
|
|
Measures to Deal with Abuse of Dominant Position
|
|
The Competition Act provides a general inclusive list, under section 79, of situations and remedies where dominant firms engage in anti-competitive behaviour.
Section 79 of the Competition Act involves a situation where one or more persons substantially or completely control a class or species of business, and have engaged in or are engaging in a practice of anti-competitive acts which have the effect of preventing or lessening competition substantially. Section 78 provides a non-exhaustive list of types of conduct deemed to constitute anti-competitive acts. To address abuse of dominance in the airline industry, section 78 (j) and (k) deal with anti-competitive conduct by an air carrier. Section 104.1 allows the Commissioner to issue a temporary order prohibiting a person from operating a domestic airline service.
The following features also fall within this area, but are not confined to situations of dominance: predatory pricing (paragraph 50(1)(c)); refusal to deal (section 75); and discriminatory behaviour (paragraph 50(1)(a)).
For non-criminal reviewable matters, only the Commissioner may bring an application to the Tribunal. Private parties cannot sue to restrain such behaviour or to seek damages except for damages as a result of the violation of an order of the Competition Tribunal.
In the Abuse of Dominance provision of the Competition Act, subsection 79(4) provides that superior competitive performance is a consideration in determining whether a practice has an anti-competitive effect in a market. In addition, subsection 79(5) provides that an act engaged in pursuant only to the exercise of any intellectual property rights or enjoyment of any interests derived from that property is not an anti-competitive act.
Section 32 of the Competition Act, which is in the special remedies part of the Competition Act, gives the Federal Court the power, when asked by the Attorney General, to make remedial orders if it finds that a company has used the exclusive rights and privileges conferred by a patent, trade-mark, copyright or registered integrated circuit topography to unduly restrain trade or lessen competition.
Please visit the Bureau’s pamphlet series on abuse of market power and refusal to supply for more information: http://www.cb-bc.gc.ca/epic/in
|
|
|
Measures to Deal with Mergers and Acquisitions
|
On September 21, 2004, the Competition Bureau issued the revised Merger Enforcement Guidelines, to reflect developments in law and economics and address comments received during recent consultations. Key improvements include: - Explaining the Bureau's current approach to market definition; - Describing, in greater detail, the Bureau's analysis of competitive effects arising from a merger; - Reflecting the current law on efficiencies as provided in section 96 of the Competition Act.
|
Sections 91 through 107 of the Competition Act address mergers and acquisitions. The Commissioner may consider all mergers, proposed or otherwise, in all sectors of the economy, which come to his attention. Where a transaction prevents or lessens, or is likely to prevent or lessen, competition substantially, the Commissioner may ask the Tribunal to issue a remedial order in accordance with the provisions of the Competition Act (section 92).
The Competition Act provides a list of factors under section 93, such as barriers to entry and effective remaining competition, which the Tribunal may consider in making its determination.
Other merger provisions include: - Subsection 92 (2): stipulating that the Tribunal's finding cannot be based solely on evidence of concentration or market share; - Section 96: containing an exception, with some restrictions, for situations where the merger brings about, or is likely to bring about, gains in efficiency. Such gains must be greater than and offset, the effects of any prevention or lessening of competition, and these gains would not likely be attained if the order were made; and - Section 97: stipulating that no application can be made by the Commissioner in respect of a merger more than three years after that merger has been substantially completed.
The Commissioner's approach toward mergers has been described in considerable detail in the 1991 Merger Enforcement Guidelines.
In light of the decision of the Federal Court of Appeal in the Commissioner v. Superior Propane Inc., the Efficiency Exception Part 5 of the 1991 Merger Enforcement Guidelines no longer applies. In cases where efficiencies are claimed, the Competition Bureau will apply the principles set out in the Commissioner of Competition v. Superior Propane Inc. and ICG Propane Inc. 2001 FCA 104.
Part IX (sections 108 to 123) of the Competition Act deals with notifiable transactions, and outlines the general thresholds and waiting period requirements for transactions.
The Notifiable Transactions Regulations specify how to calculate the aggregate value of assets and gross revenue from sales for the purpose of determining whether the thresholds are exceeded.
Under paragraph 94(b), an amalgamation or acquisition involving banks is exempt from the prohibitions relating to mergers if certified by the Minister of Finance as being desirable in the interest of the financial system.
Joint ventures undertaken for a specific project or program of research and development are excepted from the merger provisions of the Competition Act (Section 95(1)).
For additional information about mergers, please visit: http://www.cb-bc.gc.ca/epic/in |
Following a request from the Government to review the Bank Merger Enforcement Guidelines (BMEGs), which set out the analytical framework as applied by the Bureau when assessing a merger of two or more banks, the Bureau conducted consultations during fall of 2003 and sought public comment in February 2004. The Bureau has reviewed the comments and will release the revised document in conjunction with further BMEGs to be prepared by the Department of Finance. |
|
Other Issues Addressed by Competition Policy
|
On August 11, 2003, the Bureau endorsed a set of guidelines that will help the Canadian jewellery industry provide consumers with consistent, accurate and meaningful product information. The publication ‘Canadian Guidelines with Respect to the Sale and Marketing of Diamonds, Coloured Gemstones and Pearls: Revised Edition 2003’ is the result of a Jewellers Vigilance Canada special committee.
|
The administration and enforcement of the four statutes, which maintain and encourage fair competition in Canada (the Competition Act, the Consumer Packaging and Labelling Act, the Textile Labelling Act, and the Precious Metals Marking Act) also aims to prevent consumer deception in the marketplace.
The Competition Act contains provisions relating to the use of misleading representations and deceptive marketing practices in promoting the supply or use of a product or service, or any business interest. The Competition Act provides criminal and civil regimes to address misleading representations and deceptive marketing practices. Deceptive telemarketing, pyramid selling, multi-level marketing plans which do not meet statutory requirements, double ticketing, deceptive notice of winning a prize, and false or misleading representations that are made knowingly or recklessly, are criminal offences.
Certain other deceptive marketing practices may be addressed through civil sanctions. False or misleading representations, performance claims that are not based on adequate and proper tests, misleading ordinary selling price representations, bait and switch selling, sale above advertised price and promotional contests are civil matters.
The Consumer Packaging and Labelling Act, the Textile Labelling Act, and the Precious Metals Marking Act, are standards-based criminal statutes, which prohibit the making of false and misleading representations in labelling and marking and set out specifications for mandatory labelling and marking information.
For more information on misleading advertising and labelling guidelines, please visit: http://www.cb-bc.gc.ca |
On August 26, 2003 the Bureau released and seeks comments on its draft Guidelines on the Deceptive Notice of Winning a Prize Provision, Section 53, which is one of the misleading representations and deceptive marketing practices provisions of the Competition Act. |
|
Co-operation Arrangements with other Member Economies
|
The Bureau, along with Alberta Government Services, several Canadian police forces, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission and the U.S. Postal Inspection Services entered into the Alberta Partnership Against Cross-Border Fraud in September 2003. This partnership is designed to coordinate law enforcement activities, identify fraudulent, misleading and deceptive marketing practices with an Alberta connection, facilitate information sharing and provide reciprocal support for law enforcement actions. |
Canada has been active in seeking effective international co-operation. The 1995 Agreement between Canada and United States Regarding the Application of their Competition and Deceptive Marketing Practices Laws sets a framework for bilateral co-operation for the enforcement of competition law. This agreement has proven successful in a number of international prosecutions.
The Cooperation Arrangement between the Commissioner of Competition (Canada), The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission and the New Zealand Commerce Commission regarding the Application of the Competition and Consumer Laws that entered into force in 2000 provides enhanced agency-to-agency co-operation between the Parties.
The Memorandum of Understanding between the Commissioner of Competition (Canada) and the Fiscal Economico (Chile) regarding the Application of their Competition Laws (2001) formalises a co-operation arrangement built on commitments under the Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement.
In 2003, the Canada-Mexico cooperation agreement came into force, thereby completing the process of establishing cooperative frameworks for competition law enforcement within the NAFTA region.
Canada also observes the 1995 OECD Recommendation Concerning Co-operation Between Member Countries on Anticompetitive Practices Affecting International Trade.
A more general class of co-operation agreements are Mutual Legal Assistance Treaties (MLATs). The purpose of MLATs is to assist prosecutors in obtaining evidence in other jurisdictions and to facilitate international bilateral co-operation between police authorities. They provide a legal basis for measures such as search and seizures at the request of the other signatory. Crimes defined under the Competition Act are covered by Canadian MLATs.
The development of a network of MLATs is proving very useful for Canadian law-enforcement agencies investigating transboundary crime. Canada is currently party to 30 bilateral MLATs in criminal matters, eight of which are with APEC economies, namely, Australia, the People's Republic of China, the Republic of Korea, Mexico, Thailand, the United States, Peru, Russia. Canada is currently negotiating MLATs with several other parties and remains open to new MLATs.
For more information about Canada’s international agreements, please visit: http://www.competition.ic.gc.c
|
|
|
Activities with other APEC Economies and in other International Fora
|
The Bureau signed on to the June 2003 OECD Guidelines for Protecting Consumers from Fraudulent and Deceptive Commercial Practices Across Borders. |
Competition Policy provisions are included in the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) (1994), the Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement (1997) and the Canada-Israel Free Trade Agreement (1997).
Canada participates in the NAFTA Ad-hoc Committee of Experts on Trade and Competition Policy as well as the Subcommittee on the Labelling of Textiles and Apparel Goods and working groups.
In addition to the APEC forum, Canada participates in the competition policy discussions in the following venues:
WTO
International Competition Network
OECD
- Joint Group on Trade and Competition - Competition Law and Policy Committee - Working Party 2 on Competition and Regulation - Working Party 3 on International Cooperation - Committee on Consumer Policy
Free Trade Area of the Americas Negotiating Group on Competition Policy
UNCTAD - Experts Group on Competition Policy
The Bureau is an active contributor to the International Consumer Protection and Enforcement Network (ICPEN), which is focussed on finding ways for agencies to cooperation and deal more effectively with the growing problem of cross-border telemarketing, mail and Internet scams.
|
Canada is currently participating in the APEC-OECD Joint Initiative on Regulatory Reform, which is working on developing an Integral Checklist for self- assessment on regulatory, competition and market-openness policies. |
|
Collective Actions
|
|
Canada believes that APEC can play a useful role in providing a framework for capacity building that could, at the same time, assist WTO efforts in advancing its work. Canada also believes that the APEC process could be used to advance the understanding within member economies of the benefits of sound and effective competition laws and policies and to promote co-operation and communication among APEC economies on competition issues.
|
|
|
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Competition Policy since 1996 |
||
|
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
General Policy Position, including Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Competition Law and Policy*
|
The purpose of the Competition Act is to maintain and encourage competition in Canada: in order to promote the efficiency and adaptability of the Canadian economy; to expand opportunities for Canadian participation in world markets while at the same time recognising the role of foreign competition in Canada; to ensure that small and medium-sized enterprise have an equitable opportunity to participate in the Canadian economy; and to provide consumers with competitive prices and product choices.
Canada’s competition legislation applies to all sectors of the economy and to all marketplace participants irrespective of nationality or origin of the product or service, including provincial and federal government corporations in respect of commercial activities engaged in by such corporations in competition with other persons. All business is subject to the Competition Act, with the exception of selected activities specifically exempted, such as collective bargaining, amateur sport or regulated industries and activities subject to other legislation and which may be covered by the regulated conduct defence.
The Competition Act contains provisions addressing both criminal offences, including conspiracy, bid-rigging, discriminatory and predatory pricing, price maintenance, misleading advertising and deceptive marketing practices, as well as matters subject to civil review, such as mergers, abuse of dominant position, refusal to deal, exclusive dealing and tied selling.
Transparency of the competition policy regime in Canada has been achieved through a number of means including the publication of written opinions, laws, regulations, procedures, administrative rulings of general application and judicial decisions; the availability of advance ruling certificates; as well as through the public distribution of a variety of written materials, including pamphlets, bulletins and enforcement guidelines.
The right to be heard, present evidence and seek the review of a sanction or remedy is provided for under Canadian law, including the Criminal Code, Competition Tribunal Rules, Provincial Superior Court Rules, Federal Court of Canada Rules, Supreme Court of Canada Rules and under common law principles.
For additional information about the Bureau, please visit: http://cb-bc.gc.ca |
|
|
Reviews of Competition Policies and/or Laws
|
Canada has had legislation restricting anti-competitive behaviour since 1889. In 1986, the former Combines Investigation Act was replaced by the Competition Act and the Competition Tribunal Act which, among other things, transferred certain offences, notably mergers and monopolies, from criminal to civil law; established a new body, the Competition Tribunal, to deal with the expanded civil law area of the Act; and clarified and strengthened the law with respect to the remaining criminal offences.
No further amendments were made between 1986 and 1996.
|
Since the last major reform of the Competition Act, in1986, the Competition Bureau has taken an incremental approach to amending its legislation.
Bill C-20 was enacted which was intended to modernise Canada's competition law framework and to update its investigative and enforcement tools to keep pace with emerging business trends and enforcement requirements, improve enforcement efficiency and clarify the law. The amendments included provisions making deceptive telemarketing a criminal offence, creating a civil process as a faster and more effective means of putting a stop to misleading advertising and other deceptive marketing practices and permitting law enforcement officials to use judicially authorised interception of private communications without consent (wiretap) to gather tangible evidence in cases of deceptive telemarketing as well as bid-rigging and conspiracy to fix prices or allocate or share markets. In addition, the amendments included provisions streamlining the merger review process through changes to merger prenotification requirements, expanding the responsibility of corporations and their officers and directors for ensuring compliance with the law and making it easier for the courts to issue interim injunctions to stop operations of suspected fraudulent telemarketers. Finally, the amendments changed the name of the Director of Investigation and Research to Commissioner of Competition (1999).
The following new Information Bulletins were issued following the amendments (1999):
- Interception of Private Communications - Misleading Advertising and Deceptive Marketing Practices - Choice of Criminal or Civil Track - New Telemarketing Provisions - Ordinary Price Claims
In June 2002, changes to the Competition Act and the Competition Tribunal Act, contained in Bill C-23, came into force. The new provisions are intended to strengthen and modernise Canada’s competition laws and to provide the necessary tools to enhance compliance with the Competition Act, to the benefit of businesses and consumers.
The amendments include provisions that: - create a new criminal offence that prohibits the sending of a deceptive notice of winning a prize; - provide additional measures to protect competition in the Canadian airline industry; - streamline the Competition Tribunal process by providing for cost awards, summary disposition and references; broaden the scope under which the Competition Tribunal may issue temporary orders; - allow limited private access to the Competition Tribunal; - afford full protection against disclosure of any information voluntarily provided; - allow a judge to order a person to provide certified copies of record instead of having to produce the original record; - allow parties to conclude a consent agreement; - enable the Competition Bureau to request formal assistance from foreign states in obtaining and transmitting evidence located abroad in non-criminal competition matters.
One of these amendments, Section 124.1 of the Competition Act, came into force on April 1, 2003. Section 124.1 allows an individual to seek a written opinion (formerly known as an advisory opinion) from the Commissioner of Competition on the application of any provision or regulations of the Competition Act.
On December 17, 2002, the Bureau published an information bulletin on the regulated conduct defence, which is an interpretive tool the courts developed to resolve apparent conflicts between two laws. The defence is relevant to the Bureau’s enforcement of the Competition Act because it protects conduct that would otherwise be subject to the Competition Act when that conduct is allowed under other provincial or federal legislation.
Following consultations with key stakeholders, the Bureau published it s revised Fee and Services Standards Handbook on March 24, 2003. The changes include an increase of: · the current size-of-transaction threshold for merger notification from $35 million to $50 million; · the merger notification and Advance Ruling Certificates fees from $25,000 to $50,000 to better reflect the cost of merger review; · the fees for written opinions under Section 124.1 of the Competition Act since they are now binding. On December 22, 2003, the Bureau made minor revisions to its Fee and Service Standards Handbook. The changes include clarifying: - The definition of a very complex merger; - Provisions relating to written opinion: parties’ consent to publish opinions, Commissioner’s discretion to not issue an opinion, requirements for requesting an opinion.
|
|
Competition Institutions (Including Enforcement Agencies)
|
The Commissioner of Competition (prior to 1999, the Commissioner was referred to as the Director of Investigation and Research) is an independent law enforcement official responsible for the administration and enforcement of four statutes: the Competition Act, the Consumer Packaging and Labelling Act, the Textile Labelling Act, and the Precious Metals Marking Act. The Commissioner is appointed by, and serves at the pleasure of, Cabinet with a mandate to promote competition in Canada.
The Commissioner is the head of the Competition Bureau, an independent unit of the federal Department of Industry. The Competition Bureau is the administrative and law enforcement body charged with the preservation of a competitive marketplace in Canada.
The Commissioner of Competition employs a variety of instruments which form part of a Conformity Continuum to administer and enforce the four Acts cited above and achieve the ultimate goal of securing compliance with the legislation. These instruments fall into three broad categories: conformity through education, facilitating conformity and responses to non-conformity.
Transparency and efficiency of competition laws in Canada have been well served through the use of voluntary consultation services provided by the Competition Bureau. Pursuant to the Program of Advisory Opinions, the Bureau, when requested, provides its views on proposed actions by businesses to determine if the action would cause the Commissioner to initiate an inquiry or if a particular transaction is notifiable under the Act.
With respect to criminal offenses, the Commissioner may refer a case to the Attorney General of Canada for consideration as to what action the Attorney General may wish to take. In the case of civil reviewable matters, the Commissioner may apply to the Competition Tribunal, a quasi-judicial body, for remedial orders.
The Competition Tribunal was created in 1986 when Parliament enacted major reforms of Canada's competition law and replaced the Combines Investigation Act with the Competition Act. The Tribunal is a specialized court combining expertise in economics and business with legal expertise, which hears and decides all applications made under Parts VII.1 and VIII of the Competition Act as informally. The Tribunal is a strictly adjudicative body that operates independently of any government department. It does not have investigative powers nor does it provide advice to government. It has no function other than that associated with the hearing of applications and issuance of orders. The Tribunal is composed of not more than four judicial members and not more than eight lay members appointed by the Governor in Council.
Under the Competition Act, the Commissioner is authorised to make representations to, and call evidence before, federal and provincial boards, commissions or other tribunals. In the case of provincial regulatory board, the Commissioner may only make representations at the request or with the consent of the agency concerned.
The Competition Bureau participates in the Government of Canada's deregulation and privatisation initiatives, to ensure that the provision of goods and services in Canada is more efficient. Recent initiatives have been in such sectors as telecommunication, electricity, energy and financial services.
The Commissioner prepares an annual report of all of the activities of the Competition Bureau which is presented to Parliament by the Minister of Industry.
For the Bureau’s publications, including the Annual Report, please visit: http://www.cb-bc.gc.ca/epic/in
|
The Consumer Products Directorate of Industry Canada was integrated into the Competition Bureau, together with responsibility for the Textile Labelling Act, the Precious Metals Marking Act and the Consumer Packaging and Labelling Act (1997-98)
The Permanent Amendments Unit was established (1999).
The Corporate Compliance Programs Information Bulletin was published in 1997.
The Conformity Continuum Information Bulletin was published in 2000
Bill C-23, which contained amendments to the Competition Tribunal Act came into force in June 2002. The amendments include:
- provisions introducing private access to the Competition Tribunal for matters regarding refusal to deal, tied selling, exclusive dealing and market restrictions; - provisions that authorise the Competition Tribunal to issue interim orders prior to the commencement of litigation, to hear “references,” or questions involving a specific aspect of a case or interpretation of the law, to award costs and to make “summary dispositions” if it finds no merit to the case or no genuine defence.
To foster compliance and ensure greater transparency, fairness and predictability, the Bureau published, on September 18, 2003, the ‘Enforcement Guidelines on Private Access to the Competition Tribunal’. The Information Bulletin outlines and clarifies the Bureau's role in a private access matter and under which circumstances the Bureau would intervene in private access proceedings.
|
|
Measures to Deal with Horizontal Restraints
|
Canada’s competition law prohibits anti-competitive agreements, such as collusive price fixing. The major prohibition concerns conspiracy and is contained in section 45 of the Competition Act. Section 45 declares that it is an indictable offense for any person to conspire, combine, agree or arrange with another person to prevent, limit or lessen competition unduly.
Exemptions under section 45 include agreements that relate only to specified subject matter set out in subsection 45(3), such as defining of product standards or the exchange of credit information; agreements that relate solely to the export of products from Canada (subsections 45(5) and (6)); and agreements that relate to professional services (subsection 45(7)).
Section 47 prohibits agreements to refrain from submitting a bid in response to a call or request for tenders, and also prohibits the submission of bids arrived at by agreement in response to a call or bid for tenders. The section does not, however, apply to situations where the agreement is made known to the tendering authority before bids are made, or where the agreement involves affiliated companies (subsection 45(3)).
Other horizontal agreements, such as market sharing, output limitation, collective boycotts and activities of trade associations are covered by the general conspiracy prohibition of section 45.
Other provisions in the Competition Act relate to the implementation of foreign directives (section 46), agreements relating to participation in professional sport (section 48) and agreements among banks (section 49).
For the Bureau’s pamphlet series on horizontal agreements, such as conspiracy and bid rigging, please visit: http://cb-bc.gc.ca/epic/intern
|
The Information Bulletin - Immunity Program under the Competition Act was published in 2000.
New provisions relating to the use of wiretapping, to the use of the Information Bulletin on the Interception of Private Communications and the Competition Act, and to whistleblowing applying to the criminal law provisions of the Competition Act as referred to under Reviews of Competition Policies and/or Laws, entered into force in 1999. |
|
Measures to Deal with Vertical Restraints
|
The Competition Act prohibits vertical restraints such as resale price maintenance (section 61(3)), exclusive dealing and tied selling (section 77(1)).
Exclusive dealing and tied selling are not prohibited where: - it is engaged in only for a reasonable time to facilitate entry of a new supplier or product into the market; or - it is reasonable having regard to the technological relationship among the products involved.
Franchise agreements between affiliates are not subject to the exclusive dealing, tied selling, and market restriction provision. Other vertical restraints covered in the Competition Act are: - third line forcing (subparagraph 77(1)(a)(i)); - territorial restriction (section 77); - customer restriction (section79); - delivered pricing (sections 80 and 81); and - consignment selling (section 76).
|
|
|
Measures to Deal with Abuse of Dominant Position
|
The Competition Act provides a general inclusive list, under section 79, of situations and remedies where dominant firms engage in anti-competitive behaviour.
Section 79 of the Competition Act involves a situation where one or more persons substantially or completely control a class or species of business, and have engaged in or are engaging in a practice of anti-competitive acts which have the effect of preventing or lessening competition substantially. Section 78 provides a non-exhaustive list of types of conduct deemed to constitute anti-competitive acts.
The following features also fall within this area, but are not confined to situations of dominance: predatory pricing (paragraph 50(1)(c)); refusal to deal (section 75); and discriminatory behaviour (paragraph 50(1)(a)).
For non-criminal reviewable matters, only the Commissioner may bring an application to the Tribunal. Private parties cannot sue to restrain such behaviour or to seek damages except for damages as a result of the violation of an order of the Competition Tribunal.
In the Abuse of Dominance provision of the Competition Act, subsection 79(4) provides that superior competitive performance is a consideration in determining whether a practice has an anti-competitive effect in a market. In addition, subsection 79(5) provides that an act engaged in pursuant only to the exercise of any intellectual property rights or enjoyment of any interests derived from that property is not an anti-competitive act.
Section 32 of the Competition Act, which is in the special remedies part of the Competition Act, gives the Federal Court the power, when asked by the Attorney General, to make remedial orders if it finds that a company has used the exclusive rights and privileges conferred by a patent, trade-mark, copyright or registered integrated circuit topography to unduly restrain trade or lessen competition.
Please visit the Bureau’s pamphlet series on abuse of market power and refusal to supply for more information: http://cb-bc.gc.ca/epic/intern
|
New Regulations regarding anti-competitive acts in the domestic airline industry came into force (2000). The regulations specify types of behaviour by a dominant air carrier that are likely to be challenged by the Bureau (under new paragraphs 78(1)(j) and (k) of the Act). These regulations are part of the federal government's initiative to ensure that the dominant air carrier does not abuse its dominant position. In addition, section 104.1 allows the Commissioner to issue a temporary order prohibiting a person from operating a domestic airline service.
Proposed amendments to abuse of dominance provisions and powers of the Commissioner to deal with abuse of dominance referred to in Reviews of Competition Policies and/or Laws. (2000 IAP)
Intellectual Property Guidelines were published in 2000.
Enforcement Guidelines on the Abuse of Dominant Position were released for in 2001.
Draft Enforcement Guidelines on the Abuse of Dominance in the Airline Industry were released for consultations in February 2001.
In June 2002, the changes to the Competition Act and the Competition Tribunal Act, contained in Bill C-23, came into force.
In addition, the amendments allow the Competition Tribunal to impose an Administrative Monetary Penalty against a dominant airline carrier found to have abused its dominant market position.
On December 2, 2002, the Bureau published its bulletin, The Abuse of Dominance Provisions (Sections 78 and 79 of the Competition Act) as Applied to the Canadian Grocery Sector, to give the grocery industry a better understanding of how the Bureau applies the abuse of dominance provisions, and to help deter anti‑competitive conduct in the grocery sector by encouraging compliance with the law. |
|
Measures to Deal with Mergers and Acquisitions
|
Sections 91 through 107 of the Competition Act address mergers and acquisitions. The Commissioner may consider all mergers, proposed or otherwise, in all sectors of the economy, which come to his attention. Where a transaction prevents or lessens, or is likely to prevent or lessen, competition substantially, the Commissioner may ask the Tribunal to issue a remedial order in accordance with the provisions of the Competition Act (section 92).
The Competition Act provides a list of factors under section 93, such as barriers to entry and effective remaining competition, which the Tribunal may consider in making its determination.
Other merger provisions include: - Subsection 92 (2): stipulating that the Tribunal's finding cannot be based solely on evidence of concentration or market share; - Section 96: containing an exception, with some restrictions, for situations where the merger brings about, or is likely to bring about, gains in efficiency. Such gains must be greater than and offset, the effects of any prevention or lessening of competition, and these gains would not likely be attained if the order were made; and - Section 97: stipulating that no application can be made by the Commissioner in respect of a merger more than three years after that merger has been substantially completed.
The Commissioner's approach toward mergers has been described in considerable detail in the 1991 Merger Enforcement Guidelines.
In light of the decision of the Federal Court of Appeal in the Commissioner v. Superior Propane Inc., the Efficiency Exception Part 5 of the 1991 Merger Enforcement Guidelines no longer applies. In cases where efficiencies are claimed, the Competition Bureau will apply the principles set out in the Commissioner of Competition v. Superior Propane Inc. and ICG Propane Inc. 2001 FCA 104.
Part IX (sections 108 to 123) of the Competition Act deals with notifiable transactions, and outlines the general thresholds and waiting period requirements for transactions.
Under paragraph 94(b), an amalgamation or acquisition involving banks is exempt from the prohibitions relating to mergers if certified by the Minister of Finance as being desirable in the interest of the financial system. Joint ventures undertaken for a specific project or program of research and development are excepted from the merger provisions of the Competition Act (Section 95(1)).
For additional information about mergers see http://www.cb-bc.gc.ca/epic/in
|
Merger Enforcement Guidelines were published in 1997
Merger Enforcement Guidelines as applied to a Bank Merger were published in 1999.
New provisions in Competition Act to streamline merger notification process as referred to under Reviews of Competition Policies and/or Laws came into force in 1999.
Amendments to the notifiable transactions provisions of the Competition Act and related amendments to the Notifiable Transactions Regulations were made. New provisions relating to requirements for and exemptions from notification, information required for filings, and waiting periods, entered into force in 2000.
Interpretation Guidelines: Notifiable Transaction under Part IX of the Competition Act were published in 2000.
Notifiable Transactions and Advance Ruling Certificates under the Competition Act: Procedures Guide was published in 2000.
Bill C-8, which proposes new legislative measures for the financial services sector, including a transparent review process for merger proposals between large banks, was passed in June 2001.
Revised Draft Interpretation Guideline #3 on subsection 111(a): Exemptions of acquisitions in the ordinary course of business from notifiable transactions under Part IX of the Competition Act was released for consultations in February 2001.
Bill C-8, which established new measures for the financial services sector, came into force in October 2001. As part of the amendments, the Competition Act was also amended to allow the Commissioner of Competition, on request by the Minister of Finance, to communicate confidential information in the context of a merger between financial institutions. Under the Competition Act, acquisitions of assets, acquisitions of voting shares, and combinations must be reported when the total value of the assets, or the acquired party’s gross revenues from sales, exceeds a certain threshold.
The Bureau published it s revised Fee and Services Standards Handbook on March 24, 2003. The size-of-transaction threshold was raised from $35 million to $50 million on April 1, 2003. The increase reduces the burden for parties involved in smaller transactions, while allowing the Bureau to better focus its resources on mergers that are more likely to raise competition issues.
On December 20, 2002, following extensive consultations with experts and stakeholders, the Bureau published the final version of Interpretation Guideline No. 3, Paragraph 111(a): Exemptions for Acquisitions in the Ordinary Course of Business. Paragraph 111(a) of the Competition Act exempts from notification to the Bureau transactions involving acquisitions of real property or goods in the ordinary course of business when acquirer would not hold all or substantially all of the assets of a business or of an operating segment of a business as a result of the acquisition.
On September 21, 2004, the Competition Bureau issued the revised Merger Enforcement Guidelines (MEGs), to reflect developments in law and economics and address comments received during recent consultations. Key improvements include: - Explaining the Bureau's current approach to market definition; - Describing, in greater detail, the Bureau's analysis of competitive effects arising from a merger; - Reflecting the current law on efficiencies as provided in section 96 of the Competition Act.
|
|
Other Issues Addressed by Competition Policy
|
The Competition Act contains provisions relating to the use of misleading representations and deceptive marketing practices in promoting the supply or use of a product or service, or any business interest. The Competition Act provides criminal and civil regimes to address misleading representations and deceptive marketing practices. Deceptive telemarketing, pyramid selling, multi-level marketing plans which do not meet statutory requirements, double ticketing, deceptive notice of winning a prize, and false or misleading representations that are made knowingly or recklessly, are criminal offences.
Certain other deceptive marketing practices may be addressed through civil sanctions. False or misleading representations, performance claims that are not based on adequate and proper tests, misleading ordinary selling price representations, bait and switch selling, sale above advertised price and promotional contests are civil matters.
|
New provisions in the Competition Act making deceptive telemarketing a criminal offence; creating a civil process as a faster and more effective means of putting a stop to misleading advertising and other deceptive marketing practices; and permitting law enforcement officials to use judicially authorised interception of private communications without consent (wiretap) to gather tangible evidence in cases of deceptive telemarketing as referred to in the section on Reviews of Competition Policies and/or Laws, came into force in 1999.
“Be a Smart Shopper - Know your Software” Pamphlet was published in1998.
The Guide for the Labelling and Advertising of Pet Food was released on September 21, 2001.
Guidelines on the Enforcement Policy on the Marketing of Canadian Diamonds were published in 2001.
On June 11, 2002, the Bureau endorsed the Scanner Price Accuracy Voluntary Code, which provides participating retailers of four major associations with a mechanism to provide redress to consumers when there is a scanner error.
On June 21, 2002, section 53 of the Competition Act which creates a criminal offence for deceptive notices of winning a prize came into force.
Following the Bureau’s consultations with the jewellery industry, provincial stakeholders and consumers, the Bureau and the Canadian Diamond Code Committee published the Voluntary Code of Conduct for Authenticating Canadian Diamond Claims on November 6, 2002.
In February 2003, the Bureau published its Guidelines on Internet Representations.
On August 11, 2003, the Bureau endorsed a set of guidelines that will help the Canadian jewellery industry provide consumers with consistent, accurate and meaningful product information. The publication ‘Canadian Guidelines with Respect to the Sale and Marketing of Diamonds, Coloured Gemstones and Pearls: Revised Edition 2003’ is the result of a Jewellers Vigilance Canada special committee.
|
|
Co-operation Arrangements with other Member Economies
|
Canada has been active in seeking effective international co-operation. The 1995 Agreement between Canada and United States Regarding the Application of their Competition and Deceptive Marketing Practices Laws sets a framework for bilateral co-operation for the enforcement of competition law. This agreement has proven successful in a number of international prosecutions.
In 2003, the Canada-Mexico cooperation agreement came into force, thereby completing the process of establishing cooperative frameworks for competition law enforcement within the NAFTA region.
Canada also observes the 1995 OECD Recommendation Concerning Co-operation Between Member Countries on Anticompetitive Practices Affecting International Trade.
Canada is also striving towards the implementation of the OECD Guidelines for Protecting Consumers from Fraudulent and Deceptive Commercial Activities Across Borders.
A more general class of co-operation agreements are Mutual Legal Assistance Treaties (MLATs). The purpose of MLATs is to assist prosecutors in obtaining evidence in other jurisdictions and to facilitate international bilateral co-operation between police authorities. They provide a legal basis for measures such as search and seizures at the request of the other signatory. Crimes defined under the Competition Act are covered by Canadian MLATs.
The development of a network of MLATs is proving very useful for Canadian law-enforcement agencies investigating transboundary crime. Canada is currently party to 27 bilateral MLATs, eight of which are with APEC economies, namely, Australia, the People's Republic of China, the Republic of Korea, Mexico, Thailand, the United States, Peru and Russia. Canada is currently negotiating MLATs with several other parties and remains open to new MLATs.
|
The Cooperation Arrangement between the Commissioner of Competition (Canada), The Australian Competition and Consumer Commission and the New Zealand Commerce Commission regarding the Application of their Competition and Consumer Laws was signed in 2000.
In October 2003, the Bureau signed a Cooperation Arrangement with the UK Office of Fair Trading and the UK Department of Trade and Industry to improve competition law enforcement in areas such as deceptive marketing and criminal cartel activity. The Arrangement sets out a framework for notification, coordination and cooperation in law enforcement activities, exchanges of information and avoidance of conflict. It also builds on recommendations adopted by the OECD in June 2003, which Canada adopted, that provide international guidelines for cooperation in the fight against cross-border scams.
Canada signed MLATs in criminal matters with Peru (2000) and Russia (2000).
In December 2001, the Competition Bureau and Chile’s competition authority signed a Memorandum of Understanding regarding the application of their laws. The MOU formalises a co-operation arrangement built on commitments under the Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement.
A co-operation agreement on competition law enforcement between the governments of Canada and Mexico entered into force March 20, 2003.
In June 2002, the Competition Bureau and United States Federal Trade Commission announced the adoption a protocol for sharing complaint and investigation data in order to make the pursuit of cross-border fraudulent telemarketing operators faster, more efficient and more effective.
The Bureau signed in March 2004 two protocols with the Australian Consumer and Competition Commission (ACCC) and the United Kingdom Office of Fair Trading (OFT). These protocols formalize the sharing of complaint and investigation data to combat cross-border fraud faster and more efficiently.
June 21, 2002 amendments to the Competition Act create a new framework to facilitate co-operation with foreign competition authorities regarding evidence for civil competition matters.
The Bureau, along with Alberta Government Services, several Canadian police forces, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission and the U.S. Postal Inspection Services entered into the Alberta Partnership Against Cross-Border Fraud in September 2003. This partnership is designed to coordinate law enforcement activities, identify fraudulent, misleading and deceptive marketing practices with an Alberta connection, facilitate information sharing and provide reciprocal support for law enforcement actions.
On June 2, 2004, the Bureau, Vancouver Police Department and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission established the Vancouver Strategic Alliance, a joint partnership to fight deceptive marketing practices targeting citizens and businesses.
On October 5, 2004, Canada and the United States signed an agreement on the application of positive comity principles to the enforcement of their competition laws.
|
|
Activities with other APEC Economies and in other International Fora
|
Competition Policy provisions are included in the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) (1994).
Canada participates in the NAFTA Ad-hoc Committee of Experts on Trade and Competition Policy as well as the Subcommittee on the Labelling of Textiles and Apparel Goods and working groups.
In addition to the APEC forum, Canada participates in the competition policy discussions in the following venues:
WTO
International Competition Network
OECD - Joint Group on Trade and Competition - Competition Law and Policy Committee - Working Party 2 on Competition and Regulation - Working Party 3 on International Cooperation - Committee on Consumer Policy
Free Trade Area of the Americas Negotiating Group on Competition Policy
UNCTAD - Experts Group on Competition Policy |
Competition Provisions are included in the Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement (1997) and the Canada-Israel Free Trade Agreement (1997).
Free Trade Area of the Americas Working Group on Competition Policy was replaced by Negotiating Group on Competition Policy (1998).
Competition Provisions are included in the Canada-Costa Rica Free Trade Agreement (2001).
International Competition Network (ICN) – The ICN will provide antitrust agencies from developed and developing countries a stronger and broader network for addressing practical competition enforcement and policy issues. The ICN Steering Committee, which consists of representatives of antitrust agencies from developed and developing countries, is responsible for identifying projects and devising work plans for each project, recommending appropriate staffing for, and leadership of, working groups to carry out the work plans, and drafting agendas for conferences and meetings.
The Bureau signed on to the June 2003 OECD Guidelines for Protecting Consumers from Fraudulent and Deceptive Commercial Practices Across Borders. In February 2004, the Government of Canada filed an amicus curiae brief with the U.S. Supreme Court in the Empagran case. In June 2004, the Supreme Court ruled that foreign companies cannot use United States’ courts to sue over alleged antitrust allegations that took place outside the U.S.
|
Appendix – APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Competition Law and Policy and Regulatory Reform
Introduction
In October 2002, in Los Cabos, Mexico, APEC Leaders adopted the Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards (“Leaders’ Statement”), and directed that these standards be implemented as soon as possible, and in no case later than January 2005.
In paragraph 8 of the Leaders’ Statement, APEC Leaders instructed that APEC sub-fora that have not developed specific transparency provisions should do so, and further instructed that such new transparency provisions should be presented to Leaders upon completion for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. Accordingly, the following set of transparency standards on competition and deregulation for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement were developed.
These principles flow from the General Principles on Transparency agreed to by APEC Leaders at Los Cabos, and provide specific guidance for implementation within the context of competition law and policy and regulatory reform.
Transparency Standards on Competition Law and Policy
1. In furtherance of paragraph 1 of the General Principles of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will ensure that its competition laws, regulations, and progressively, procedures, administrative rulings of general application and judicial decisions of general application are promptly published or otherwise made available in such a manner as to enable interested persons and other Economies to become acquainted with them.
2. In furtherance of paragraphs 4 and 5 of the General Principles of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will ensure that before it imposes a sanction or remedy against any person for violating its national competition law, it affords the person the right to be heard and to present evidence, except that it may provide for the person to be heard and present evidence within a reasonable time after it imposes an interim sanction or remedy; and that an independent court or tribunal imposes or, at the persons request, reviews any such sanction or remedy. Proceedings subject to this paragraph are to be in accordance with domestic law.
Transparency Standards on Regulatory Reform
1. In furtherance of paragraph 1 of the General Principles of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will ensure that its laws, regulations, procedural rules and administrative rulings of general application relating to regulatory reform are promptly published or otherwise made available in such a manner as to enable interested persons and other economies to become acquainted with them.
2. In furtherance of paragraphs 2 and 3 of the Leaders’ Statement, Economies recognize the importance of ensuring transparency in the regulatory reform process and of soliciting and responding to inquiries from interested persons and other Economies. Accordingly, each Economy will, where possible (a) publish in advance regulatory reform measures that it proposes to adopt, and (b) provide where applicable interested persons a reasonable opportunity to comment on such proposed measures. In addition, upon request from an interested person or another Economy, each Economy will endeavor to promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to any actual or proposed regulatory reform measure.
Confidential Information
Economies agree that nothing in these standards requires any Economy to disclose confidential information. (Note: The Leaders’ Statement includes a provision for the protection of confidential information. This statement is included here to emphasize the importance of the protection of confidential information in the contexts of both competition law and policy and regulatory reform.)
* Economies should report against the actual language in the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Competition Law and Policy, which can be found in the Appendix at the end of this document.
Chapter 9 : Government Procurement |
|
Objective
APEC economies will
a. develop a common understanding on government procurement policies and systems, as well as on each APEC economy’s government procurement practices; b. achieve liberalization of government procurement markets throughout the Asia-Pacific region in accordance with the principles and objectives of the Bogor Declaration, contributing in the process to the evolution of work on government procurement in other multilateral fora; and c. increase the use of electronic means to conduct government procurement and in so doing seek to promote the uptake of e-commerce more broadly; and
d. implement and maintain standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards.
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will:
a. enhance the transparency of its government procurement regimes and its government procurement information, including by implementing and maintaining standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards;
b. establish, where possible, a government procurement information database and provide the information through a common entry point;
c. review on a voluntary basis and take appropriate steps to improve the consistency of its government procurement regime with the APEC Non-binding Principles on Government Procurement (transparency, value for money, open and effective competition, fair dealing, accountability and due process , and non-discrimination); and
d. provide for and promote government procurement through electronic means wherever possible.
|
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will:
a. utilize questionnaire surveys to exchange information on existing government procurement regimes and on publication of government procurement information in APEC economies;
b. maintain contact points to facilitate on-going exchange of the above information;
c. hold workshops, seminars and training courses on government procurement procedures, laws, regulations, regional and plurilateral agreements, and the impact of technological development on government procurement;
d. encourage establishment of an APEC government procurement information database, including information on procurement opportunities and the provision of a common entry point (such as World Wide Web (WWW) Home Page on the Internet) for participation by members on a voluntary basis; and
e. continue to report voluntarily on the consistency of their procurement regimes with the APEC Non-binding Principles on Government Procurement and on the improvements to their regimes.
The current CAP relating to government procurement can be found in the Government Procurement Collective Action Plan.
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Government Procurement in 2004For a broad and accurate reflection of Canada’s federal government procurement practices, we ask that you please visit the following site:
http://www.apecsec.org.sg/govt
The above website contains Canada's response to the APEC Members government procurement survey (with links to important federal government procurement web sites). The response to the survey, while containing comprehensive information, is not divided into the separate IAP categories, but deals with each in the broad context of federal government procurement.
For more information, please contact: Rashma Agarwal International Trade Canada Rashma.Agarwal@international.gc.ca
|
Canada’s Approach to Government Procurement in 2004 |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Measures Applied |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Transparency
Implement APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Government Procurement*
|
|
GENERAL OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
Publication of laws,
regulations and judicial decisions http://laws.justice.gc.ca/en/i
Publication of contracting policies, procedures, Notices and Circulars, Statistics (& links to other sites) http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/cmp/h
Contracts Canada -
http://www.contractscanada.gc. - information on doing business with the Federal Government - Standard contract clauses
PROCUREMENT OPPORTUNITIES
Two types of procurement opportunity notices are published: - Notice of Proposed Procurement - Advance Contract Award Notice
Notice of proposed procurement provides suppliers all information necessary to make an informed decision regarding whether the supplier would be interested in obtaining bid documents.
An Advance Contract Award Notice (ACAN) allows departments and agencies to post a notice indicating to the supplier community that it intends to award a good, service or construction contract to a pre-identified contractor.
Procurement notices indicate coverage by NAFTA, WTO-AGP, AIT, and CKTEA.
Most Federal procurement over $25,000 is electronically tendered through MERX – the government electronic tendering service.
MERX is used by the Federal Government and many provinces and municipalities.
Information also provided through “Government Business Opportunities” -Available by subsciption - Daily fax or e-mail receipt of all MERX notices to those GBO subscribers who are not currently subscribers to MERX
PURCHASE REQUIREMENT (Information for Responsive Bids)
Any potential supplier can obtain the following documents which contain all information needed to prepare a responsive bid: - Notice of Proposed Procurement - Bid Documents - Questions and Answers posted on MERX during the bid period - Policies and Procedures
BID EVALUATION CRITERIA
All criteria for evaluating bids are included in the bid documents.
- Any potential supplier can obtain bid documents electronically through the MERX system.
Contracts are awarded based on the evaluation criteria indicated in the bid documents.
AWARD OF CONTRACT
Contract Award Notices are posted on the Government Electronic Tendering Service through MERX and in “Government Business Opportunities” .
Contract Award Notice provides information to suppliers on: - Description of nature and quantity of goods or services - Name and address of entity awarding contract - Date of the award - Name and address of winning supplier - Total of contract - Tendering procedure used
Canada's Transparency Regime includes: - Laws - Regulations - Procedures and Policies - Contract Clauses - Procurement opportunities - Evaluation Criteria - Contract Awards and Results of Reviews
|
|
|
Value for Money
|
|
Inherent in procuring best value in procurement is the consideration of all relevant costs over the useful life of the acquisition, not solely the initial or basic contractual cost. |
|
|
Open and Effective Competition
|
|
Government procurement opportunities in Canada may be accessed through the Internet from around the world. These opportunities are available through the Government Electronic Tendering Service (GETS) and Government Business Opportunities (GBO). Canada has provided the APEC Secretariat with this information for its APEC Government Homepage.
Please visit:
http://www.apecsec.org.sg/govt
|
|
|
Fair Dealing
|
|
While adhering to its obligations under international trade agreements, Canada seeks to ensure equal access to procurement to all suppliers in order to contribute to lower purchasing costs and development of a strong economy in an environment of competition, transparency, and efficiency.
|
|
|
Accountability and Due Process
|
|
RECORD KEEPING
Management of Government Information Holdings ensures cost-effective and coordinated management. http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/pubs_
Complete documentation regarding each procurement is maintained by Public Works and Government Services for 7 years after contract completion.
INDEPENDENT SCRUTINY
Office of the Auditor General -Conducts independent audits and examinations
Access to Information Act -Suppliers can seek information on procurement. -http://www.infocom.gc.ca/faq/d
Standing Committee on Public Accounts -Reviews reports on public accounts and Auditor General's reports.
REVIEW MECHANISM
The Canadian International Trade Tribunal (CITT) acts as the bid challenge authority for NAFTA, the WTO AGP, the Agreement on Internal Trade (AIT), and the Canada-Korea Telecommunications Equipment Agreement.
The CITT can award costs in relation to the preparation of proposals and in relation to filing and proceeding with a complaint. The CITT can make recommendations such as: the award of monetary compensation (lost profit), that a contract be cancelled, that bids be re-evaluated or that new bids be sought.
- All regulations and decisions are available electronically http://www.citt.gc.ca/procure/
The international agreements also provide for state to state dispute resolution.
|
|
|
Non-discrimination
|
|
While adhering to its obligations under international trade agreements, Canada seeks to ensure equal access to procurement to all suppliers in order to contribute to lower purchasing costs and development of a strong economy in a context of competition, transparency and efficiency.
The international trade agreements also provide for non-discrimination provisions. |
|
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Government Procurement since 1996 |
||
|
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
General Policy Position
|
The objective of federal government policy is to carry out procurement contracting that enhances access, competition and fairness, and results in best value. Canada is a party to the WTO Agreement on Government Procurement (AGP).
|
Procurement practices are fully consistent with established policies and with Canada’s obligations as a Party to the WTO-AGP and the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) (since 1994) and the Canada-Korea Telecommunications Equipment Procurement Agreement (since 2001). |
|
Transparency
Implement APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Government Procurement*
|
In line with the OAA objectives to develop a common understanding of each APEC economy’s government procurement policies and practices, Canada has designated contact points for policy and administrative enquiries, and has submitted its completed Survey on Government Procurement Systems to the Experts Group. It is expected that these efforts will contribute to the overall transparency of government procurement systems in APEC.
Please visit:
http://www.apecsec.org.sg/govt
The Government Electronic Tendering Service is a user-friendly system available on the Internet, and is designed to give fast, effective and equal access to larger government contracts.
|
Canada submitted to the Working Group a non-paper which discusses various elements of transparency in government procurement (1997).
Canada participates actively in work on government procurement in the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA) forum (since 1998). Canada submitted a non-paper suggesting organizational and substantive considerations for the design of FTAA procurement disciplines, emphasizing the elements of transparency and predictability.
Canada submitted its revised Survey on Government Procurement Systems to the Experts Group (1998).
Canada submitted its revised Survey on Government Procurement Systems to the Experts Group. At the same time it contributed a technical review of contract award information to the Working Group’s discussions on the issues for the development of a transparency agreement. Canada is developing its position on the contents of the agreement in consultation with stakeholders (1999).
|
|
Value for money
|
Inherent in procuring best value in procurement is the consideration of all relevant costs over the useful life of the acquisition, not solely the initial or basic contractual cost. |
|
|
Open and Effective Competition
|
Government procurement opportunities in Canada may be accessed through the Internet from around the world. These opportunities are available through the Government Electronic Tendering Service (GETS) and Government Business Opportunities (GBO). Canada has provided the APEC Secretariat with this information for its APEC Government Homepage.
Please visit:
http://www.apecsec.org.sg/govt
|
In accordance with the objective of liberalization of government procurement markets in the APEC region, Canada is committed to the further expansion of membership in the WTO-AGP. Canada encourages APEC member economies to accede to the WTO-AGP and fully supports their ongoing accessions and requests for observer status (since 1997).
In addition to the opportunities available through the Government Electronic Tendering Service, this year a more cost-effective and user-friendly service known as MERX was implemented (since 1998).
In September 2001, the Canada-Korea Telecommunications Equipment Agreement was implemented.
|
|
Fair Dealing
|
While adhering to its obligations under international trade agreements, Canada seeks to ensure equal access to procurement to all Canadian suppliers in order to contribute to lower purchasing costs and development of a strong economy in an environment of competition, transparency, and efficiency. |
|
|
Accountability and Due Process
|
Canada supports the initiative to launch negotiations at the Singapore WTO Ministerial Conference on an agreement to enshrine due process and transparency obligations on government procurement on a multilateral basis. Such negotiations should help to promote confidence in procurement disciplines and should ultimately lead to expanded membership in the AGP itself. More generally, under Article XXIV:7 provisions, Canada supports an early re-examination of the AGP with a view to enhancing its effectiveness. |
|
|
Non-discrimination
|
While adhering to its obligations under international trade agreements, Canada seeks to ensure equal access to procurement to all Canadian suppliers in order to contribute to lower purchasing costs and development of a strong economy in a context of competition, transparency and efficiency. |
Canada is now working with other AGP Parties to simplify and improve the WTO-AGP, as well as to expand coverage and eliminate discriminatory measures and practices (since 1997). |
Appendix – APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Government Procurement
Introduction
The Government Procurement Experts Group (GPEG) was established in 1995 to consider ways to increase transparency of, and liberalise, government procurement markets in accordance with the goals of the Bogor Declaration. APEC identified and agreed a collective action plan for government procurement. A key component of the plan was to develop a set of non-binding principles on government procurement. This was in line with the APEC General Principle of flexibility, enunciated in the Osaka Action Agenda: “Considering the different levels of economic development among the APEC economies and the diverse circumstances in each economy, flexibility will be available in dealing with issues arising from such circumstances in the liberalisation and facilitation process”.
In 1999 GPEG completed the Non-Binding Principles on Government Procurement (NBPs) that identify elements and illustrative practices on the principles of
transparency, value for money, open and effective competition, fair dealing, accountability and due process, and non-discrimination. The NBPs have the support
and commitment of all Economies and have been adopted as the basis of the Government Procurement section of APEC economies’ annually revised Individual
Action Plans recording progress towards the Bogor goals of free and open trade and investment.
The NBPs have been a major contributor to the success of Economies and GPEG in promoting transparency in government procurement. The majority of GPEG members have completed their voluntary reviews and reports of their government procurement systems against the non-binding principle of Transparency. Through this process, Economies are exploring how best to implement the principles and to voluntarily bring their systems into conformity with them. This general transparency principle applies to all aspects of government procurement, including the elements of the general operational environment, procurement opportunities, purchase requirements, bid evaluation criteria and award of contracts. Establishing and maintaining transparent procurement markets not only assists Economies to learn from each other but also enables industry to obtain a clear understanding of the procurement markets operating within member economies.
On 27 October 2002, in Los Cabos, Mexico, APEC Leaders adopted the “Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards” (“Leaders’ Statement”), and directed that these standards be implemented as soon as possible, and in no case later than January 2005.
Paragraph 7 of the Leaders’ Statement states that, consistent with the transparency standards in paragraphs 1-6 of the Leaders’ Statement, Economies will follow the transparency provisions contained in the APEC Government Procurement Experts Group (GPEG) NBPs. In paragraph 8 of the Leaders’ Statement, APEC Leaders instructed that “APEC sub-fora that have elaborated transparency provisions should review these regularly and, where appropriate, improve, revise or expand them further,” and also instructed that such new transparency provisions should be presented to Leaders upon completion for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. Ministers Responsible for Trade meeting in Khon Kaen on June 2-3 “instructed officials to complete work underway to develop area-specific Transparency Standards.”
The Transparency Standards on Government Procurement, as set out below, are consistent with and fully reflect the General Principles in the Leaders’ Statement and the transparency-related provisions of the NBPs. Implementation of both the Transparency Standards on Government Procurement and the NBPs will promote transparency in government procurement in the Asia-Pacific region.
Transparency Standards on Government Procurement
Transparency in the government procurement context means that sufficient and relevant information should be made available to all interested parties consistently and in a timely manner through a readily accessible, widely available medium. This applies to all aspects of government procurement, including the general operational environment, procurement opportunities, purchase requirements, bid evaluation criteria and award of contracts.
1. Consistent with paragraph 1 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will: (a) ensure that its laws, regulations, and progressively judicial decisions,
administrative rulings, policies (including any discriminatory or preferential treatment such as prohibitions against or set asides for certain categories of suppliers), procedures and practices (including procurement methods) related to government procurement (collectively referred to as “procurement rules”) are promptly published or otherwise made available, for example, via the Internet, in such a manner as to enable interested persons and other Economies to become acquainted with them; (b) designate an official journal or journals and publish the procurement rules in such journals on a regular basis and make copies of the journals readily available to the public (e.g., via the Internet); and (c) promote observance of the provisions of this paragraph by the regional and local governments and authorities within its customs territory.
2. Each economy will disseminate information on its procurement rules, for example, by: (a) publishing either a positive or negative list of the procuring entities subject to its rules; and (b) providing a description of its procurement rules on the APEC Government Procurement Experts Group Home Page and linking its government procurement Home Page, where available, with the APEC Government Procurement Experts Group Home Page.
3. Consistent with paragraph 2 of the Leaders’ Statement, when possible each Economy will publish in advance any procurement rules that it proposes to adopt; and provide, where applicable, interested persons a reasonable opportunity to comment on such proposed procurement rules.
4. Consistent with paragraph 3 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will endeavor upon request from an interested person or another Economy to promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to any actual or proposed rules. Each Economy will also establish contact points for such inquiries.
5. Consistent with paragraph 4 of the Leaders’ Statement, in administrative proceedings applying to any procurement rule, each Economy will ensure that: (a) wherever possible, persons of another Economy that are directly affected by a proceeding are provided reasonable notice, in accordance with domestic procedures, when a proceeding is initiated, including a description of the nature of the proceeding, a statement of the legal authority under which the proceeding is initiated and a general description of any issues in controversy; (b) such persons are afforded a reasonable opportunity to present facts and arguments in support of their positions prior to any final administrative action, when time, the nature of the proceeding and the public interest permit; and (c) its procedures are in accordance with domestic law.
6. Consistent with paragraph 5 of the Leaders' Statement, where warranted, each Economy will ensure that appropriate domestic procedures are in place to enable prompt review and correction of final administrative actions, other than those taken for sensitive prudential reasons, regarding matters covered by these Standards, that: (a) provide for tribunals or panels that are impartial and independent of any office or authority entrusted with administrative enforcement and have no substantial interest in the outcome of the matter; (b) provide parties to any proceeding with a reasonable opportunity to present their respective positions; (c) provide parties to any proceeding with a decision based on the evidence and submissions of record or, where required by domestic law, the record compiled by the administrative authority; and (d) ensure, subject to appeal or further review under domestic law, that such decisions are implemented by, and govern the practice of, the offices or authorities regarding the administrative action at issue.
7. Each Economy will endeavour to maximize transparency in access to procurement opportunities. This should be accomplished where possible by: (a) where open tendering is adopted, publishing procurement opportunities in a medium readily accessible to suppliers (e.g., on the Internet); (b) making the same information on procurement opportunities available in a timely manner to all potential suppliers; (c) publishing contact details of purchasers, and their product/ service purchase interests, for suppliers wishing to register their interest in being notified of bidding opportunities that may not be publicly advertised; (d) making available early advice of complex high-value procurement needs through staged procedures such as public requests for information, requests for proposals and invitations for pre-qualification, and allowing adequate time for interested suppliers to prepare and submit a response; (e) making publicly available requirements and procedures for pre-qualification of suppliers; and (f) any time limits established for various stages of the procurement process.
8. Each Economy will make available for suppliers all the information required to prepare a responsive offer. This should include where possible: (a) providing in procurement notices the following information: the nature of the product or service to be procured; specifications; quantity, where known; time frame for delivery; closing times and dates; where to obtain tender documentation, where to submit bids, and contact details from which further information can be obtained; (b) providing any changes to participating suppliers; and (c) providing tender documentation and other information to suppliers promptly on request.
9. Each Economy will maintain transparent criteria for evaluating bids and evaluate bids and award contracts strictly according to these criteria. This should be done where possible by: (a) specifying in procurement notices or tender documentation all evaluation criteria, including any preferential arrangements; and (b) maintaining, for a predetermined period proper records of decisions sufficient to justify decisions taken in the procurement process.
10. Each Economy will award contracts in a transparent manner. This should be accomplished where possible by: (a) publishing the outcome of the tender including the name of the successful supplier and the value of the bid; and (b) as a minimum promptly notifying unsuccessful suppliers of the outcome of their bids and where and when contract award information is published, and debriefing unsuccessful suppliers on request.
11. Consistent with paragraph 11 of the Leaders’ Statement, an Economy does not need to disclose confidential information where such disclosure would impede law enforcement, the enactment of laws, or that would be contrary to the public or national interest, or compromise security of the economy concerned or that would prejudice the legitimate commercial interests of particular persons or enterprises. Each economy will keep commercially sensitive information secure and prevent its use for personal gain by procurement officials or to prejudice fair, open and effective competition.
*Economies should report against the actual language in the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Government Procurement, which can be found in the Appendix at the end of this document.
Chapter 10 : Deregulation/ Regulatory Review |
|
Objective
APEC economies will facilitate free and open trade and investment in the Asia-Pacific Region by, inter alia:
a. enhancingthe transparency of regulatory regimes (including through the use of new technologies);
b. eliminating domestic regulations that may distort or restrict trade, investment or competition and are not necessary to achieve a legitimate objective; and
c. speeding up reforms which encourage efficient and well functioning product, labour and capital markets and supportive of institutional framework.
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will:
a. explore economy wide processes for the transparent and accountable identification and review of domestic regulations that may distort or restrict trade, investment or competition;
b. implement and maintain standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards;
c. consider the adoption of regulatory reform to reduce those distortions and their resulting costs, whilst maintaining the achievement of legitimate objectives; and
d. promote the consideration of competition policy in regulatory reform.
|
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies, taking into account work done in other areas of APEC activity will:
a. publish annual reports detailing actions taken by APEC economies to deregulate their domestic regulatory regimes; and
b. develop further actions taking into account the above reports, including; i. policy dialogue on APEC economies’ experiences in regard to best practices in deregulation, including the use of individual case studies to assist in the design and implementation of deregulatory measures, and consideration of further options for a work program which may include: - identification of common priority areas and sectors for deregulation; - provision of technical assistance in designing and implementing deregulation measures; - dialogue on implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Regulatory Reform; - examination of the possibility of establishing APEC guidelines on domestic deregulation; and ii. regular dialogue with the business community, including a possible symposium.
The current CAP relating to deregulation/regulatory review can be found in the Deregulation Collective Action Plan.
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Deregulation/Regulatory Review in 2004
Canada has a long-standing commitment to freer trade as the engine of economic growth. An original member of the GATT and the WTO, Canada has established one of the most liberal and transparent regulatory regimes in the world.
Likewise, Canada’s regulatory system is one of the most transparent in the world. The Regulatory Policy requires that regulatory authorities consult Canadians in developing or modifying regulations and regulatory programs. The Regulatory Policy requires that stakeholders — industry, labour, consumer groups, professional organisations, other governments & interested individuals — be consulted on all phases of the identification of problems, and the development of the regulatory solution. The Policy further requires that regulatory authorities must communicate with stakeholders on proposed regulatory requirements in simple, clear, complete and concise language that the general public can easily understand and that all such proposals must be well publicized and easily accessible. Specific provisions to ensure transparency in the development of regulations are outlined below.
An External Advisory Committee on Smart Regulation (EACSR) was appointed by the Prime Minister in 2003 to provide advice on how to redesign Canada’s regulatory approach for the 21st century. The Committee completed its study in September 2004 and made a number of recommendations: strengthen federal-provincial-territorial cooperation to create a seamless regulatory environment in Canada; adopt international regulatory approaches, when feasible, and make regulatory cooperation a key facet of Canada’s foreign policy (with emphasis on the United States); improve transparency and adopt innovative consultation mechanisms to support citizens and industry; develop a government-wide approach to risk management that includes risk prioritization, risk assessment and risk communication and consultation; develop a new regulatory policy; create a single, nationally-integrated approach for environmental assessments; create sector-specific “Swat Teams”, comprised of government, industry and NGO representatives, to examine specific regulatory problems and propose collective solutions; and engage Parliamentarians in redefining relationships within a Smart Regulation system. The government will be drawing upon these recommendations to broaden its smart regulation action plan with the goal of removing regulatory impediments to wealth creation and make the design and management of regulation more efficient and effective.
Key sectoral reform initiatives continued development in 2004, including those in the areas of pharmaceuticals, business paperwork burden, food safety, automobile safety standards, and pesticide review.
In addition to the work of EACSR, a number of Canadian federal regulators also engage in consultations with the public on the overhaul of key regulatory frameworks, not just individual regulatory proposals.
Web Links to further information:
Details of Canada’s regulatory system, including the current Regulatory Policy as well as guides and tools (e.g., RIAS writers guide) , can be found at: http://www.pco-bcp.gc.ca/raoic
Smart
Regulation, http://www.pco-bcp.gc.ca/sft-d
Press Release - External
Advisory Committee on Smart Regulation Releases its Report “Smart Regulation
for Canada” at http://www.smartregulation.gc.
Press Release - “Prime
Minister Receives Report on Smart Regulation from the External Advisory
Committee on Smart Regulation” at http://www.pm.gc.ca/eng/news.a
National Innovation Strategy, http://www.innovationstrategy.
OECD Review of Regulatory Reform in Canada - Maintaining Leadership Through Innovation (2002), http://www.oecd.org/
Contacts:
Question related to regulation and international trade can be directed to angela.behboodi@international.gc.ca
Questions related to the regulatory management and quality control mechanisms can be directed to jaylard@pco-bcp.gc.ca
Questions related to the External Advisory Committee on Smart Regulation can be directed to jhill@pco-bcp.gc.ca
|
Canada’s Approach to Deregulation/Regulatory Review in 2004 |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Regulatory Review Policies / Arrangements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
General Policy Position, including Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Regulatory Reform*
|
An External Advisory Committee on Smart Regulation (EACSR), in its recommendations released in 2004, provided an external perspective and expert strategic advice on the best way to improve the regulatory system to better meet the needs of Canadians and Canada. A key principle used by EACSR in both its consultations and its recommendations is transparency.
The establishment of an advisory body on regulatory issues was a key recommendation of the OECD report on Canada ’s regulatory performance and received support at the National Innovation Strategy consultations in Fall 2002.
Using the EACSR recommendations as a guide, the government has commenced work across federal departments and in partnership with industry, civil society representatives and citizens to modernize regulation in key sectors and develop a new regulatory governance framework. |
Canada’s Regulatory Policy, a seven-point directive to all federal regulation-making authorities concerning subordinate regulation-making powers, drives the country’s regulatory process.
The Regulatory Policy lays out requirements for consultation, communication, and publication of proposed regulatory measures that ensure transparency throughout the regulatory process.
This allows for implementation of the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Regulatory Reform namely through:
1) Publication of laws, rules, and regulations
The Regulatory Policy, and all information pertaining to the regulatory process are available on the internet at http://www.pco-bcp.gc.ca/raoic The Statutory Instruments Act and the Statutory Instruments Regulations set out the legal requirement for publication of regulations in the Canada Gazette, Canada’s official journal. This is also available on the internet at http://canadagazette.gc.ca Draft regulations are pre-published, together with a Regulatory Impact Analysis Statement (RIAS), in the Canada Gazette for a minimum of 30 days to allow for public scrutiny and comment on the proposal.
The regulation is published for a second time in the Canada Gazette part II once it has been approved and registered.
2) Notice and comment period of proposed regulatory measures
The Regulatory Policy requires that notice of proposed regulations and amendments be given in a manner to ensure there is time to make changes and to take comments from consultees into account.
Pre-publication of draft regulations in the Canada Gazette, Part I provides the public an additional opportunity to comment.
Furthermore, the Regulatory Policy requires that technical regulations that affect trade be pre-published in the Canada Gazette, Part I for a period of at least 75 days. This is in order to allow Canada to fulfill its obligation of notification under various trade agreements, such as the World Trade Organization's Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade and the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures. The draft regulation is then notified to the WTO, allowing all interested parties an opportunity to comment.
3) Prompt reply to queries regarding actual or proposed measures
The Government of Canada is committed to working with industry, labour, interest groups, professional organizations, other governments and interested individuals.
Pre-publication in the Canada Gazette, Part I allows the public and stakeholders to submit comments to the government departments and agencies responsible for the proposed regulations before the regulations are enacted. The names and coordinates of the contact persons appear within the proposed regulations.
Regulatory authorities are expected to address public comments to proposed regulations, or provide reasons why a given concern could not be addressed.
For more information on these and other transparency mechanisms, please contact:
Angela Behboodi Technical Barriers and Regulations Division International Trade Canada angela.behboodi@international.gc.ca
Jody Aylard Regulatory Affairs and Orders in Council Division Privy Council Office
Regulatory authorities are provided a range of sophisticated tools to
promote consultative approaches to regulatory reform, including on-line
consultations and exercises of citizen engagement such as town hall meetings.
Many key regulators maintain consultation portals on the internet, some of
which feature specialized consultation guides for stakeholders and members of
the public. The Government of Canada has established a central internet
consultations portal (http://www.consultingcanadians
|
The government has named a minister responsible to lead the development of a regulatory governance framework and will undertake specific sectoral regulatory reforms to develop and implement smart regulation and measure its performance.
In addition to the work of EACSR mentioned above, a number of Canadian federal regulators also engage in consultations with the public on the overhaul of key regulatory frameworks, not just individual regulatory proposals. Health Canada, for example is consulting on the renewal of its health protection legislation. Agriculture and Agri-food Canada is consulting on a new Agricultural Policy Framework. Industry Canada is consulting on a framework to deal with internet "spam."
|
|
Identification and Review of Proposed Regulations
|
Specific work has begun toward developing an evaluation framework for key Smart Regulations commitments made in 2002 and 2004 Speeches from the Throne in order to measure the impact of these initiatives. This is the first initiative of its kind, designed to measure the impact of specific regulatory initiatives taken under the rubric of a macro-policy goals of promoting health and sustainability, contributing to innovation and economic growth, and reducing administrative burden on business.
|
Policy Approach for Transparent Review of Proposed Regulations
The Regulatory Policy requires that Canadians are consulted, and that they have an opportunity to participate in developing or modifying regulations and regulatory programs. The Government of Canada is committed to working with industry, labour, interest groups, professional organizations, other governments and interested individuals.
Since 1986, the Government of Canada has required that a Regulatory Impact Analysis Statement (RIAS) accompany each proposed regulation.
RIASs include a
description of what the Government is proposing to do, who has been
consulted, what has been said, and what has resulted. RIASs are used both as
information documents for Ministers who examine the regulations, as well
as public consultation documents. Draft regulations are published,
together with the RIAS, in the Canada Gazette, Part I to provide an
additional opportunity for public comment on upcoming regulations. The
Canada Gazette can be found at: http://publiservice.gc.ca/serv
Barriers to Trade
Appendix A of the Regulatory Policy sets out obligations for regulators with respect to International and Intergovernmental Agreements. When developing or changing technical regulations, regulatory authorities must take into account Canada’s obligations as laid out in the WTO Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) and the Agreement on Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS), the NAFTA Articles on Technical Barriers to Trade (Chapter 9), Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (Section B of Chapter Seven), and other multilateral, regional, and bilateral Agreements referring to regulations and standards.
|
RIASThe OECD review of Canada’s regulatory reform, released in 2002, applauded Canada’s regulatory process, It also noted that the RIAS could be improved through greater attention to market openness issues.
In keeping with both the OECD review and the EACSR recommendations, work is underway to develop means to more effectively tailor regulatory submission requirements so they are proportional to the impact of the regulation.
|
|
Identification and Review of Existing Regulations
|
Early work is underway to identify meaningful and relevant performance measurement of federal regulatory programs, responsive to transparency and accountability expectations, including those of key international partners.
|
The Government of Canada uses a number of strategies to identify and review existing regulations, including: Parliamentary Committee studies, reviews, audits, government-stakeholder or intergovernmental working groups, advisory councils, public meetings, independent reports, and formal or informal consultation.
Regulatory Review of Existing Regulation
At present, it is the Government of Canada’s policy that the discipline of evaluation be embedded in the management of all policies, programs and initiatives, including regulatory programs. The goal is to help managers determine whether initiatives are delivering intended results and to continually implement improvements.
Barriers to Trade
When developing or changing technical regulations, regulatory authorities must take into account Canada’s obligations as laid out in the WTO Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) and the Agreement on Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS), the NAFTA Articles on Technical Barriers to Trade (Chapter 9), Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (Section B of Chapter Seven), and other multilateral, regional, and bilateral Agreements referring to regulations and standards. |
Please see the above references to Smart Regulation initiatives.
|
|
Reform of Industry/Sector Specific Regulation
|
|
Regulatory Reform
Through the Regulatory Policy, Canadian government departments and agencies must comply with the provisions of international agreements, inter alia, the WTO- TBT and SPS Agreements.
|
Please see the above reference to the Smart Regulation Initiative |
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Deregulation/Regulatory Review since 1996 |
||
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
General Policy Position, including Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Regulatory Reform*
|
The Government of Canada revised and updated its Regulatory Policy, which had been in effect since 1986. One of the most substantive changes to the Regulatory Policy was the incorporation of the Regulatory Process Management Standards, which are intended to provide a framework to ensure a high quality of departmental regulatory processes and to deliver better regulations. Regulatory authorities are expected to adopt and report on their compliance with these standards (1995).
A Deputy Minister level “Challenge Team” was established to examine ongoing improvements in regulatory governance. (1996).
Canada has continuously examined the scope for international harmonization of regulations in accordance with its obligations in international agreements, specifically the WTO Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) and the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS). |
Please see the above references to Smart Regulation initiatives and the National Innovation Strategy.
Responsibility for the Regulatory Policy was transferred to the Special Committee of Council (SCC) to enhance regulatory accountability, and provide a more consistent treatment and consideration of proposed regulatory initiatives. In addition, a new Secretariat was established within the Privy Council Office to consolidate support for SCC’s regulatory responsibilities (1999).
Canada updated and revised the 1995 Regulatory Policy to clarify existing requirements (1999).
The Cabinet Directive on Law Making was also made in 1999 and it requires ministers proposing to address a matter through a bill or regulation to engage in consultations with those who have an interest in the matter.
A number of assessments of the Regulatory Policy and process have been conducted following the establishment of the new Secretariat. For example, a 2000 study focussing on the contribution of regulatory impact analysis on decision making and the development of regulations concluded that requirements prompted greater attention to alternatives and costs and benefits. Consultation, in particular, had an impact on decision making, with changes being made to regulatory proposals as a result of stakeholder comment. Capacity-building/training initiatives have also been launched (e.g., creation of on-line regulatory process learning tool).
The Improved Reporting to Parliament project, introduced in 1997, contains elements in line with the Transparency Standards as it encourages federal departments to provide Parliament with advance notice of important initiatives including regulatory ones and then report on progress and results in an ensuing fiscal year.
An ongoing Service Improvement Initiative aims for measurable client service improvement across all channels of government service, such as phone or web. This speaks to the third aspect of the Transparency Standards, the prompt response on queries regarding actual or proposed regulatory reform measures.
Responsibility for the Regulatory Policy was transferred to Treasury Board, a major cabinet committee and its President mandated with developing a new regulatory governance framework(2004).
|
|
Identification and Review of Proposed Regulations
|
Barriers to Trade
The Regulatory Policy requires regulators to comply with Canada’s international obligations related to barriers to trade. As such, Canada complied with its obligations in the WTO Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade Agreement (TBT) and the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS), and notified the WTO Secretariat in 1996 under Article 15.2 of the TBT Agreement that Canada’s implementation of these Agreements required little change.
Processes for transparent review of regulations The Regulatory Policy requires that Canadians are consulted, and that they have an opportunity to participate in developing or modifying regulations and regulatory programs. The Government of Canada is committed to working with industry, labour, interest groups, professional organizations, other governments, and interested individuals.
Since 1986, the Government of Canada has required that a Regulatory Impact Analysis Statement (RIAS) accompany each proposed regulation. RIASs include a description of what the Government is proposing to do, who has been consulted, what has been said, and what has resulted. RIASs are used both as information documents for Ministers who examine the regulations, as well as public consultation documents. Draft regulations are published, together with the RIAS, in the Canada Gazette, Part I to provide an additional opportunity for public comment on upcoming regulations. The Canada Gazette can be found at: http://publiservice.gc.ca/serv
|
Please see the above references to Smart Regulation initiatives.
Please see text in box above.
|
|
Identification and Review of Existing Regulations
|
Regulatory Review of Existing Regulation
In consultation with the private sector, the Government of Canada undertook a comprehensive review of existing federal regulations with the objective of evaluating and streamlining regulations and determining if they were still appropriate. This effort resulted in 835 regulations (out of about 2,800 regulations then listed in the Consolidated Index of Statutory Instruments) being identified for revisions or elimination over the period 1993 to 1998.
Subsequent to these broad‑scale reviews, Canada has taken a more targeted approach. A number of pieces of Canadian legislation have incorporated specific provisions for a comprehensive review of the provisions and operation of the Act within a set time period (e.g., Canadian Environmental Protection Act).
It is the Government of Canada’s policy that the discipline of evaluation be imbedded into the life cycle management of all policies, programs and initiatives, and that evaluation work be planned and carried out based on an assessment of risks and departmental and government-wide priorities. A set of standards form part of Canada’s evaluation policy. These standards provide clear expectations for the conduct of quality evaluation in all areas, including those related to regulation. A set of standards form part of Canada’s evaluation policy. These standards provide clear expectations for the conduct of quality evaluation in all areas, including those related to regulation.
For further information, please visit:
http://publiservice.tbs-sct.gc
|
Please see the above references to Smart Regulation initiatives and the National Innovation Strategy.
Please see text in box above.
|
|
Reform of Industry/Sector Specific Regulation
|
Barriers to Trade
When developing or changing technical regulations, regulatory authorities must take into account Canada’s obligations as laid out in the WTO Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) and the Agreement on Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS), the NAFTA Articles on Technical Barriers to Trade (Chapter 9), Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (Section B of Chapter Seven), and other multilateral, regional, and bilateral Agreements referring to regulations and standards.
As part of its Jobs and Growth Strategy, Canada conducted sector reviews in the areas of: automotive and auto parts manufacturing; forest products; biotechnology; aquaculture; mining; and health, food and therapeutic products. (1994) |
Over the last five years, Canada has adopted an Act to establish the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada and amend certain acts in relation to financial institutions(14 June 2001). The Act introduced sweeping regulatory reforms including measures to enhance efficiency and increase domestic competition; improvements to the regulatory environment; and increased consumer protection.
In addition, the Canada Business Corporations Act (14 June 2001) was amended to permit electronic communications between corporations and their shareholders (paper records of such communications are no longer required).
Finally, the Personal Information and Electronic Documents Act (13 April 2001) was adopted. This Act will protect the personal information of individuals when it is used in the course of commercial activities in Canada. It will help to build trust in E-Commerce with its assurance of protection for personal information in digital form.
|
Introduction
In October 2002, in Los Cabos, Mexico, APEC Leaders adopted the Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards (“Leaders’ Statement”), and directed that these standards be implemented as soon as possible, and in no case later than January 2005.
In paragraph 8 of the Leaders’ Statement, APEC Leaders instructed that APEC sub-fora that have not developed specific transparency provisions should do so, and further instructed that such new transparency provisions should be presented to Leaders upon completion for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement. Accordingly, the following set of transparency standards on competition and deregulation for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement were developed.
These principles flow from the General Principles on Transparency agreed to by APEC Leaders at Los Cabos, and provide specific guidance for implementation within the context of competition law and policy and regulatory reform.
Transparency Standards on Competition Law and Policy
1. In furtherance of paragraph 1 of the General Principles of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will ensure that its competition laws, regulations, and progressively, procedures, administrative rulings of general application and judicial decisions of general application are promptly published or otherwise made available in such a manner as to enable interested persons and other Economies to become acquainted with them.
2. In furtherance of paragraphs 4 and 5 of the General Principles of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will ensure that before it imposes a sanction or remedy against any person for violating its national competition law, it affords the person the right to be heard and to present evidence, except that it may provide for the person to be heard and present evidence within a reasonable time after it imposes an interim sanction or remedy; and that an independent court or tribunal imposes or, at the persons request, reviews any such sanction or remedy. Proceedings subject to this paragraph are to be in accordance with domestic law.
Transparency Standards on Regulatory Reform
1. In furtherance of paragraph 1 of the General Principles of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will ensure that its laws, regulations, procedural rules and administrative rulings of general application relating to regulatory reform are promptly published or otherwise made available in such a manner as to enable interested persons and other economies to become acquainted with them.
2. In furtherance of paragraphs 2 and 3 of the Leaders’ Statement, Economies recognize the importance of ensuring transparency in the regulatory reform process and of soliciting and responding to inquiries from interested persons and other Economies. Accordingly, each Economy will, where possible (a) publish in advance regulatory reform measures that it proposes to adopt, and (b) provide where applicable interested persons a reasonable opportunity to comment on such proposed measures. In addition, upon request from an interested person or another Economy, each Economy will endeavor to promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to any actual or proposed regulatory reform measure.
Confidential Information
Economies agree that nothing in these standards requires any Economy to disclose confidential information. (Note: The Leaders’ Statement includes a provision for the protection of confidential information. This statement is included here to emphasize the importance of the protection of confidential information in the contexts of both competition law and policy and regulatory reform.)
* Economies should report against the actual language in the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Regulatory Reform, which can be found in the Appendix at the end of this document.
Chapter 11 : Implementation of WTO Obligations (inc ROOs) |
|
Objectives
APEC economies will ensure full and effective implementation of Uruguay Round outcomes within the agreed time frame in a manner fully consistent with the letter and the spirit of the WTO Agreement.
On Rules of Origin, APEC economies will:
a. ensure full compliance with internationally harmonized rules of origin to be adopted in relevant international fora; and
b. ensure that their respective rules of origin are prepared and applied in an impartial, transparent and neutral manner.
|
|
Guidelines
On WTO Agreements:
a. Each APEC economy which is a WTO member will fully and faithfully implement its respective Uruguay Round commitments.
b. Each APEC economy which is in the process of acceding to the WTO Agreement may participate in APEC Uruguay Round implementation actions through voluntary steps to liberalize its respective trade and investment regimes consistent with the WTO Agreement.
c. Each APEC economy will, on a voluntary basis, accelerate the implementation of Uruguay Round outcomes and deepen and broaden these.
On Rules of Origin:
Each APEC economy will:
a. align its respective rules of origin with internationally harmonized rules of origin to be adopted as a result of the WTO/WCO process; and
b. ensure predictable and consistent application of rules of origin.
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will:
a. utilize on an on-going basis Uruguay Round implementation seminars and other appropriate means to: i. improve APEC economies' understanding of provisions in the WTO Agreement and obligations thereunder; ii. identify operational problems encountered in implementation of the WTO Agreement and areas in which APEC economies may require technical assistance; and iii. explore cooperative efforts to provide such technical assistance in implementation;
b. consider implementation of suggestions for follow-on work from Uruguay Round implementation seminars; and
c. undertake technical assistance based on discussion at the above seminars, including cooperative training projects targeted at prevalent implementation problems to be undertaken in conjunction with the WTO Secretariat and other relevant international institutions.
On Rules of Origin
APEC economies will:
a. gather information on APEC economies’ respective rules of origin, both non-preferential and preferential, and operation thereof without duplicating WTO work in this area, exchange views and develop a compendium of rules of origin for the use of the business/private sector;
b. facilitate, complement and accelerate, in the short term, WTO/WCO work on harmonization of non-preferential rules of origin; and
c. study in due course the implication of rules of origin on the free flow of trade and investment, with a view to identifying, in the longer term, both positive and negative aspects and effects of rules of origin related practices.
The current CAP relating to Implementation of WTO Obligations (inc Rules of Origin) can be found in the WTO Implementation Collective Action Plan and Rules of Origin Collective Action Plan
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Implementation of WTO Obligations and Rules of Origin in 2004
|
Canada’s Approach to Implementation of WTO Obligations (inc ROOs) in 2004 |
|||
Section
|
Obligations Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Status of WTO Obligations Implementation |
Further Implementation Planned |
|
WTO Agreement, Annex 1A (Goods)
|
Canada’s General Preferential Tariff (GPT) regime for developing countries and the LDC Tariff regime were both extended for another 10 years, i.e. to June 30, 2014. This provides traders and investors with a significant degree of predictability and stability in order to better plan their activities.
|
With reference to the Decision on Measures in Favour of LDCs, effective January 1, 2003, the Government of Canada extended duty-free and quota-free access to all imports except dairy products, poultry, and eggs from 48 Least Developed Countries (LDCs). This means that all eligible imports from these countries are assessed at a tariff rate of zero, and all quotas on eligible products have been eliminated. In 2003, imports from LDCs increased by 70% over the previous year
With reference to the Decision on Measures Concerning the Possible Negative Effects of the Reform Programme on Least-Developed and Net Food-Importing Developing Countries, Canada participates in the ongoing discussions respecting the implementation of this Decision. Canada supported the efforts of an inter-agency panel to examine short-term difficulties in financing normal levels of commercial imports of basic foodstuffs. As well, Canada, along with other Food Aid Convention Members, has agreed to renew the Convention, which was set to expire in June 2002.
Decisions relating to the Agreement on TBT cover (1) the Decision on Proposed Understanding on WTO-ISO Standards Information System and (2) the Decision on Review of the ISO/IEC Information Centre Publication. With regard to implementation of the first decision (or further implementation intended), the Standards Council (SCC) has notified acceptance of the Code of Good Practice on behalf of the four Standards Development Organizations (SDOs) accredited by the SCC in 1999, as referred to in paragraph C of the Code. Since then, the SCC has transmitted and continues to transmit to the ISO/IEC Information Centre in Geneva, regular updates of SDO work programmes, as required under paragraph J of Annex 3 of the TBT Agreement. Work programmes can be found at:
http://www.scc.ca/accreditatio
With respect to the second decision, Canada reviews the publication provided by ISO/IEC Information Centre through its participation in the annual review of the implementation and operation of the TBT Agreement as required under Article 15.3.
|
Canada will continue to participate actively in the work of the WTO, including those specifically directed by Ministerial Decisions and Declarations.
|
|
WTO Agreement, Annex 1B (Services)
|
|
Canada is pursuing the Bogor objective of "free and open trade and investment" by 2010 in services sectors. Canada has a very liberal services regime. This liberalization has been complemented by international commitments pursuant to the 1994 North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) and the 1995 General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS).
For further information, please visit the Services’ chapter of Canada’s IAP.
|
Canada will continue to engage, with other WTO member countries, in the new round of GATS negotiations that began in February 2000. In this context, Canada participates on WTO work on domestic regulations, safeguards, subsidies and government procurement in a services context. Canada is currently engaged in the market access phase of the GATS negotiations, and submitted its services offer in March 2003. |
|
WTO Agreement, Annex 1C (IPR)
|
In May 2004, Canada, passed a legislation amending its Patent Act and the Food and Drugs Act to provide the legislative framework to enable Canada to respond to the August 30, 2003 decision of the World Trade Organization (WTO) on the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights and Public Health. This legislation will come into effect once the regulations necessary to complete this legislative framework have been passed. This is expected to take place in early 2005. |
Canada is a member of several international treaties regarding intellectual property and actively participates in various international fora to promote further improvements in intellectual property in the global environment. Canada has fully implemented the WTO Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) to reflect this commitment.
For further information, please visit the Intellectual Property Rights’ chapter of Canada’s IAP.
|
Canada will continue to participate in the reviews of the WTO TRIPS Agreement implementation, which are held every two years. |
|
WTO Plurilateral Agreements
|
|
Canada is a full member of the two existing WTO Plurilateral Trade Agreements; the Agreement on Trade in Civil Aircraft and the Agreement on Government Procurement. |
Canada will continue to participate actively in both WTO Plurilateral Agreements: the Agreement on Trade in Civil Aircraft and the Agreement on Government Procurement. |
|
WTO Ministerial Decisions and Declarations
|
|
In this section, we refer to WTO Ministerial Decisions and Declarations adopted by the Trade Negotiations Committee as per the legal texts of the Uruguay Round of Multilateral Trade Negotiations.
With reference to the Decision on Measures in Favour of LDCs, effective January 1, 2003, the Government of Canada extended duty-free and quota-free access to all imports except dairy products, poultry, and eggs from 48 Least Developed Countries (LDCs). This means that all eligible imports from these countries are assessed at a tariff rate of zero, and all quotas on eligible products have been eliminated.
In the period of 2001-03, Canada has invested nearly $165 million primarily in bilateral trade-related technical assistance. We have further committed funds to various multilateral organizations, which in turn provide assistance to developing countries. Since 2001, examples include:
· $10.63 million (over three years) to the International Trade Centre · $2 million for the Integrated Framework Trust Fund · $1.94 million for the Advisory Centre for WTO Law · $1.5 million to the WTO Doha Development Agenda Global Trust Fund · $300,000 to the WTO Training Institute · $900,000 to the Commonwealth Secretariat's Technical Assistance Integration Fund · $5 million (over three years) to the Economic Commission for Africa · $7 million (over three years) to the Joint Integrated Technical Assistance Program
With reference to the Decision on Measures Concerning the Possible Negative Effects of the Reform Programme on Least-Developed and Net Food-Importing Developing Countries, Canada is active in exploring with other countries diverse options to address difficulties of Least Developed Countries and Net Food-Importing Developing Countries in financing normal levels of commercial imports of basic foodstuffs in the context of the Marrakech Decision. Canada continues to have concerns with respect to the feasibility of an ex-ante revolving fund but remains interested in helping NFIDCs and LDCs identify effective, market-oriented means to address their import-financing requirements. Canada, along with other parties to the Food Aid Convention, has agreed to extend the Convention until June 30, 2005.
Canada has been an active participant in various working groups as commissioned by WTO Ministers at the 1996 Singapore Ministerial Conference. These include: 1) working group to examine the relationship between trade and investment; 2) working group related to the interaction between trade and competition policy; 3) working group on transparency in government procurement; and 4) specified work by the Council for the Trade in Goods on the simplification of trade procedures.
|
Canada will continue to participate actively in the work of the WTO including that specifically directed by Ministerial Decisions and Declarations.
Canada will participate actively in the negotiating group established in October 2004 on trade facilitation.
|
|
Other WTO Obligations
|
As of October, 2004 Canada participated in the review of the European Communities, Norway, Rwanda, Republic of Korea, Suriname, Belize, Mali, Burkina Faso, Benin, Singapore, Sri Lanka, The Gambia, United States. In the coming months, Brazil, Switzerland, Liechtenstein and Jamaica will also be reviewed. |
Canada participates actively in the WTO Trade Policy Review process. Canada underwent its 7th review on March 12 and 14, 2003.
Canada also participates in the review of other WTO Members under their respective review cycles.
|
Canada will continue to participate actively in the work of the Trade Policy Review Body, which conducts the trade policy reviews. |
|
Voluntary action to accelerate implementation of WTO Agreement
|
|
With reference to the Decision on Measures in Favour of LDCs, effective January 1, 2003, the Government of Canada extended duty-free and quota-free access to all imports except dairy products, poultry, and eggs from 48 Least Developed Countries (LDCs). This means that all eligible imports from these countries are assessed at a tariff rate of zero, and all quotas on eligible products have been eliminated. In 2003, imports from LDCs increased by 70% over the previous year.
|
|
|
Rules of Origin
|
|
Canada’s rules of origin are applied in a manner consistent with the disciplines and principles set out in the WTO agreement on Rules of Origin.
|
|
Canada’s Implementation of WTO Obligations since 1996 |
||
|
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
WTO Agreement, Annex 1A (Goods)
|
Canada has implemented on an annual basis all of its tariff reduction commitments in accordance with the Uruguay Round Agreement (commencing January 1995).
Canada continues to maintain WTO-consistent non-tariff measures required to protect health, safety, security, or environment, as well as comply with our obligations under international agreements.
|
For improvements please visit the Tariffs’ and Non-Tariff Measures’ chapters of Canada’s IAP. |
|
WTO Agreement, Annex 1B (Services)
|
Canada implemented the WTO agreement including its commitments under the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) (January 1995). |
For improvements please visit the Services’ chapter of Canada’s IAP. |
|
WTO Agreement, Annex 1C (IPR)
|
Canada’s TRIPS implementation became complete with the January 1, 1996 entry into force of the intellectual property provisions of Canada’s World Trade Organization Agreement Implementation Act. Accordingly, Canada now maintains TRIPS-consistent regimes with respect to copyright and related rights, trademark rights, patent rights, plant breeders’ rights, rights in geographical indications and industrial design rights. Canada also protects encrypted program-carrying satellite signals (1996).
|
For improvements please visit the Intellectual Property Rights’ chapter of Canada’s IAP. |
|
WTO Plurilateral Agreements
|
As of January 1, 1995, Canada was a full member of three of the four WTO Plurilateral Trade Agreements. These were: Agreement on Trade in Civil Aircraft; Agreement on Government Procurement and the International Bovine Meat Agreement. In addition, Canada was an observer to the last of the four plurilateral agreements, i.e., International Dairy Agreement.
|
With the implementation of the new WTO Agreement on Agriculture as of January 1, 1995, the terms of reference of two of the four WTO Plurilateral Agreements, i.e., International Bovine Meat Agreement and the International Dairy Agreement, subsequently became redundant. Given this circumstance, Canada remains a full member of the two remaining agreements, the Agreement on Trade in Civil Aircraft and the Agreement on Government Procurement only. |
|
WTO Ministerial Decisions and Declarations
|
|
|
|
Other WTO Obligations
|
Canada is an active member of the WTO Trade Policy Review Mechanism (TPRM) and has participated in seven reviews beginning in 1990. These include reviews of Canada's trade policy regime in 1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000 and 2003.
|
Canada has continued to play an active role in the WTO Trade Policy Review (TPR) process. |
|
Voluntary action to accelerate implementation of WTO Agreement
|
In February of 1994, the Government of Canada launched a comprehensive review of Canada’s tariff regime with the objective of (a) making it more responsive to competitive pressures facing Canadian industry as a result of freer trade, and (b) lessening the regulatory burden and associated costs to both the Government and the business community by making the system simpler, more transparent and predictable. A draft new simplified customs tariff was published in March 1996 for public comment. It is intended that, following the completion of public consultations on the new tariff, legislation will be prepared with a view to tabling before Parliament in 1997 with implementation in 1998. The tariff simplification exercise may result in further tariff reductions.
|
After three years of review and extensive public consultations, the Canadian Parliament approved a Bill implementing a new simplified Customs Tariff to achieve these objectives. The new Customs Tariff, which came into effect on January 1, 1998, introduced a number of liberalizing measures that will be of benefit to international traders, including those from APEC economies. Among the measures included are:
- The reduction to zero of virtually all tariff rates as they fall below 2%, as a permanent feature of the new tariff. - The implementation of a number of other measures to further liberalize trade, including: - the harmonization of tariff rates of certain competing products; - the rounding down of most decimal rates to the nearest half percentage point as a permanent feature of the new tariff; and - the amalgamation of a large number of tariff items, generally at the lowest rate.
- The introduction of a variety of trade facilitation measures.
- On January 1, 1998, Canada accelerated by one-year, UR tariff reduction commitments for all products originally placed on a five-year phase-in schedule ending January 1, 1999. As of January 1, 1998, all final reductions were fully implemented. Similarly, Canada also accelerated by one year its tariff elimination commitments made under UR zero-for-zero initiatives in the agricultural, construction and medical equipment sectors as well as the office furniture sector.
On August 23, 2000, Canada liberalized the origin requirements that apply to imports entering the Canadian market from least-developed countries. This will further facilitate the access of products from the world’s least-developed markets to Canada’s domestic market.
On January 1, 2003, the Government of Canada extended duty-free and quota-free access to all imports except dairy products, poultry, and eggs from 48 Least Developed Countries (LDCs). This means that all eligible imports from these countries are assessed at a tariff rate of zero, and all quotas on eligible products have been eliminated.
|
|
Rules of Origin
|
Canada’s rules of origin are applied in a manner consistent with the disciplines and principles set out in the WTO agreement on Rules of Origin.
|
|
Chapter 12: Dispute Mediation |
|
Objective
APEC economies will:
a. encourage members to address disputes cooperatively at an early stage with a view to resolving their differences in a manner which will help avoid confrontation and escalation, without prejudice to rights and obligations under the WTO Agreement and other international agreements and without duplicating or detracting from WTO dispute settlement procedures;
b. facilitate and encourage the use of procedures for timely and effective resolution of disputes between private entities and governments and disputes between private parties in the Asia-Pacific region; and
c. ensure increased transparency of government laws, regulations and administrative procedures with a view to reducing and avoiding disputes regarding trade and investment matters in order to promote a secure and predictable business environment.
|
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy will:
a. provide for the mutual and effective enforcement of arbitration agreements and the recognition and enforcement of arbitral awards;
b. provide adequate measures to make all laws, regulations, administrative guidelines and policies pertaining to trade and investment publicly available in a prompt, transparent and readily accessible manner; and
c. promote domestic transparency by developing and/or maintaining appropriate and independent review or appeal procedures to expedite review and, where warranted, correction of administrative actions regarding trade and investment.
|
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will:
a. with respect to resolution of disputes between APEC economies; i. promote dialogue and increased understanding, including exchange of views on any matter that may lead to a dispute, and cooperatively examine on a voluntary basis disputes that arise, utilizing policy dialogue such as the “Trade Policy Dialogue” of the CTI; ii. give further consideration as to how the above Trade Policy Dialogue or similar functions of other fora may be used by APEC economies for the exchange of information, enhanced dialogue and mediation; and iii. examine the possible future evolution of procedures for the resolution of disputes as the APEC liberalization and facilitation process develops;
b. with respect to resolution of disputes between private parties, and between private parties and APEC economies; i. provide CTI with a listing of arbitration, mediation, and conciliation services available to private entities of other APEC economies, including a description of any such service which might provide a useful model for private-to-government dispute resolution in the Asia-Pacific region, and make such information widely available to the business/private sector in the Asia-Pacific region; ii. provide CTI with comments regarding experiences with the above services; iii. accede where appropriate to international agreements for the settlement of disputes between governments and private entities such as the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States; and iv. accede where appropriate to the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards (New York Convention);
c. with respect to transparency; promote transparency on an APEC-wide basis, through, for example, publication of a guide book on arbitration, mediation, and conciliation services available in each APEC economy; and
d. with respect to the above collective actions, continue to report to CTI on progress, with recommendations.
The current CAP relating to dispute mediation can be found in the Dispute Mediation Collective Action Plan.
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Dispute Mediation in 2004The WTO Dispute Settlement Understanding (DSU), which came into effect in January 1995, sets out a dispute settlement system that is widely used by both developed and developing Members. Canada believes that the DSU is an effective and appropriate means of resolving disputes between Members fairly and efficiently. In addition to panel proceedings, WTO dispute settlement provisions include a time for consultations, and opportunities for settlement exist throughout the process. Furthermore, WTO Members are working to improve existing rules. For further information, please visit:
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
In addition, one of the principal elements of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) is the establishment of a clear set of rules for dealing with the settlement of disputes. Chapter Eleven of NAFTA sets out dispute resolution procedures to resolve complaints between the investor and the host state. Dispute settlement provisions for countervailing duty and anti-dumping matters are covered under Chapter Nineteen. Chapter Twenty of NAFTA includes provisions relating to the avoidance or settlement of all disputes regarding the interpretation or application of NAFTA. For further information, please visit:
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/n
In addition, under NAFTA and the Canada - Chile Free Trade Agreement, as well as under the Foreign Investment Protection and Promotion Agreements (FIPAs), provisions exist which encourage resolution of disputes through consultations. During 2001, Canada also concluded a free-trade agreement with Costa Rica, which contains consultative and dispute-settlement mechanisms. The Agreement entered into force on November 1, 2002. For further information, see:
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
Finally, foreign and national entities have equal access to legal procedures in Canada.
Canada is also participating in negotiations leading to the creation of the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA). Negotiations include work on a disputle settlement system consistent with APEC objectives.
Canada is a party to the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards (the "New York Convention"). The UNCITRAL Model Law has been adopted by domestic legislation at the federal, provincial and territorial levels.
For further information, please visit http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
Or contact:
Meg Kinnear meg.kinnear@dfait-maeci.gc.ca 1-613-943-2804
|
|
Overview of Disputes Involving Canada Since the Last IAPNAFTA Chapter 11
There is presently one undergoing dispute under this chapter:
· United Parcel Services of America Inc. v. Government of Canada
Since the last IAP, an application by Canada to the Federal Court of Canada for judicial review of the Chapter 11 arbitral tribunal award in S.D. Myers Inc. v. Canada has been dismissed.
Albert Connolly, a citizen of the United States, served Canada with a 'Notice of Intent to Submit a Claim to Arbitration' in February 2004. No valid claim has been filed since. Contractual Obligations Productions LLP, a New York company, and two American citizens served Canada with a ‘Notice of Intent to Submit a Claim to Arbitration’ in June 2004. No valid claim has been filed since.
No disputes were filed against Canada since the last IAP.
NAFTA Chapter 19
Canada's cases brought under Chapter 19 on the softwood lumber issue are now completed:
Since the last IAP, a Chapter 19 panel was requested to review a determination by a Canadian authority:
· Wood Venetian Blinds and Slats Originating in or Exported from Mexico (Injury)
In addition, Canada is a party in the following matter involving Canadian goods exported to the United States:
· Certain Softwood Lumber Products from Canada (Antidumping Determination) · Certain Softwood Lumber Products from Canada (Countervailing Duty Determination and Final Negative Critical Circumstances Determination) · Certain Softwood Lumber Products from Canada (Injury Determination) · Certain Durum Wheat and Hard Red Spring Wheat from Canada (Countervailing Duty Determinations)
Finally, Canada, is a party in the following matter before the Extraordinary Challenges Committee:
· Pure Magnesium from Canada
NAFTA Chapter 20
There are no undergoing
Chapter 20 dispute involving Canada at this time. See http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
WTO
Since the last IAP, four challenges undertaken against the U.S. with respect to various matters, three of which relate to softwood lumber, have been completed:
· United States – Final Dumping Determination of Softwood Lumber from Canada · United States – Investigation of the International Trade Commission in Softwood Lumber from Canada · United States – Final Countervailing Duty Determination with Respect to Certain Softwood Lumber from Canada · United States – Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act of 2000
Also, since the last IAP, a challenge brought by the United States against Canada has been completed in the following case:
· Canada – Measures Relating to Exports of Wheat and Treatment of Imported Grain
Canada has one ongoing dispute against the European Communities in:
· European Communities – Measures Affecting the Approval and Marketing of Biotech Products
When the decisions are
made, they should be available at http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t |
Canada’s Approach to Dispute Mediation in 2003 |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Dispute Mediation Arrangements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Disputes between Governments
|
|
The WTO Dispute Settlement Understanding (DSU), which came into effect in January 1995, sets out a dispute settlement system that is widely used by both developed and developing members. Canada believes that the DSU is an effective means of resolving disputes fairly and efficiently. For further information, please visit:
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
In addition, one of the principal elements of NAFTA is the establishment of a clear set of rules for dealing with the settlement of disputes. Dispute settlement provisions for countervailing duty and anti-dumping matters are covered under Chapter Nineteen. Chapter Twenty of NAFTA includes provisions relating to the avoidance or settlement of all disputes regarding the interpretation or application of NAFTA. For further information, please visit:
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/n
Furthermore, under NAFTA and the Canada - Chile Free Trade Agreement, as well as under the Foreign Investment Protection Agreements (FIPAs), provisions exist which encourage resolutions of disputes through consultations. Similar provisions exist in the Canada-Costa Rica Free Trade Agreement, which recently came into force and contains a dispute settlement mechanism. Where consultations cannot satisfactorily resolve a dispute, all of these instruments allow for either arbitration or state-to-state dispute settlement.
|
|
|
Disputes between Governments and Private Entities
|
|
Foreign and national entities have equal access to legal procedures in Canada. One of the principal elements of NAFTA is the establishment of a clear set of rules for dealing with the settlement of disputes. Chapter Eleven of NAFTA sets out dispute resolution procedures to resolve complaints between the investor and the host state. For further information, please visit:
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/n In addition, under NAFTA and the Canada - Chile Free Trade Agreement, as well as under the FIPAs, provisions exist which encourage resolution of disputes through consultations. The NAFTA and FIPAs also provide for arbitrated dispute settlement at the investor-state level.
The UNCITRAL Model Law is implemented by the federal government and Canada’s provinces and territories. For further information, please contact:
Meg Kinnear meg.kinnear@dfait-maeci.gc.ca 1-613-943-2804
|
|
|
Disputes between Private Parties
|
|
The National Office of the
ICC (International Chamber of Commerce) (Ottawa, ON) (http://www.ccib.org/iccarbitra
NAFTA Article 2022 requires the NAFTA parties, to the extent possible, to encourage and facilitate the use of arbitration and other means of alternative dispute resolution for the settlement of international commercial disputes between private parties in the free trade area.
Some jurisdictions in Canada have mediation programs as part of their court system.
|
|
|
Transparency
|
|
The final form of regulations, after approval by the Governor in Council, are made public through publication in the Canada Gazette.
Proposed legislation or recent legislative amendments and enactments, can also be reviewed in the Canada Gazette.
To determine the status of ongoing Bills in the House of Commons or the Senate, please visit the Government Bills page on the Parliamentary Internet site at: http://www.parl.gc.ca
The Department of Justice website provides quick access to Statutes and associated Regulations in text and compressed text formats. Please visit: http://laws.justice.gc.ca
To view a list of cases to which Canada is a party, please visit: http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
In addition to the federal
websites, each of the provinces/territories have provincial/territorial
legislation governing disputes. For these websites, please visit: http://www.lexum.umontreal.ca/
|
|
|
Recognition of arbitration agreements and Enforcement of arbitration awards
|
|
Canada is a party to the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of the Foreign Arbitral Awards (the "New York Convention") done at New York June 10, 1958. It entered into force for Canada on May 12, 1986. |
|
|
Independent Review Procedures
|
Rights of appeal or review from an arbitration award or other dispute settlement procedure may vary from province to province. Please refer to legislation, case law, and rules of procedure in the relevant Canadian jurisdiction. |
|
|
|
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Dispute Mediation since 1996 |
||
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996) |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
Disputes between Governments
|
Dispute Resolution Services of the Department of Justice was established to respond to the growing interest in and demand for alternate forms of dispute resolution (April 1992).
The WTO Dispute Settlement Understanding (DSU), which came into effect in January 1995, sets out a dispute settlement system that is widely used by both developed and developing members. Canada believes that the DSU is an effective means of resolving disputes fairly and efficiently. For further information, please visit:
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/t
In addition, one of the principal elements of NAFTA is the establishment of a clear set of rules for dealing with the settlement of disputes. Dispute settlement provisions for countervailing duty and anti-dumping matters are covered under Chapter Nineteen. Chapter Twenty of NAFTA includes provisions relating to the avoidance or settlement of all disputes regarding the interpretation or application of NAFTA. For further information, please visit:
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/n
In addition, under NAFTA and other trade agreements to which Canada is a party, as well as Foreign Investment Protection Agreements (FIPAs), governments are encouraged to resolve disputes through consultations.
|
The Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement which includes provisions on consultations for resolution of state-state disputes entered into force (June, 1997). The Canada-Israel Free Trade Agreement contains similar provisions, and entered into force in January, 1997.
The Canada-Costa Rica Free Trade Agreement, negotiated in 2001, came into force in 2002. It contains provisions on consultations and dispute settlement for resolution of state-to-state disputes.
In addition, 13 bilateral FIPAs, containing provisions on consultations and dispute settlement for resolution of state-state disputes were concluded and entered into force (since 1996).
|
|
Disputes between Governments and Private Entities
|
Foreign and national entities have equal access to legal procedures in Canada. One of the principal elements of NAFTA is the establishment of a clear set of rules for dealing with the settlement of disputes. Chapter Eleven of NAFTA sets out dispute resolution procedures to resolve complaints between the investor and the host state. For further information, please visit:
http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/n
In addition, under NAFTA and the Canada - Chile Free Trade Agreement, as well as under the FIPAs, provisions exist which encourage resolution of disputes through consultations. These instruments also allow for the arbitration of investor-state disputes.
The UNCITRAL Model Law has been adopted in domestic law at the federal, provincial and territorial levels.
|
|
|
Disputes between Private Parties
|
Arbitration centres provide international commercial arbitration services. The National Office of the ICC (Ottawa, ON), the British Columbia International Commercial Arbitration Centre (Vancouver, B.C.) and the Quebec National and International Commercial Arbitration Centre (Montreal and Quebec City, QC) offer arbitration services for resolutions of disputes.
NAFTA Article 2022 requires the NAFTA parties, to the extent possible, to encourage and facilitate the use of arbitration and other means of alternative dispute resolution for the settlement of international commercial disputes between private parties in the free trade area.
|
|
|
Transparency
|
In 1996, Canadian laws and regulations were readily accessible from a number of sources including the Statutes of Canada, Regulations of Canada, and the Canada Gazette. They were also available to the public by request and in most libraries throughout Canada. First steps had been taken to make these laws and regulations available electronically and through the Internet. |
Significant progress has been made since 1996 in enhancing the electronic and Internet access for Canadian laws and regulations.
For example, to determine the status of ongoing Bills in the House of Commons or the Senate, please visit the Government Bills page on the Parliamentary Internet site at: http://ww.parl.gc.ca
The Department of Justice website site provides quick access to Statutes and associated Regulations in text and compressed text formats. Please visit: http://laws.justice.gc.ca
|
|
Recognition of arbitration agreements and Enforcement of arbitration awards
|
Canada is a party to the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of the Foreign Arbitral Awards (the "New York Convention") done at New York June 10, 1958. It entered into force for Canada on May 12, 1986. |
Canada has participated in the UNCITRAL Working Group on Arbitration which is examining the interpretation of art. II(2) of the New York Convention. |
|
Independent Review Procedures
|
Rights of appeal or review from an arbitration award or other dispute settlement procedure may vary from province/territory to province/territory; as well, federal procedures may vary from those of provinces. Please refer to legislation, case law, and rules of procedure in the relevant Canadian jurisdiction.
|
|
Chapter 13 : Mobility of Business People |
|
Objective
APEC Economies will: a. enhance the mobility of business people who are engaged in the conduct of trade and investment activities in the Asia-Pacific region; and b. enhance the use of information and communication technology (ICT) to facilitate the movement of people across borders, taking into account the Leader’s Statement on Counter Terrorism.
|
|
Guidelines
Each APEC economy work toward achieving the above objectives:
a. abiding by directions and statements from APEC Leaders and Ministers; b. recognising APEC Principles on Trade Facilitation; c. implementing and maintaining standards consistent with the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards; and d. consistent with the Informal Experts Group on Business Mobility’s (IEGBM) capacity building standards and annually agreed goals.
|
Collective Actions
APEC economies will:
Exchange Information Exchange information on, and ensure the transparency of, regulatory regimes in regard to the mobility of business people in the region including through regularly updating the information in the online APEC Business Travel Handbook
Short-Term Business Entry Streamline short-term entry requirements for business people. APEC economies will strive on a best endeavor basis and according to their immigration procedures to implement one or more of the following options: i) visa free or visa-waiver arrangements; ii) participating in APEC Business Travel Card scheme; iii) multiple short-term entry and stay visas which are valid for at least 3 year multiple entry visas.
Business Temporary Residency Implement streamlined temporary residence processing arrangements for the intra-company transfer of senior managers and executives and specialists as defined by individual economies.
Capacity Building (Technical Cooperation and Training) Develop and implement the mutually agreed standards and benchmarks essential to capacity building and engage in the capacity building initiatives necessary to provide streamlined visa application and immigration entry, stay and departure processing arrangements.
Dialogue with Business Continue to maintain a dialogue with the APEC Business Mobility Group and the APEC business community (including APEC fora) on mobility issues important to the APEC region and the APEC business community.
The current CAP relating to mobility of business people can be found in the Mobility of Business People Collective Action Plan.
|
|
Canada’s Approach to Mobility of Business People in 2004
The Immigration and Refugee Protection Act, in force since June 28 2002, further streamlines and improves the efficiency of document processing for temporary foreign workers. The new approach facilitates the entry of highly skilled workers meeting the statutory requirements of the Immigration Act and Regulations when the result is of net economic benefit to Canada. This approach moves away from a strict protection of specific job opportunities for Canadians to a broader direction focussing on facilitating and promoting growth within the Canadian economy. This is an opportunity to respond to the globalization of economies by facilitating the entry of workers in an efficient, effective, and timely manner.
Canada continues to work to facilitate the movement of genuine business people from all regions by using technologies for automated inspection systems to expedite processing at Canadian airports. With the creation of the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) in December 2003, the various elements of border control i.e. customs, food inspection, health and immigration, will reside within a single agency under the new federal government department of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness Canada. The creation of CBSA will better enable Canada to respond to border security issues identified as a result of the events of September 11, 2001. CBSA has deployed Passenger Analysis Units at Canada’s international airports. Port of entry decisions now will be taken by officers of CBSA but they will continue to work closely with colleagues of Citizenship and Immigration Canada, who remain responsible for immigration policy and providing functional guidance. CIC officers will continue to perform visa-processing functions abroad.
Canada continues to improve transparency by
providing for inclusion in the APEC Secretariat web site (http://www.apecsec.org.sg/trav up-to-date information on short-term visa requirements and on entry mechanisms for foreign workers Canada is providing easily accessible information on its Citizenship and Immgration Canada website (http://www.cic.gc.ca). Most Canadian diplomatic missions abroad, including visa offices, have their own websites, which provide mission-specific information.
For general visitor and temporary residency information please visit http://www.cic.gc.ca/english . Under the heading “Choose Canada”, this location provides information on visa categories and links to application kits. Click “Visa offices “ udner the main menu to locate visa office locations. In most cases, the visa office information also will provide the Internet link to the web page of the corresponding Canadian diplomatic mission.
Canada participates in the APEC Informal Experts’ Group on Business Mobility and supports the actions agreed upon in the Group’s Collective Action Plan.
For more information, contact: Brian Le Conte, International Policy Coordination Division, Citizenship and Immigration Canada brian.leconte@cic.gc.ca
|
Canada’s Approach to Business Mobility in 2004 |
|||
Section |
Improvements Implemented Since Last IAP |
Current Business Mobility Related Policies and Arrangements |
Further Improvements Planned |
|
Regulatory Visa Regimes
|
Canada has participated in meetings of the Business Mobility group to share information on visa regimes.
|
To facilitate information exchange, Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC) maintains a website which provides information on visiting Canada. It can be accessed at:
http://www.cic.gc.ca/english/v
Information specific to APEC economies can be found in Canada’s entry in the APEC Business Travel Handbook:
|
Canada will continue to participate in activities of the Business Mobility Group to exchange information |
|
Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Business Mobility*
|
Canada continues to make available on its website all public information relating to its immigration legislation; its application procedures for nationals of economies requiring temporary visas to visit Canada; visa office information; operational manuals and instructions to visa officers, etc. (see the “Policy and Regulations” menu on the CIC website) CIC maintains a Call Centre for information of callers in Canada; Canadian diplomatic missions and visa offices provide information concerning applications overseas.
|
Major legislative change requires consultation and discussion through our Parliamentary process of government; changes in Regulations involve consultations as part of CIC’s policy development process and require publication in the Canada Gazette. Current legislation provides for prosecution under the Immigrant Refugee and Protection Act and/or the Criminal Code of Canada for production/use of fraudulent documentation; CIC has a code of conduct, which is being updated to align with the new Values and Ethics Code for the Public Service; the Public Service Modernization Act requires senior managers to undergo comprehensive training on values and ethics and leadership.
Canada-based visa officers are responsible for the operation of visa offices abroad; as departmental managers, they receive training in investigation of employee malfeasance and are supported by CIC human resource professionals in taking corrective measures in cases of malfeasance. |
CIC is committed to a professional development program for all visa and immigration officers on all aspects of their job responsibilities and encourages a continuous learning environment.
|
|
Short Term Business Entry
|
No changes have been made to Short-term Business Entry procedures or policies since the 2003 IAP.
CIC data indicate that ,in 2003, 73 % of temporary visas issued abroad were issued within 2 days. |
Business people entering Canada for short-term visits require a temporary visa unless exempted. Exemptions from this requirement currently exist for nationals of the APEC economies of Australia, Brunei, Hong Kong, China (HK SAR and HK BNO passport holders), Japan, Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, Singapore, and the United States).
Applicants are not required to lodge their visa applications in person, however, an interview may be required. Processing generally takes one to five working days, depending on the time of year and other circumstances of the application. For office-specific information, see the “Visa Offices” section of the CIC home page.
Multiple-entry visas are available with a maximum validity date of up to five years or one month prior to the expiry date on the passport/re-entry visa, whichever is earlier. Upon arrival at a port of entry, visaed or exempted travellers may be granted entry for a stay of up to 6 months.
Applications to extend the
stay may be submitted in Canada as described in http://www.cic.gc.ca/english/v . Canada does not participate in the APEC Business Travel Card scheme.
|
Canada will continue to monitor the impact of the new Immigration and Refugee Protection Act on the temporary movement of people to Canada.
The Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (IRPA) requires commercial carriers to provide passenger and crew information.
Canada implemented its Advance Passenger Information/Passenger Name Record (API/PNR) Program. Collection of API data began on October 7, 2002, and that of PNR data on July 8, 2003.
|
|
Business Temporary Residency
|
No changes have been made to Business Temporary Residency procedures or policies since the 2003 IAP.
CIC data indicate that over 85 % of intra-company transfer applications from APEC economies are completed in 28 days or less. |
Nationals of APEC economies seeking temporary business residency in Canada are required to apply for a temporary work permit and, unless exempted from the general visa requirement described under “Short Term Business Entry”, for the corresponding visa. Depending on the circumstances of each individual, there are several ways to obtain employment authorization for temporary business residency.
Streamlined procedures are available for intra-company transfers of senior executives and managers (and of persons with specialized knowledge under the North American Free Trade Agreement, the General Agreement on Trade in Services and the Canada Chile Free Trade Agreement) who require a work permit but are exempt from the requirement of a labour market opinion from Human Resources and Skills Development Canada (HRSDC). To qualify for the exemption from a labour market opinion, individuals in the senior executive and manager category must carry a letter from a company conducting business in Canada which identifies the holder as an employee of a branch, subsidiary or parent of the company which is located outside of Canada. The holder must be transferring to a senior executive or managerial level position at a permanent and continuing establishment of that company in Canada for a temporary period. In the case of specialized knowledge, evidence must also be provided that the person has such knowledge and that the position in Canada requires such knowledge. Spouses of highly skilled workers also may obtain a work permit without a labour market opinion.
Processing of an application for temporary business residency can take from one day to four months, depending on the particular circumstances of the application. An application in person may not be required if all documentation and information is complete.
Validity of the work permit is based on the duration of employment. In most cases, validity on initial entry will be for up to three years. The applicant must demonstrate that the purpose of the stay in Canada is temporary.
For more information, please visit the CIC website under visits or the Temporary Foreign Worker guidelines web page at: http://www.cic.gc.ca/manuals-g
|
No further improvements are planned at this time. Canada will continue to monitor the impact of the new Immigration and Refugee Protection Act on the temporary movement of people to Canada. |
|
Technical Cooperation and Training
|
Canada (through CBSA) will deliver a document training program focusing on document security for border and immigration inspection personnel in APEC countries. The training exercise will be held in Malaysia in the fall of 2004 and will be hosted by the Southeast Asian Regional Centre for Counter-Terrorism (SEARCCT).
In October 2004, CBSA hosted a two day conference for working-level immigration intelligence and border control officers from 11 Pacific Rim economies, who discussed coordination of efforts to control irregular migration in and via PacRim countries. |
Canada provides input where possible on training and technical assistance projects. |
These initiatives are also in keeping with Canada’s commitments in the G8 Secure and Facilitated International Travel Initiative (SAFTI). |
|
Dialogue with Business
|
Business mobility faciliation measures reflected in the new 2002 legislation were the result of nation-wide consultation at the ministerial level. In addition to such special consultations, Canada continues to dialogue with various stakeholders, including industry representatives on issues related to Temporary Foreign Workers and Skilled Workers. |
Canada, through CIC (Citizenship and Immigration Canada), does not have a formal mechanism for dialogue with business specifically on APEC business mobility issues. However, in conjunction with Foreign Affairs Canada (FAC) and International Trade Canada (ITCan) - created as two separate federal departments in December 2003 - CIC participates in consultations with various stakeholders on international trade issues when mobility of business people is raised |
CIC will continue to work in conjunction with FAC and ITCan on consultations with its Canadian ABAC members for APEC specific issues |
Improvements in Canada’s Approach to Business Mobility since 1996* |
||
|
Section |
Position at Base Year (1996)* |
Cumulative Improvements Implemented to Date |
|
Regulatory Visa Regimes
|
CIC’s (Citizenship and Immigration Canada’s) web site went on-line as of March 1995. Basic information on Canada’s visa regime was available on the site and has been expanded and improved since then.
In addition, information on Canada’s visa regime was available through CIC publications and from Canadian missions abroad.
|
CIC has been updating its web site to include more information on Canada’s visa regime (since 1995). On line information continues to replace paper publications.
Please visit the web site at:
http://www.cic.gc.ca/english/v
Canada has participated in the Informal Experts’ Group on Business Mobility meeting which allows for the opportunity to share information with other APEC economies on visa regimes and through such initiatives as the APEC Business Travel Handbook (since 1997). |
|
Implementation of APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Business Mobility*
|
For those persons applying for temporary visas to enter Canada, visa application decisions were, and continue to be, made by authorized officers employed locally at the visa office and/or by visa officers on assignment from Canada. Guidelines and instructions for procedural fairness were in place.
|
The visa office manager is a Canada-based officer, accountable to CIC management. The public is able to bring complaints to departmental managers or to the Minister.
CIC continues to develop its managers in accordance with the modern comptrollership initiative of the Canadian Federal Public Service, including training in comptrollership and ethics. The Immigration Program Manager is accountable for service issues in the visa office under his or her responsibility. CIC continues to further develop and improve the tools and support mechanisms necessary to deal with malfeasance or misconduct. CIC policy is that all complaints of immigration employee malfeasance or misconduct are investigated where the evidence warrants and are dealt with appropriately.
The Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (IRPA) introduced new provisions for sanctions against fraudulent use of documents by visa applicants and persons seeking entry.
|
|
Short Term Business Entry
|
Canada had an established liberal visitor visa policy (1996). Citizens of most APEC economies entered Canada freely without a visa if they held a valid passport and otherwise complied with admissibility requirements with respect to health and good conduct. For those economies that did require a visitor’s visa to enter Canada, it could be obtained in one to five days after initial application at one of Canada’s diplomatic missions abroad. Visas granted to business people were usually valid for six months but could be renewed or extended once in Canada. Multiple-entry visas were also available when appropriate. |
The requirement for a visa to enter Canada assists us in finding the balance between facilitating the travel of legitimate visitors and protecting Canadian society through identification of inadmissible persons and non-bona fide visitors. Canadian visa policy is that all persons require a visa to enter Canada unless specificially exempted. Decisions on visa requirements are based on an economy by economy assessment of the risk and benefit factors associated with the movement of citizens. For more information on visa requirements and exemptions, see the Quick Link “Need a Visitor Visa ?” at http://www.cic.gc.ca .
When a visa is required, Canada endeavours to render the process as seamless as possible by providing clear information and by waiving interviews as often as possible. Multiple-entry visas may be available to legitimate travellers needing to travel frequently to Canada. .
Revenue Canada, Citizenship and Immigration Canada and the Canadian Passport Office worked on a project to improve automated inspection systems for implementation at Canadian airports (1998).
In 2000, Canada and the United States began a jointly managed frequent crosser border pass program called NEXUS. NEXUS provides simplified entry to low-risk, pre-approved users of the program.
In March 2004, the Advanced Passenger Processing (APP) feasibility study was completed.
In 2003/4, operational responsibility for all border issues has been transferred to the Canada Border Services Agency. Immigration policy development and guidance will remain with CIC.
|
|
Business Temporary Entry
|
Canada’s Temporary Foreign Worker program placed more emphasis on the protection of the domestic labour market and needed to be fine-tuned to better reflect the realities of the global economy (1996). |
With the new Immigration and Refugee Protection Act of 2002, Canada has revised its Temporary Foreign Worker program to move away from a program that emphasized the protection of employment opportunities for Canadians to a program that balances the protection of Canadian workers with the need to meet employers’ requirements for highly skilled workers. These changes will respond more directly to fill skill shortages when the result is a net economic benefit to Canada. This approach facilitates the entry of foreign workers in an efficient, effective, and timely manner (since 1996).
Canada established two pilot projects to enhance the mobility of workers in key economic sectors: the Software Development Worker and the Spousal Employment pilot programs (1997 and 1998). In 2001, the spousal program became a permanent part of Canada's immigration program. In 2002, CIC continued with the software or Facilitated Processing for Information Technology Workers program and used it as a model for a similar program for construction workers for the Greater Toronto Area. |
|
Technical Cooperation and Training
|
There were no business mobility technical cooperation activities (1996).
|
Since 1996, Canada has participated in delivering training and technical cooperation.
Canada, in cooperation with Japan, developed training modules and conducted training for trainers of Korean and Chinese Taipei officials regarding travel document fraud (1999).
Canada co-delivered another training on document fraud detection with the United States in April 2001 for Peru, Philippines, Chile and Mexico.
Canada participated as a co-trainer with Mexico in the Phase II Working Session of the APEC Business Mobility Group in Bangkok, Thailand, Feb 10-12, 2003. The objective of the working session was to assist trainee economies to develop strategies to implement the criteria for Professional Conduct Standards for Immigration officers, developed in the Phase I workshop. Canada provided training on developing codes of conduct and on morale and organizational culture.
Training with respect to travel document examination and other control measures will be part of the mandate of the new CBSA, including its overseas network of Migration Integrity Officers. (MIOs).
|
|
Dialogue with Business
|
CIC (Citizenship and Immigration Canada) had not established a formal mechanism to consult with business specifically on APEC business mobility issues |
Canada’s APEC Business Advisory Council members have played a significant role in representing broader business community interests in APEC to the Canadian government (each year since 1996).
The Canadian government consulted with industry associations to obtain input on priorities for Canada’s APEC objectives in 2000 for trade facilitation, including business mobility (1999). |
Appendix – APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Business Mobility
Introduction
Since its inception, the APEC Business Mobility Group (BMG) has recognized that transparent and predictable business mobility procedures are essential to a stable and open trading regime. As a consequence many BMG initiatives have facilitated openness, transparency and information exchange in an effort to ensure that APEC members make immigration measures (new and amended, including those in international agreements) publicly available to all interested parties. Economies have provided up to date, information on rules and procedures governing temporary residency, processing standards and contact points in the APEC Business Travel Handbook and haveshared information on immigration legislation, trade agreements, policies and technologies on the BMG web site.
On 27 October 2002, in Los Cabos, Mexico, APEC Leaders adopted the “Statement to Implement APEC Transparency Standards” (hereinafter referred to as the “Leaders’ Statement”), and directed that these standards be implemented as soon as possible, and in no case later than January 2005. In paragraph 8 APEC Leaders instructed that “APEC sub-fora that have not developed specific transparency provisions should do so,” and further instructed that such new transparency provisions should be presented to Leaders upon completion for incorporation into the Leaders’ Statement.
The following Business Mobility Standards relate to immigration laws, regulations, policies, administrative rulings, procedures and practices related to the temporary entry and stay of business persons, at the pre-arrival, entry, stay and departure phases.
Transparency Standards on Business Mobility
Publication and Access
1. In accordance with paragraph 1 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will promptly publish or otherwise make available to all interested parties, through readily accessible, widely available media, for example via the Internet, information on its immigration laws, regulations, policies, and progressively, administrative rulings of general application, procedures and practices as they relate to business persons, collectively referred to as “immigration measures”. Economies will ensure that immigration regulations and requirements based on policy are clear, concise, current, simple, transparent and readily available, and meet applicable Standards for Pre-Arrival and Entry and will: (a) Provide user-friendly application forms, instructions and reference materials.
Consultation
2. In accordance with paragraph 2 of the Leaders’ Statement, each Economy will, when possible, publish in advance using the media and other mechanisms as appropriate proposed immigration measures that might affect business mobility and where applicable provide interested persons a reasonable opportunity to comment on such proposed measures. Such measures should include: (a) A set of rules and regulations that provide sanctions for the production, sale and use of fraudulent documents; (b) Effective rules and regulations that are precise in specifying what constitutes document fraud and what the sanctions are for producing, selling or using fraudulent documents; support inspectors, investigators and prosecutors in apprehending and taking action against fraudulent document producers, vendors and users; and promote business facilitation as well as protect the country's inhabitants; (c) In respect to professional service, a comprehensive Code(s) of Conduct that sets out in very practical terms the behavior expected of all immigration officials, including employee's responsibilities, service policies and standards, clear guidance and practical examples, and that is developed in consultation with internal and external stakeholders as appropriate; and (d) Mechanisms for reporting or filing complaints on code of conduct breaches without fear of reprisal or prejudice.
Information Services
3. In accordance with paragraph 3 of the Leaders’ Statement, upon request from an interested person or another Economy, each Economy will endeavor when possible to promptly provide information and respond to questions pertaining to any actual or proposed immigration measures and will provide: (a) Points of inquiry for business persons or businesses with questions; (b) Simple, quick and user-friendly application processes with clear information and instructions on requirements relating to any exemptions, fees and charges; (c) Information that is easily accessible to internal/external stakeholders (Customer Help Desks/Call Centres or Industry Consultative Committees, Internet, displays and signs); and (d) Where appropriate, will provide mechanisms so that stakeholders' service charters are developed which clearly state the level of service they can expect, and are displayed in public areas such as airports, Immigration offices and overseas missions.
Decision Making
4. In accordance with paragraph 4 of the Leaders' Statement, each Economy will ensure that immigration measures are administered in a transparent manner, including, wherever possible, reasonable notice in accordance with domestic procedure when a proceeding is initiated, and an opportunity to present facts and arguments in support of their positions, when time, the nature of the proceeding, and the public interest permit, and that the procedure is in accordance with domestic law. Economies shall: (a) Strive for transparency in decision-making that is based on an economy's prevailing employment and immigration policies and procedures and, where applicable, provide decisions that are in writing and denials that provide reasons based on requirements and information on any right of appeal or waivers; (b) Strive for reasonable processing times for decision-making in an effort to avoid unnecessary delay or uncertainty on the part of business travelers; (c) Ensure that decisions are consistent with published guidelines and requirements through regular quality control reviews; (d) Ensure that employees are trained in decision-making procedures and have access to current written guidelines and instructions relating to interpretation of regulations and laws; (e) Ensure that authority to make decisions includes appropriate checks and balances, and is strictly controlled to prevent abuse of power; (f) Provide periodic review mechanism of systems and procedures to ensure uniformity and consistency in decision making; reviews undertaken in consultation with employees to eliminate "red tape;" (g) Develop and implement mechanisms which monitor and evaluate the organization's performance against established service standards; (h) To the extent possible, have a system in place for monitoring consistency between different offices, provinces or regions concerning decisions, procedures and information provided; (i) Where appropriate, clearly define and make publicly available the basis or criteria upon which discretionary power is exercised by officials; and (j) To the extent possible, convey reasons for decisions to applicants and document grounds for decisions clearly and retain these for monitoring and review.
Review
5. In accordance with paragraph 5 of the Leaders' Statement and its own immigration laws, where warranted, each Economy will provide procedures that are simple, consistent, and easily accessible for review and appeal of immigration decisions and, where warranted, prompt correction of final administrative actions, regarding immigration measures which provide parties to the proceeding with a reasonable opportunity to present their respective positions, a decision based on the evidence and submissions in the administrative record, tribunals or panels that are impartial and independent of any office or authority entrusted with administrative enforcement and have no substantial interest in the outcome of the matter, and implementation of the final decision. To ensure transparent administrative regulations and decision-making, Immigration Administrations shall have: (a) To the extent possible, objective performance standards for managers to ensure compliance and accountability for the Standards on Professional Conduct; (b) To the extent possible, guidelines and policies that clearly state management responsibilities in employee development and in the promotion and monitoring of ethical practices and integrity; and (c) Selection criteria for managerial positions that include demonstrated ability to accept responsibility and accountability for implementation of the Standards on Professional Conduct.
* Economies should report against the actual language in the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Business Mobility, which can be found in the Appendix at the end of this document.
For
purposes of reporting on transparency, Economies should use 1996 (or 1997) as
the base year for previously raised IAP transparency issues, but may use 2003
as the base year for reporting on new transparency commitments per the APEC
Leaders’ Transparency Standards. Economies should report against the
actual language in the APEC Leaders’ Transparency Standards on Business
Mobility, which can be found in the Appendix at the end
of this document.
Canada 2004
APEC INDIVIDUAL ACTION PLAN: THE APEC FOOD SYSTEM CHAPTER
|
Chapter |
Summary of IAP entry: |
|
1. Tariffs |
- Simple average MFN applied rates on Agricultural products and Fish (& Fish products) are 4% and 1.4%, respectively. Simple average MFN bound rates on these same products are 4.7% and 1.7%, respectively (see Tariff Summary Report for 2004).
- Removed all remaining tariffs and quotas (with the exception of supply-managed dairy, poultry and eggs) on imports originating in Least Developed Countries on 1 January 2003.
- Canada extended its General Preferential Tariff (GPT) and Least Developed Country Tariff (LDCT) programs for an additional 10 years to 2014 in April 2004.
|
|
2. Non-tariff measures |
- Many agricultural products are subject to Agriculture and Agri-food Canada legislated requirements. These measures are maintained in accordance with the WTO Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures.
- Animals and Animal Products: All animals and animal products must be declared to customs at the first point of arrival in Canada. Health certificates are required to import most live animals and animal products.
- Plant Products: All plants and plant products must be declared to Customs at the first point of arrival in Canada. Phytosanitary certificates are required to import many plant products.
- Since August 1999 pork imported from the European Union in excess of 2,970 metric tonnes is subject to a 100% tariff, imposed in retaliation for the refusal of the European Union to implement WTO dispute settlement findings regarding its ban on Canadian exports of beef produced using growth hormones.
|
|
3. Services |
N/A |
|
4. Investment |
N/A |
|
5. Standards and Conformance |
N/A |
|
6. Customs Procedures |
N/A |
|
7. Intellectual Property Rights |
- In May 2004, Canada, passed a legislation amending its Patent Act and the Food and Drugs Act to provide the legislative framework to enable Canada to respond to the August 30, 2003 decision of the World Trade Organization (WTO) on the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights and Public Health. This legislation will come into effect once the regulations necessary to complete this legislative framework have been passed. This is expected to take place in early 2005, after the draft regulations have been published in the Canada Gazette for public input.
|
|
8. Competition Policy |
N/A |
|
9. Government Procurement |
N/A |
|
10. Deregulation/ Regulatory Review |
- A number of Canadian federal regulators engage in consultations with the public on the overhaul of key regulatory frameworks. Agriculture and Agri-food Canada is consulting on a new Agricultural Policy Framework. |
|
11. Implementation of WTO Obligations / Rules of Origin |
- In May 2004, Canada, passed legislation amending its Patent Act and the Food and Drugs Act to provide the legislative framework to enable Canada to respond to the August 30, 2003 decision of the World Trade Organization (WTO) on the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights and Public Health. This legislation will come into effect once the regulations necessary to complete this legislative framework have been passed. This is expected to take place in early 2005.
- Canada is active in exploring with other countries diverse options to address difficulties of Least Developed Countries and Net Food-Importing Developing Countries in financing normal levels of commercial imports of basic foodstuffs in the context of the Marrakech Decision. Canada continues to have concerns with respect to the feasibility of an ex-ante revolving fund but remains interested in helping NFIDCs and LDCs identify effective, market-oriented means to address their import-financing requirements. Canada, along with other parties to the Food Aid Convention, has agreed to extend the Convention until June 30, 2005.
|
|
12. Dispute Mediation |
- Under Chapter 19, Canada is a party in the following matter involving Canadian goods exported to the United States: Certain Durum Wheat and Hard Red Spring Wheat from Canada (Countervailing Duty Determinations).
- Also, since the last IAP, a challenge brought by the United States against Canada has been completed in the following case: Canada – Measures Relating to Exports of Wheat and Treatment of Imported Grain.
|
|
13. Mobility of Business People |
N/A |
|
14. Information Gathering and Analysis |
N/A |